Updated to Symfony 2.1 BETA3

app/SymfonyRequirements.php

@@ -431,8 +431,8 @@ class SymfonyRequirements extends RequirementCollection
         if (version_compare($installedPhpVersion, self::REQUIRED_PHP_VERSION, '>=')) {
             $this->addRequirement(
                 (in_array(date_default_timezone_get(), DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers())),
-            sprintf('Default timezone is deprecated (%s)', date_default_timezone_get()),
-            'Fix your <strong>php.ini</strong> file (list of deprecated timezones http://us.php.net/manual/en/timezones.others.php).'
+                sprintf('Default timezone "%s" is not supported by your installation of PHP', date_default_timezone_get()),
+                'Fix your <strong>php.ini</strong> file (check for typos and have a look at the list of deprecated timezones http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.others.php).'
             );
         }
 
@@ -492,6 +492,12 @@ class SymfonyRequirements extends RequirementCollection
 
         /* optional recommendations follow */
 
+        $this->addRecommendation(
+            version_compare($installedPhpVersion, '5.3.4', '>='),
+            sprintf('Your project might not work properly ("Notice: Trying to get property of non-object") due to the PHP bug #52083 before PHP 5.3.4 (%s installed)', $installedPhpVersion),
+            'Install PHP 5.3.4 or newer'
+        );
+
         $this->addRecommendation(
             version_compare($installedPhpVersion, '5.3.8', '>='),
             sprintf('Annotations might not work properly due to the PHP bug #55156 before PHP 5.3.8 (%s installed)', $installedPhpVersion),

app/bootstrap.php.cache

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ namespace Symfony\Component\DependencyInjection
 interface ContainerAwareInterface
 {
     
-    function setContainer(ContainerInterface $container = null);
+    public function setContainer(ContainerInterface $container = null);
 }
 }
  
@@ -35,37 +35,37 @@ interface ContainerInterface
     const SCOPE_PROTOTYPE                = 'prototype';
 
     
-    function set($id, $service, $scope = self::SCOPE_CONTAINER);
+    public function set($id, $service, $scope = self::SCOPE_CONTAINER);
 
     
-    function get($id, $invalidBehavior = self::EXCEPTION_ON_INVALID_REFERENCE);
+    public function get($id, $invalidBehavior = self::EXCEPTION_ON_INVALID_REFERENCE);
 
     
-    function has($id);
+    public function has($id);
 
     
-    function getParameter($name);
+    public function getParameter($name);
 
     
-    function hasParameter($name);
+    public function hasParameter($name);
 
     
-    function setParameter($name, $value);
+    public function setParameter($name, $value);
 
     
-    function enterScope($name);
+    public function enterScope($name);
 
     
-    function leaveScope($name);
+    public function leaveScope($name);
 
     
-    function addScope(ScopeInterface $scope);
+    public function addScope(ScopeInterface $scope);
 
     
-    function hasScope($name);
+    public function hasScope($name);
 
     
-    function isScopeActive($name);
+    public function isScopeActive($name);
 }
 }
  
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace Symfony\Component\DependencyInjection
 interface IntrospectableContainerInterface extends ContainerInterface
 {
     
-    function initialized($id);
+    public function initialized($id);
 
 }
 }
@@ -340,13 +340,13 @@ class Container implements IntrospectableContainerInterface
     }
 
     
-    static public function camelize($id)
+    public static function camelize($id)
     {
         return preg_replace_callback('/(^|_|\.)+(.)/', function ($match) { return ('.' === $match[1] ? '_' : '').strtoupper($match[2]); }, $id);
     }
 
     
-    static public function underscore($id)
+    public static function underscore($id)
     {
         return strtolower(preg_replace(array('/([A-Z]+)([A-Z][a-z])/', '/([a-z\d])([A-Z])/'), array('\\1_\\2', '\\1_\\2'), strtr($id, '_', '.')));
     }
@@ -356,23 +356,6 @@ class Container implements IntrospectableContainerInterface
 
 
 
-namespace Symfony\Component\HttpKernel
-{
-
-use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Request;
-use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Response;
-
-
-interface TerminableInterface
-{
-    
-    function terminate(Request $request, Response $response);
-}
-}
- 
-
-
-
 namespace Symfony\Component\HttpKernel
 {
 
@@ -386,7 +369,7 @@ interface HttpKernelInterface
     const SUB_REQUEST = 2;
 
     
-    function handle(Request $request, $type = self::MASTER_REQUEST, $catch = true);
+    public function handle(Request $request, $type = self::MASTER_REQUEST, $catch = true);
 }
 }
  
@@ -405,55 +388,72 @@ use Symfony\Component\Config\Loader\LoaderInterface;
 interface KernelInterface extends HttpKernelInterface, \Serializable
 {
     
-    function registerBundles();
+    public function registerBundles();
 
     
-    function registerContainerConfiguration(LoaderInterface $loader);
+    public function registerContainerConfiguration(LoaderInterface $loader);
 
     
-    function boot();
+    public function boot();
 
     
-    function shutdown();
+    public function shutdown();
 
     
-    function getBundles();
+    public function getBundles();
 
     
-    function isClassInActiveBundle($class);
+    public function isClassInActiveBundle($class);
 
     
-    function getBundle($name, $first = true);
+    public function getBundle($name, $first = true);
 
     
-    function locateResource($name, $dir = null, $first = true);
+    public function locateResource($name, $dir = null, $first = true);
 
     
-    function getName();
+    public function getName();
 
     
-    function getEnvironment();
+    public function getEnvironment();
 
     
-    function isDebug();
+    public function isDebug();
 
     
-    function getRootDir();
+    public function getRootDir();
 
     
-    function getContainer();
+    public function getContainer();
 
     
-    function getStartTime();
+    public function getStartTime();
 
     
-    function getCacheDir();
+    public function getCacheDir();
 
     
-    function getLogDir();
+    public function getLogDir();
 
     
-    function getCharset();
+    public function getCharset();
+}
+}
+ 
+
+
+
+namespace Symfony\Component\HttpKernel
+{
+
+use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Request;
+use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Response;
+
+
+interface TerminableInterface
+{
+    
+    public function terminate(Request $request, Response $response);
 }
 }
  
@@ -502,12 +502,12 @@ abstract class Kernel implements KernelInterface, TerminableInterface
     protected $classes;
     protected $errorReportingLevel;
 
-    const VERSION         = '2.1.0-BETA2';
+    const VERSION         = '2.1.0-DEV';
     const VERSION_ID      = '20100';
     const MAJOR_VERSION   = '2';
     const MINOR_VERSION   = '1';
     const RELEASE_VERSION = '0';
-    const EXTRA_VERSION   = 'BETA';
+    const EXTRA_VERSION   = 'DEV';
 
     
     public function __construct($environment, $debug)
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ abstract class Kernel implements KernelInterface, TerminableInterface
         $this->debug = (Boolean) $debug;
         $this->booted = false;
         $this->rootDir = $this->getRootDir();
-        $this->name = preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+/', '', basename($this->rootDir));
+        $this->name = $this->getName();
         $this->classes = array();
 
         if ($this->debug) {
@@ -706,6 +706,10 @@ abstract class Kernel implements KernelInterface, TerminableInterface
     
     public function getName()
     {
+        if (null === $this->name) {
+            $this->name = preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+/', '', basename($this->rootDir));
+        }
+
         return $this->name;
     }
 
@@ -975,7 +979,7 @@ abstract class Kernel implements KernelInterface, TerminableInterface
     }
 
     
-    static public function stripComments($source)
+    public static function stripComments($source)
     {
         if (!function_exists('token_get_all')) {
             return $source;
@@ -1084,28 +1088,28 @@ use Symfony\Component\DependencyInjection\Extension\ExtensionInterface;
 interface BundleInterface extends ContainerAwareInterface
 {
     
-    function boot();
+    public function boot();
 
     
-    function shutdown();
+    public function shutdown();
 
     
-    function build(ContainerBuilder $container);
+    public function build(ContainerBuilder $container);
 
     
-    function getContainerExtension();
+    public function getContainerExtension();
 
     
-    function getParent();
+    public function getParent();
 
     
-    function getName();
+    public function getName();
 
     
-    function getNamespace();
+    public function getNamespace();
 
     
-    function getPath();
+    public function getPath();
 }
 }
  
@@ -1348,6 +1352,7 @@ namespace Symfony\Component\HttpKernel
 
 use Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Controller\ControllerResolverInterface;
 use Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Exception\NotFoundHttpException;
+use Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Exception\HttpExceptionInterface;
 use Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Event\FilterControllerEvent;
 use Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Event\FilterResponseEvent;
 use Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Event\GetResponseEvent;
@@ -1450,14 +1455,27 @@ class HttpKernel implements HttpKernelInterface, TerminableInterface
         $event = new GetResponseForExceptionEvent($this, $request, $type, $e);
         $this->dispatcher->dispatch(KernelEvents::EXCEPTION, $event);
 
+                $e = $event->getException();
+
         if (!$event->hasResponse()) {
             throw $e;
         }
 
+        $response = $event->getResponse();
+
+                if (!$response->isClientError() && !$response->isServerError() && !$response->isRedirect()) {
+            if ($e instanceof HttpExceptionInterface) {
+                                $response->setStatusCode($e->getStatusCode());
+                $response->headers->add($e->getHeaders());
+            } else {
+                $response->setStatusCode(500);
+            }
+        }
+
         try {
-            return $this->filterResponse($event->getResponse(), $request, $type);
+            return $this->filterResponse($response, $request, $type);
         } catch (\Exception $e) {
-            return $event->getResponse();
+            return $response;
         }
     }
 

composer.json

@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@
         "sensio/framework-extra-bundle": "dev-master",
         "sensio/generator-bundle": "dev-master",
         "jms/security-extra-bundle": "1.1.*",
-        "jms/di-extra-bundle": "1.0.*"
+        "jms/di-extra-bundle": "1.0.*",
+        "egeloen/ckeditor-bundle": "2.0.*"
     },
     "scripts": {
         "post-install-cmd": [

composer.lock

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 {
-    "hash": "ab7ccf177098603cace942212179431f",
+    "hash": "0890891a613a13d9980307e458190353",
     "packages": [
         {
             "package": "doctrine/common",
@@ -8,20 +8,23 @@
         {
             "package": "doctrine/dbal",
             "version": "2.2.x-dev",
-            "source-reference": "b961a3fce6bf220f1dca47d7d747b9074bea4730",
-            "commit-date": "1341779435"
+            "source-reference": "b961a3fce6bf220f1dca47d7d747b9074bea4730"
         },
         {
             "package": "doctrine/doctrine-bundle",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "c9ea46d1f0c48bb88bb87b44214fe44e03c0c692",
-            "commit-date": "1341405737"
+            "source-reference": "c9ea46d1f0c48bb88bb87b44214fe44e03c0c692"
         },
         {
             "package": "doctrine/orm",
             "version": "2.2.x-dev",
-            "source-reference": "5d2a3bcb3b467f41ee58575764f3ba84937f76e4",
-            "commit-date": "1341676080"
+            "source-reference": "5d2a3bcb3b467f41ee58575764f3ba84937f76e4"
+        },
+        {
+            "package": "egeloen/ckeditor-bundle",
+            "version": "2.0.x-dev",
+            "source-reference": "ca9d4a631577d7195c6517dd89ae8a3cc02b85ba",
+            "commit-date": "1337272707"
         },
         {
             "package": "jms/aop-bundle",
@@ -52,8 +55,7 @@
         {
             "package": "kriswallsmith/assetic",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "d6f89a3170c5280ad554347dc113eb25fdf00ad7",
-            "commit-date": "1339515714"
+            "source-reference": "d6f89a3170c5280ad554347dc113eb25fdf00ad7"
         },
         {
             "package": "monolog/monolog",
@@ -62,20 +64,20 @@
         {
             "package": "sensio/distribution-bundle",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "9a7dbd867fd5061e4bfd660a175aa66122f53d25",
-            "commit-date": "1341741741"
+            "source-reference": "5886adae1613c0a72fbb95259a83ae798e86c0d3",
+            "commit-date": "1342347850"
         },
         {
             "package": "sensio/framework-extra-bundle",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "4f54e5d5fb3b54fb107892684018f3704934c48d",
-            "commit-date": "1341126219"
+            "source-reference": "e9ac8f1a911ed29e30296c7f1549f53d4c94eddf",
+            "commit-date": "1342084432"
         },
         {
             "package": "sensio/generator-bundle",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "43ed45c48db18e4a0e48aec0c098f42e56e22d36",
-            "commit-date": "1340138445"
+            "source-reference": "c17dbddefe517e3adfcbeaa1ab7cef3e572d29c6",
+            "commit-date": "1342195488"
         },
         {
             "package": "swiftmailer/swiftmailer",
@@ -86,25 +88,25 @@
         {
             "package": "swiftmailer/swiftmailer",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "f51b5f33c83b48faea75f1285f99a2e8f1c66f75",
-            "commit-date": "1341746460"
+            "source-reference": "8b2aa953f87da228ba413e8fb1372e49c1374050",
+            "commit-date": "1342198037"
         },
         {
             "package": "symfony/assetic-bundle",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "8fe7b898b08103c1d6fce64c3e279a7afd61adfc",
-            "commit-date": "1340234971"
+            "source-reference": "ed933dcfa45f00b6bc6d7727007403f3ff429e5a",
+            "commit-date": "1342126277"
         },
         {
             "package": "symfony/monolog-bundle",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "7fe7f711bb04b86ad7f45a9e11a7f8cbaf9bc1a5",
+            "source-reference": "v2.1.0-BETA3",
             "commit-date": "1341078487"
         },
         {
             "package": "symfony/swiftmailer-bundle",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "e1d413ce27fd1696bdc82ad9525f1b874664530e",
+            "source-reference": "v2.1.0-BETA3",
             "commit-date": "1341509614"
         },
         {
@@ -116,14 +118,13 @@
         {
             "package": "symfony/symfony",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "v2.1.0-BETA2",
-            "commit-date": "1341820358"
+            "source-reference": "151b79a6ce3f459e2fa8815cd9f2786eef750993",
+            "commit-date": "1342376835"
         },
         {
             "package": "twig/extensions",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "feb6d3f10c411e2631997c0a905aa581c80305c1",
-            "commit-date": "1337599699"
+            "source-reference": "feb6d3f10c411e2631997c0a905aa581c80305c1"
         },
         {
             "package": "twig/twig",
@@ -134,13 +135,11 @@
         {
             "package": "twig/twig",
             "version": "dev-master",
-            "source-reference": "26eb0a2653eade50dffdd31b11ca454232dea8cf",
-            "commit-date": "1341423205"
+            "source-reference": "d45664045194ef62573c153c424508527105041e",
+            "commit-date": "1342424564"
         }
     ],
-    "packages-dev": [
-
-    ],
+    "packages-dev": null,
     "aliases": [
 
     ],

vendor/composer/autoload_namespaces.php

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ return array(
     'JMS\\SecurityExtraBundle' => $vendorDir . '/jms/security-extra-bundle/',
     'JMS\\DiExtraBundle' => $vendorDir . '/jms/di-extra-bundle/',
     'JMS\\AopBundle' => $vendorDir . '/jms/aop-bundle/',
+    'Ivory\\CKEditorBundle' => $vendorDir . '/egeloen/ckeditor-bundle/',
     'Doctrine\\ORM' => $vendorDir . '/doctrine/orm/lib/',
     'Doctrine\\DBAL' => $vendorDir . '/doctrine/dbal/lib/',
     'Doctrine\\Common' => $vendorDir . '/doctrine/common/lib/',

vendor/composer/installed.json

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
         "name": "jms/metadata",
         "version": "1.1.1",
         "version_normalized": "1.1.1.0",
-        "time": "2011-12-30 10:32:49",
+        "time": "2011-12-29 22:32:49",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/schmittjoh/metadata",
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
         "name": "jms/cg",
         "version": "1.0.0",
         "version_normalized": "1.0.0.0",
-        "time": "2011-12-30 09:40:52",
+        "time": "2011-12-29 21:40:52",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "git://github.com/schmittjoh/cg-library.git",
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
         "version": "1.0.0",
         "version_normalized": "1.0.0.0",
         "target-dir": "JMS/AopBundle",
-        "time": "2011-12-30 09:50:26",
+        "time": "2011-12-29 21:50:26",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/schmittjoh/JMSAopBundle",
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
         "version": "1.1.0",
         "version_normalized": "1.1.0.0",
         "target-dir": "JMS/SecurityExtraBundle",
-        "time": "2011-12-30 13:38:12",
+        "time": "2011-12-30 01:38:12",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/schmittjoh/JMSSecurityExtraBundle",
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
         "version": "1.0.1",
         "version_normalized": "1.0.1.0",
         "target-dir": "JMS/DiExtraBundle",
-        "time": "2012-02-25 05:01:54",
+        "time": "2012-02-24 17:01:54",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/schmittjoh/JMSDiExtraBundle",
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
         "name": "doctrine/common",
         "version": "2.2.2",
         "version_normalized": "2.2.2.0",
-        "time": "2012-04-08 03:46:44",
+        "time": "2012-04-07 03:46:44",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/doctrine/common",
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
         "name": "monolog/monolog",
         "version": "1.1.0",
         "version_normalized": "1.1.0.0",
-        "time": "2012-04-18 14:27:40",
+        "time": "2012-04-17 14:27:40",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/Seldaek/monolog.git",
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
         "name": "twig/extensions",
         "version": "dev-master",
         "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "time": "2012-05-16 21:28:19",
+        "time": "2012-05-15 21:28:19",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/fabpot/Twig-extensions",
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
         "name": "kriswallsmith/assetic",
         "version": "dev-master",
         "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "time": "2012-06-08 01:41:54",
+        "time": "2012-06-07 01:41:54",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "http://github.com/kriswallsmith/assetic.git",
@@ -437,285 +437,12 @@
             }
         }
     },
-    {
-        "name": "sensio/generator-bundle",
-        "version": "dev-master",
-        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "target-dir": "Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle",
-        "time": "2012-06-15 18:40:45",
-        "source": {
-            "type": "git",
-            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioGeneratorBundle",
-            "reference": "43ed45c48db18e4a0e48aec0c098f42e56e22d36"
-        },
-        "dist": {
-            "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioGeneratorBundle/zipball/43ed45c48db18e4a0e48aec0c098f42e56e22d36",
-            "reference": "43ed45c48db18e4a0e48aec0c098f42e56e22d36",
-            "shasum": ""
-        },
-        "require": {
-            "symfony/framework-bundle": "2.1.*"
-        },
-        "require-dev": {
-            "symfony/doctrine-bridge": "2.1.*",
-            "doctrine/orm": ">=2.1,<2.4-dev",
-            "twig/twig": ">=1.8,<2.0-dev"
-        },
-        "suggest": {
-            "doctrine/doctrine-bundle": "to generate entities and their crud controller"
-        },
-        "type": "symfony-bundle",
-        "extra": {
-            "branch-alias": {
-                "dev-master": "2.1.x-dev"
-            }
-        },
-        "installation-source": "source",
-        "license": [
-            "MIT"
-        ],
-        "authors": [
-            {
-                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
-                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
-                "homepage": null,
-                "role": null
-            }
-        ],
-        "description": "This bundle generates code for you",
-        "autoload": {
-            "psr-0": {
-                "Sensio\\Bundle\\GeneratorBundle": ""
-            }
-        }
-    },
-    {
-        "name": "symfony/assetic-bundle",
-        "version": "dev-master",
-        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "target-dir": "Symfony/Bundle/AsseticBundle",
-        "time": "2012-06-16 23:29:31",
-        "source": {
-            "type": "git",
-            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/AsseticBundle",
-            "reference": "8fe7b898b08103c1d6fce64c3e279a7afd61adfc"
-        },
-        "dist": {
-            "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/AsseticBundle/zipball/8fe7b898b08103c1d6fce64c3e279a7afd61adfc",
-            "reference": "8fe7b898b08103c1d6fce64c3e279a7afd61adfc",
-            "shasum": ""
-        },
-        "require": {
-            "php": ">=5.3.0",
-            "symfony/framework-bundle": "2.1.*",
-            "kriswallsmith/assetic": "1.1.*"
-        },
-        "suggest": {
-            "symfony/twig-bundle": "2.1.*"
-        },
-        "type": "symfony-bundle",
-        "extra": {
-            "branch-alias": {
-                "dev-master": "2.1.x-dev"
-            }
-        },
-        "installation-source": "source",
-        "license": [
-            "MIT"
-        ],
-        "authors": [
-            {
-                "name": "Kris Wallsmith",
-                "email": "kris.wallsmith@gmail.com",
-                "homepage": "http://kriswallsmith.net/",
-                "role": null
-            }
-        ],
-        "description": "Integrates Assetic into Symfony2",
-        "homepage": "https://github.com/symfony/AsseticBundle",
-        "keywords": [
-            "assets",
-            "compression",
-            "minification"
-        ],
-        "autoload": {
-            "psr-0": {
-                "Symfony\\Bundle\\AsseticBundle": ""
-            }
-        }
-    },
-    {
-        "name": "symfony/monolog-bundle",
-        "version": "dev-master",
-        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "target-dir": "Symfony/Bundle/MonologBundle",
-        "time": "2012-06-28 15:48:07",
-        "source": {
-            "type": "git",
-            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/MonologBundle",
-            "reference": "7fe7f711bb04b86ad7f45a9e11a7f8cbaf9bc1a5"
-        },
-        "dist": {
-            "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/MonologBundle/zipball/7fe7f711bb04b86ad7f45a9e11a7f8cbaf9bc1a5",
-            "reference": "7fe7f711bb04b86ad7f45a9e11a7f8cbaf9bc1a5",
-            "shasum": ""
-        },
-        "require": {
-            "php": ">=5.3.2",
-            "monolog/monolog": "1.*",
-            "symfony/monolog-bridge": "2.1.*",
-            "symfony/dependency-injection": "2.1.*",
-            "symfony/config": "2.1.*"
-        },
-        "require-dev": {
-            "symfony/yaml": "2.1.*",
-            "symfony/config": "2.1.*"
-        },
-        "type": "symfony-bundle",
-        "extra": {
-            "branch-alias": {
-                "dev-master": "2.1.x-dev"
-            }
-        },
-        "installation-source": "source",
-        "license": [
-            "MIT"
-        ],
-        "authors": [
-            {
-                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
-                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
-                "homepage": null,
-                "role": null
-            },
-            {
-                "name": "Symfony Community",
-                "email": null,
-                "homepage": "http://symfony.com/contributors",
-                "role": null
-            }
-        ],
-        "description": "Symfony MonologBundle",
-        "homepage": "http://symfony.com",
-        "autoload": {
-            "psr-0": {
-                "Symfony\\Bundle\\MonologBundle": ""
-            }
-        }
-    },
-    {
-        "name": "sensio/framework-extra-bundle",
-        "version": "dev-master",
-        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "target-dir": "Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle",
-        "time": "2012-06-29 05:03:39",
-        "source": {
-            "type": "git",
-            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioFrameworkExtraBundle",
-            "reference": "4f54e5d5fb3b54fb107892684018f3704934c48d"
-        },
-        "dist": {
-            "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioFrameworkExtraBundle/zipball/4f54e5d5fb3b54fb107892684018f3704934c48d",
-            "reference": "4f54e5d5fb3b54fb107892684018f3704934c48d",
-            "shasum": ""
-        },
-        "require": {
-            "doctrine/common": ">=2.1,<2.4-dev",
-            "symfony/framework-bundle": "2.1.*"
-        },
-        "type": "symfony-bundle",
-        "extra": {
-            "branch-alias": {
-                "dev-master": "2.1.x-dev"
-            }
-        },
-        "installation-source": "source",
-        "license": [
-            "MIT"
-        ],
-        "authors": [
-            {
-                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
-                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
-                "homepage": null,
-                "role": null
-            }
-        ],
-        "description": "This bundle provides a way to configure your controllers with annotations",
-        "keywords": [
-            "annotations",
-            "controllers"
-        ],
-        "autoload": {
-            "psr-0": {
-                "Sensio\\Bundle\\FrameworkExtraBundle": ""
-            }
-        }
-    },
-    {
-        "name": "twig/twig",
-        "version": "dev-master",
-        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "time": "2012-07-03 15:33:25",
-        "source": {
-            "type": "git",
-            "url": "git://github.com/fabpot/Twig.git",
-            "reference": "26eb0a2653eade50dffdd31b11ca454232dea8cf"
-        },
-        "dist": {
-            "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/fabpot/Twig/zipball/26eb0a2653eade50dffdd31b11ca454232dea8cf",
-            "reference": "26eb0a2653eade50dffdd31b11ca454232dea8cf",
-            "shasum": ""
-        },
-        "require": {
-            "php": ">=5.2.4"
-        },
-        "type": "library",
-        "extra": {
-            "branch-alias": {
-                "dev-master": "1.9-dev"
-            }
-        },
-        "installation-source": "source",
-        "license": [
-            "BSD-3"
-        ],
-        "authors": [
-            {
-                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
-                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
-                "homepage": null,
-                "role": null
-            },
-            {
-                "name": "Armin Ronacher",
-                "email": "armin.ronacher@active-4.com",
-                "homepage": null,
-                "role": null
-            }
-        ],
-        "description": "Twig, the flexible, fast, and secure template language for PHP",
-        "homepage": "http://twig.sensiolabs.org",
-        "keywords": [
-            "templating"
-        ],
-        "autoload": {
-            "psr-0": {
-                "Twig_": "lib/"
-            }
-        }
-    },
     {
         "name": "doctrine/doctrine-bundle",
         "version": "dev-master",
         "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
         "target-dir": "Doctrine/Bundle/DoctrineBundle",
-        "time": "2012-07-03 10:42:17",
+        "time": "2012-07-02 10:42:17",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "git://github.com/doctrine/DoctrineBundle.git",
@@ -785,70 +512,11 @@
             }
         }
     },
-    {
-        "name": "symfony/swiftmailer-bundle",
-        "version": "dev-master",
-        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "target-dir": "Symfony/Bundle/SwiftmailerBundle",
-        "time": "2012-07-04 15:33:34",
-        "source": {
-            "type": "git",
-            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/SwiftmailerBundle",
-            "reference": "e1d413ce27fd1696bdc82ad9525f1b874664530e"
-        },
-        "dist": {
-            "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/SwiftmailerBundle/zipball/e1d413ce27fd1696bdc82ad9525f1b874664530e",
-            "reference": "e1d413ce27fd1696bdc82ad9525f1b874664530e",
-            "shasum": ""
-        },
-        "require": {
-            "php": ">=5.3.2",
-            "symfony/swiftmailer-bridge": "2.1.*",
-            "swiftmailer/swiftmailer": ">=4.2.0,<4.3-dev"
-        },
-        "require-dev": {
-            "symfony/dependency-injection": "2.1.*",
-            "symfony/http-kernel": "2.1.*",
-            "symfony/config": "2.1.*"
-        },
-        "type": "symfony-bundle",
-        "extra": {
-            "branch-alias": {
-                "dev-master": "2.1-dev"
-            }
-        },
-        "installation-source": "source",
-        "license": [
-            "MIT"
-        ],
-        "authors": [
-            {
-                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
-                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
-                "homepage": null,
-                "role": null
-            },
-            {
-                "name": "Symfony Community",
-                "email": null,
-                "homepage": "http://symfony.com/contributors",
-                "role": null
-            }
-        ],
-        "description": "Symfony SwiftmailerBundle",
-        "homepage": "http://symfony.com",
-        "autoload": {
-            "psr-0": {
-                "Symfony\\Bundle\\SwiftmailerBundle": ""
-            }
-        }
-    },
     {
         "name": "doctrine/orm",
         "version": "2.2.x-dev",
         "version_normalized": "2.2.9999999.9999999-dev",
-        "time": "2012-07-07 07:48:00",
+        "time": "2012-07-06 07:48:00",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "git://github.com/doctrine/doctrine2.git",
@@ -909,66 +577,11 @@
             }
         }
     },
-    {
-        "name": "swiftmailer/swiftmailer",
-        "version": "dev-master",
-        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "time": "2012-07-08 09:21:00",
-        "source": {
-            "type": "git",
-            "url": "git://github.com/swiftmailer/swiftmailer.git",
-            "reference": "f51b5f33c83b48faea75f1285f99a2e8f1c66f75"
-        },
-        "dist": {
-            "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/zipball/f51b5f33c83b48faea75f1285f99a2e8f1c66f75",
-            "reference": "f51b5f33c83b48faea75f1285f99a2e8f1c66f75",
-            "shasum": ""
-        },
-        "require": {
-            "php": ">=5.2.4"
-        },
-        "type": "library",
-        "extra": {
-            "branch-alias": {
-                "dev-master": "4.2-dev"
-            }
-        },
-        "installation-source": "source",
-        "license": [
-            "LGPL"
-        ],
-        "authors": [
-            {
-                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
-                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
-                "homepage": null,
-                "role": null
-            },
-            {
-                "name": "Chris Corbyn",
-                "email": "",
-                "homepage": null,
-                "role": null
-            }
-        ],
-        "description": "Swiftmailer, free feature-rich PHP mailer",
-        "homepage": "http://swiftmailer.org",
-        "keywords": [
-            "mail",
-            "mailer"
-        ],
-        "autoload": {
-            "files": [
-                "lib/swift_required.php"
-            ]
-        }
-    },
     {
         "name": "doctrine/dbal",
         "version": "2.2.x-dev",
         "version_normalized": "2.2.9999999.9999999-dev",
-        "time": "2012-07-08 18:30:35",
+        "time": "2012-07-07 18:30:35",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/doctrine/dbal",
@@ -1030,25 +643,456 @@
         }
     },
     {
-        "name": "symfony/symfony",
-        "version": "dev-master",
-        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
-        "time": "2012-07-09 05:52:38",
+        "name": "egeloen/ckeditor-bundle",
+        "version": "2.0.x-dev",
+        "version_normalized": "2.0.9999999.9999999-dev",
+        "target-dir": "Ivory/CKEditorBundle",
+        "time": "2012-05-16 18:38:27",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
-            "url": "git://github.com/symfony/symfony.git",
-            "reference": "v2.1.0-BETA2"
+            "url": "https://github.com/egeloen/IvoryCKEditorBundle",
+            "reference": "ca9d4a631577d7195c6517dd89ae8a3cc02b85ba"
         },
         "dist": {
             "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/symfony/zipball/v2.1.0-BETA2",
-            "reference": "v2.1.0-BETA2",
+            "url": "https://github.com/egeloen/IvoryCKEditorBundle/zipball/ca9d4a631577d7195c6517dd89ae8a3cc02b85ba",
+            "reference": "ca9d4a631577d7195c6517dd89ae8a3cc02b85ba",
+            "shasum": ""
+        },
+        "require": {
+            "php": ">=5.3.0",
+            "symfony/framework-bundle": "2.*"
+        },
+        "type": "symfony-bundle",
+        "installation-source": "source",
+        "license": [
+            "MIT"
+        ],
+        "authors": [
+            {
+                "name": "Eric GELOEN",
+                "email": "geloen.eric@gmail.com",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            }
+        ],
+        "description": "Provides a CKEditor integration for your Symfony2 Project.",
+        "keywords": [
+            "CKEditor"
+        ],
+        "autoload": {
+            "psr-0": {
+                "Ivory\\CKEditorBundle": ""
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        "name": "sensio/generator-bundle",
+        "version": "dev-master",
+        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
+        "target-dir": "Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle",
+        "time": "2012-07-13 00:04:48",
+        "source": {
+            "type": "git",
+            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioGeneratorBundle",
+            "reference": "c17dbddefe517e3adfcbeaa1ab7cef3e572d29c6"
+        },
+        "dist": {
+            "type": "zip",
+            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioGeneratorBundle/zipball/c17dbddefe517e3adfcbeaa1ab7cef3e572d29c6",
+            "reference": "c17dbddefe517e3adfcbeaa1ab7cef3e572d29c6",
+            "shasum": ""
+        },
+        "require": {
+            "symfony/framework-bundle": "2.1.*"
+        },
+        "require-dev": {
+            "symfony/doctrine-bridge": "2.1.*",
+            "doctrine/orm": ">=2.1,<2.4-dev",
+            "twig/twig": ">=1.8,<2.0-dev"
+        },
+        "suggest": {
+            "doctrine/doctrine-bundle": "to generate entities and their crud controller"
+        },
+        "type": "symfony-bundle",
+        "extra": {
+            "branch-alias": {
+                "dev-master": "2.1.x-dev"
+            }
+        },
+        "installation-source": "source",
+        "license": [
+            "MIT"
+        ],
+        "authors": [
+            {
+                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
+                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            }
+        ],
+        "description": "This bundle generates code for you",
+        "autoload": {
+            "psr-0": {
+                "Sensio\\Bundle\\GeneratorBundle": ""
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        "name": "symfony/assetic-bundle",
+        "version": "dev-master",
+        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
+        "target-dir": "Symfony/Bundle/AsseticBundle",
+        "time": "2012-07-12 06:51:17",
+        "source": {
+            "type": "git",
+            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/AsseticBundle",
+            "reference": "ed933dcfa45f00b6bc6d7727007403f3ff429e5a"
+        },
+        "dist": {
+            "type": "zip",
+            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/AsseticBundle/zipball/ed933dcfa45f00b6bc6d7727007403f3ff429e5a",
+            "reference": "ed933dcfa45f00b6bc6d7727007403f3ff429e5a",
+            "shasum": ""
+        },
+        "require": {
+            "php": ">=5.3.0",
+            "symfony/framework-bundle": "2.1.*",
+            "kriswallsmith/assetic": "1.1.*"
+        },
+        "suggest": {
+            "symfony/twig-bundle": "2.1.*"
+        },
+        "type": "symfony-bundle",
+        "extra": {
+            "branch-alias": {
+                "dev-master": "2.1.x-dev"
+            }
+        },
+        "installation-source": "source",
+        "license": [
+            "MIT"
+        ],
+        "authors": [
+            {
+                "name": "Kris Wallsmith",
+                "email": "kris.wallsmith@gmail.com",
+                "homepage": "http://kriswallsmith.net/",
+                "role": null
+            }
+        ],
+        "description": "Integrates Assetic into Symfony2",
+        "homepage": "https://github.com/symfony/AsseticBundle",
+        "keywords": [
+            "assets",
+            "compression",
+            "minification"
+        ],
+        "autoload": {
+            "psr-0": {
+                "Symfony\\Bundle\\AsseticBundle": ""
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        "name": "symfony/monolog-bundle",
+        "version": "dev-master",
+        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
+        "target-dir": "Symfony/Bundle/MonologBundle",
+        "time": "2012-06-30 05:48:07",
+        "source": {
+            "type": "git",
+            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/MonologBundle",
+            "reference": "v2.1.0-BETA3"
+        },
+        "dist": {
+            "type": "zip",
+            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/MonologBundle/zipball/v2.1.0-BETA3",
+            "reference": "v2.1.0-BETA3",
+            "shasum": ""
+        },
+        "require": {
+            "php": ">=5.3.2",
+            "monolog/monolog": "1.*",
+            "symfony/monolog-bridge": "2.1.*",
+            "symfony/dependency-injection": "2.1.*",
+            "symfony/config": "2.1.*"
+        },
+        "require-dev": {
+            "symfony/yaml": "2.1.*",
+            "symfony/config": "2.1.*"
+        },
+        "type": "symfony-bundle",
+        "extra": {
+            "branch-alias": {
+                "dev-master": "2.1.x-dev"
+            }
+        },
+        "installation-source": "source",
+        "license": [
+            "MIT"
+        ],
+        "authors": [
+            {
+                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
+                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            },
+            {
+                "name": "Symfony Community",
+                "email": null,
+                "homepage": "http://symfony.com/contributors",
+                "role": null
+            }
+        ],
+        "description": "Symfony MonologBundle",
+        "homepage": "http://symfony.com",
+        "autoload": {
+            "psr-0": {
+                "Symfony\\Bundle\\MonologBundle": ""
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        "name": "sensio/framework-extra-bundle",
+        "version": "dev-master",
+        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
+        "target-dir": "Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle",
+        "time": "2012-07-11 23:13:52",
+        "source": {
+            "type": "git",
+            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioFrameworkExtraBundle",
+            "reference": "e9ac8f1a911ed29e30296c7f1549f53d4c94eddf"
+        },
+        "dist": {
+            "type": "zip",
+            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioFrameworkExtraBundle/zipball/e9ac8f1a911ed29e30296c7f1549f53d4c94eddf",
+            "reference": "e9ac8f1a911ed29e30296c7f1549f53d4c94eddf",
+            "shasum": ""
+        },
+        "require": {
+            "doctrine/common": ">=2.1,<2.4-dev",
+            "symfony/framework-bundle": "2.1.*"
+        },
+        "type": "symfony-bundle",
+        "extra": {
+            "branch-alias": {
+                "dev-master": "2.1.x-dev"
+            }
+        },
+        "installation-source": "source",
+        "license": [
+            "MIT"
+        ],
+        "authors": [
+            {
+                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
+                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            }
+        ],
+        "description": "This bundle provides a way to configure your controllers with annotations",
+        "keywords": [
+            "annotations",
+            "controllers"
+        ],
+        "autoload": {
+            "psr-0": {
+                "Sensio\\Bundle\\FrameworkExtraBundle": ""
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        "name": "twig/twig",
+        "version": "dev-master",
+        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
+        "time": "2012-07-15 23:42:44",
+        "source": {
+            "type": "git",
+            "url": "git://github.com/fabpot/Twig.git",
+            "reference": "d45664045194ef62573c153c424508527105041e"
+        },
+        "dist": {
+            "type": "zip",
+            "url": "https://github.com/fabpot/Twig/zipball/d45664045194ef62573c153c424508527105041e",
+            "reference": "d45664045194ef62573c153c424508527105041e",
+            "shasum": ""
+        },
+        "require": {
+            "php": ">=5.2.4"
+        },
+        "type": "library",
+        "extra": {
+            "branch-alias": {
+                "dev-master": "1.9-dev"
+            }
+        },
+        "installation-source": "source",
+        "license": [
+            "BSD-3"
+        ],
+        "authors": [
+            {
+                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
+                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            },
+            {
+                "name": "Armin Ronacher",
+                "email": "armin.ronacher@active-4.com",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            }
+        ],
+        "description": "Twig, the flexible, fast, and secure template language for PHP",
+        "homepage": "http://twig.sensiolabs.org",
+        "keywords": [
+            "templating"
+        ],
+        "autoload": {
+            "psr-0": {
+                "Twig_": "lib/"
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        "name": "symfony/swiftmailer-bundle",
+        "version": "dev-master",
+        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
+        "target-dir": "Symfony/Bundle/SwiftmailerBundle",
+        "time": "2012-07-05 11:33:34",
+        "source": {
+            "type": "git",
+            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/SwiftmailerBundle",
+            "reference": "v2.1.0-BETA3"
+        },
+        "dist": {
+            "type": "zip",
+            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/SwiftmailerBundle/zipball/v2.1.0-BETA3",
+            "reference": "v2.1.0-BETA3",
+            "shasum": ""
+        },
+        "require": {
+            "php": ">=5.3.2",
+            "symfony/swiftmailer-bridge": "2.1.*",
+            "swiftmailer/swiftmailer": ">=4.2.0,<4.3-dev"
+        },
+        "require-dev": {
+            "symfony/dependency-injection": "2.1.*",
+            "symfony/http-kernel": "2.1.*",
+            "symfony/config": "2.1.*"
+        },
+        "type": "symfony-bundle",
+        "extra": {
+            "branch-alias": {
+                "dev-master": "2.1-dev"
+            }
+        },
+        "installation-source": "source",
+        "license": [
+            "MIT"
+        ],
+        "authors": [
+            {
+                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
+                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            },
+            {
+                "name": "Symfony Community",
+                "email": null,
+                "homepage": "http://symfony.com/contributors",
+                "role": null
+            }
+        ],
+        "description": "Symfony SwiftmailerBundle",
+        "homepage": "http://symfony.com",
+        "autoload": {
+            "psr-0": {
+                "Symfony\\Bundle\\SwiftmailerBundle": ""
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        "name": "swiftmailer/swiftmailer",
+        "version": "dev-master",
+        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
+        "time": "2012-07-13 12:47:17",
+        "source": {
+            "type": "git",
+            "url": "git://github.com/swiftmailer/swiftmailer.git",
+            "reference": "8b2aa953f87da228ba413e8fb1372e49c1374050"
+        },
+        "dist": {
+            "type": "zip",
+            "url": "https://github.com/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/zipball/8b2aa953f87da228ba413e8fb1372e49c1374050",
+            "reference": "8b2aa953f87da228ba413e8fb1372e49c1374050",
+            "shasum": ""
+        },
+        "require": {
+            "php": ">=5.2.4"
+        },
+        "type": "library",
+        "extra": {
+            "branch-alias": {
+                "dev-master": "4.2-dev"
+            }
+        },
+        "installation-source": "source",
+        "license": [
+            "LGPL"
+        ],
+        "authors": [
+            {
+                "name": "Fabien Potencier",
+                "email": "fabien@symfony.com",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            },
+            {
+                "name": "Chris Corbyn",
+                "email": "",
+                "homepage": null,
+                "role": null
+            }
+        ],
+        "description": "Swiftmailer, free feature-rich PHP mailer",
+        "homepage": "http://swiftmailer.org",
+        "keywords": [
+            "mail",
+            "mailer"
+        ],
+        "autoload": {
+            "files": [
+                "lib/swift_required.php"
+            ]
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        "name": "symfony/symfony",
+        "version": "dev-master",
+        "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
+        "time": "2012-07-15 16:27:15",
+        "source": {
+            "type": "git",
+            "url": "git://github.com/symfony/symfony.git",
+            "reference": "151b79a6ce3f459e2fa8815cd9f2786eef750993"
+        },
+        "dist": {
+            "type": "zip",
+            "url": "https://github.com/symfony/symfony/zipball/151b79a6ce3f459e2fa8815cd9f2786eef750993",
+            "reference": "151b79a6ce3f459e2fa8815cd9f2786eef750993",
             "shasum": ""
         },
         "require": {
-            "php": ">=5.3.3",
             "twig/twig": ">=1.8,<2.0-dev",
-            "doctrine/common": ">2.2,<2.4-dev"
+            "doctrine/common": ">2.2,<2.4-dev",
+            "php": ">=5.3.3"
         },
         "replace": {
             "symfony/doctrine-bridge": "self.version",
@@ -1135,16 +1179,16 @@
         "version": "dev-master",
         "version_normalized": "9999999-dev",
         "target-dir": "Sensio/Bundle/DistributionBundle",
-        "time": "2012-07-08 08:02:21",
+        "time": "2012-07-15 10:24:10",
         "source": {
             "type": "git",
             "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioDistributionBundle",
-            "reference": "9a7dbd867fd5061e4bfd660a175aa66122f53d25"
+            "reference": "5886adae1613c0a72fbb95259a83ae798e86c0d3"
         },
         "dist": {
             "type": "zip",
-            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioDistributionBundle/zipball/9a7dbd867fd5061e4bfd660a175aa66122f53d25",
-            "reference": "9a7dbd867fd5061e4bfd660a175aa66122f53d25",
+            "url": "https://github.com/sensio/SensioDistributionBundle/zipball/5886adae1613c0a72fbb95259a83ae798e86c0d3",
+            "reference": "5886adae1613c0a72fbb95259a83ae798e86c0d3",
             "shasum": ""
         },
         "require": {

vendor/egeloen/ckeditor-bundle/Ivory/CKEditorBundle

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Subproject commit ca9d4a631577d7195c6517dd89ae8a3cc02b85ba

vendor/sensio/distribution-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/DistributionBundle/Composer/ScriptHandler.php

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class ScriptHandler
             return;
         }
 
-        static::executeBuildBootstrap($appDir);
+        static::executeBuildBootstrap($appDir, $options['process-timeout']);
     }
 
     public static function clearCache($event)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class ScriptHandler
             return;
         }
 
-        static::executeCommand($event, $appDir, 'cache:clear --no-warmup');
+        static::executeCommand($event, $appDir, 'cache:clear --no-warmup', $options['process-timeout']);
     }
 
     public static function installAssets($event)
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ namespace { return \$loader; }
             ", substr(file_get_contents($file), 5)));
     }
 
-    protected static function executeCommand($event, $appDir, $cmd)
+    protected static function executeCommand($event, $appDir, $cmd, $timeout = 300)
     {
         $php = escapeshellarg(self::getPhp());
         $console = escapeshellarg($appDir.'/console');
@@ -131,17 +131,17 @@ namespace { return \$loader; }
             $console.= ' --ansi';
         }
 
-        $process = new Process($php.' '.$console.' '.$cmd, null, null, null, 300);
+        $process = new Process($php.' '.$console.' '.$cmd, null, null, null, $timeout);
         $process->run(function ($type, $buffer) { echo $buffer; });
     }
 
-    protected static function executeBuildBootstrap($appDir)
+    protected static function executeBuildBootstrap($appDir, $timeout = 300)
     {
         $php = escapeshellarg(self::getPhp());
         $cmd = escapeshellarg(__DIR__.'/../Resources/bin/build_bootstrap.php');
         $appDir = escapeshellarg($appDir);
 
-        $process = new Process($php.' '.$cmd.' '.$appDir, null, null, null, 300);
+        $process = new Process($php.' '.$cmd.' '.$appDir, null, null, null, $timeout);
         $process->run(function ($type, $buffer) { echo $buffer; });
     }
 
@@ -155,6 +155,8 @@ namespace { return \$loader; }
 
         $options['symfony-assets-install'] = getenv('SYMFONY_ASSETS_INSTALL') ?: $options['symfony-assets-install'];
 
+        $options['process-timeout'] = $event->getComposer()->getConfig()->get('process-timeout');
+
         return $options;
     }
 

vendor/sensio/distribution-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/DistributionBundle/Diff/Diff.php

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-
-/*
- * This file is part of the Symfony package.
- *
- * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
- *
- * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
- * file that was distributed with this source code.
- */
-
-namespace Sensio\Bundle\DistributionBundle\Diff;
-
-/**
- * Computes a Diff between files (line by line).
- *
- * Implements the Longest common subsequence problem algorithm.
- *
- * @see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Longest_common_subsequence_problem
- *
- * @author Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
- */
-class Diff
-{
-    private $diff;
-
-    public function __construct($str1, $str2)
-    {
-        $lines1 = explode("\n", $str1);
-        $lines2 = explode("\n", $str2);
-
-        $this->diff = $this->computeDiff($this->computeLcs($lines1, $lines2), $lines1, $lines2, count($lines1) - 1, count($lines2) - 1);
-    }
-
-    public function getDiff()
-    {
-        $diff = array();
-        for ($i = 0, $max = count($this->diff); $i < $max; $i++) {
-            if ('' != $this->diff[$i][0]) {
-                $diff[] = array('@', sprintf(' Line %s', $this->diff[$i][2]));
-
-                do {
-                    $diff[] = $this->diff[$i++];
-                } while ('' != $this->diff[$i][0]);
-            }
-        }
-
-        return $diff;
-    }
-
-    public function computeDiff(array $c, array $lines1, array $lines2, $i, $j)
-    {
-        $diff = array();
-
-        if ($i > -1 && $j > -1 && $lines1[$i] == $lines2[$j]) {
-            $diff = array_merge($diff, $this->computeDiff($c, $lines1, $lines2, $i - 1, $j - 1));
-            $diff[] = array('', $lines1[$i], $i, $j);
-        } else {
-            if ($j > -1 && ($i == -1 || $c[$i][$j - 1] >= $c[$i - 1][$j])) {
-                $diff = array_merge($diff, $this->computeDiff($c, $lines1, $lines2, $i, $j - 1));
-                $diff[] = array('+', $lines2[$j], $i, $j);
-            } elseif ($i > -1 && ($j == -1 || $c[$i][$j - 1] < $c[$i - 1][$j])) {
-                $diff = array_merge($diff, $this->computeDiff($c, $lines1, $lines2, $i - 1, $j));
-                $diff[] = array('-', $lines1[$i], $i, $j);
-            }
-        }
- 
-        return $diff;
-    }
-
-    private function computeLcs(array $lines1, array $lines2)
-    {
-        for ($i = -1, $len1 = count($lines1); $i < $len1; $i++) {
-            for ($j = -1, $len2 = count($lines2); $j < $len2; $j++) {
-                $c[$i][$j] = 0;
-            }
-        }
-
-        for ($i = 0; $i < $len1; $i++) {
-            for ($j = 0; $j < $len2; $j++) {
-                if ($lines1[$i] == $lines2[$j]) {
-                    $c[$i][$j] = $c[$i - 1][$j - 1] + 1;
-                } else {
-                    $c[$i][$j] = max($c[$i][$j - 1], $c[$i - 1][$j]);
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        return $c;
-    }
-}

vendor/sensio/distribution-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/DistributionBundle/Resources/skeleton/app/SymfonyRequirements.php

@@ -431,8 +431,8 @@ class SymfonyRequirements extends RequirementCollection
         if (version_compare($installedPhpVersion, self::REQUIRED_PHP_VERSION, '>=')) {
             $this->addRequirement(
                 (in_array(date_default_timezone_get(), DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers())),
-            sprintf('Default timezone is deprecated (%s)', date_default_timezone_get()),
-            'Fix your <strong>php.ini</strong> file (list of deprecated timezones http://us.php.net/manual/en/timezones.others.php).'
+                sprintf('Default timezone "%s" is not supported by your installation of PHP', date_default_timezone_get()),
+                'Fix your <strong>php.ini</strong> file (check for typos and have a look at the list of deprecated timezones http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.others.php).'
             );
         }
 
@@ -492,6 +492,12 @@ class SymfonyRequirements extends RequirementCollection
 
         /* optional recommendations follow */
 
+        $this->addRecommendation(
+            version_compare($installedPhpVersion, '5.3.4', '>='),
+            sprintf('Your project might not work properly ("Notice: Trying to get property of non-object") due to the PHP bug #52083 before PHP 5.3.4 (%s installed)', $installedPhpVersion),
+            'Install PHP 5.3.4 or newer'
+        );
+
         $this->addRecommendation(
             version_compare($installedPhpVersion, '5.3.8', '>='),
             sprintf('Annotations might not work properly due to the PHP bug #55156 before PHP 5.3.8 (%s installed)', $installedPhpVersion),

vendor/sensio/distribution-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/DistributionBundle/Upgrader/Upgrader.php

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-
-/*
- * This file is part of the Symfony package.
- *
- * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
- *
- * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
- * file that was distributed with this source code.
- */
-
-namespace Sensio\Bundle\DistributionBundle\Upgrade;
-
-use Sensio\Bundle\DistributionBundle\Diff\Diff;
-use Symfony\Component\Console\Output\OutputInterface;
-
-/**
- * Upgrade class.
- *
- * @author Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
- */
-class Upgrade
-{
-    public function outputConsoleDiff(OutputInterface $output, $file1, $file2)
-    {
-        if (is_file($file1)) {
-            $file1 = realpath($file1);
-            $str1 = file_get_contents($file1);
-        } else {
-            $str1 = '';
-        }
-
-        if (!is_file($file2)) {
-            throw new \RuntimeException(sprintf('The skeleton file "%s" does not exist.', $file2));
-        }
-        $file2 = realpath($file2);
-        $str2 = file_get_contents($file2);
-
-        $diff = new Diff($str1, $str2);
-
-        $output->writeln(sprintf('--- %s', $file1));
-        $output->writeln(sprintf('+++ %s', $file2));
-        foreach ($diff->getDiff() as $line) {
-            if ('+' == $line[0]) {
-                $format = '<fg=green>+%s</>';
-            } elseif ('-' == $line[0]) {
-                $format = '<fg=red>-%s</>';
-            } elseif ('@' == $line[0]) {
-                $format = '<fg=cyan>@%s</>';
-            } else {
-                $format = ' %s';
-            }
-
-            $output->writeln(sprintf($format, $line[1]));
-        }
-
-        $output->writeln('');
-    }
-}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+coverage
+phpunit.xml
+vendor
+composer.lock

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/CHANGELOG-2.1.md

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+CHANGELOG for 2.1.x
+===================
+
+ * added the possibility to configure the id name for the Doctrine converter via the id option
+ * [BC break] The ParamConverterInterface::apply() method now must return a
+   Boolean value indicating if a conversion was done.

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Resources/doc/annotations/converters.rst

@@ -74,6 +74,19 @@ option::
     {
     }
 
+This also allows you to have multiple converters in one action::
+
+    /**
+     * @Route("/blog/{id}/comments/{comment_id}")
+     * @ParamConverter("comment", class="SensioBlogBundle:Comment", options={"id" = "comment_id"})
+     */
+    public function showAction(Post $post, Comment $comment)
+    {
+    }
+
+In the example above, the post parameter is handled automatically, but the comment is 
+configured with the annotation since they can not both follow the default convention.
+
 Creating a Converter
 --------------------
 

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Tests/Configuration/ConfigurationAnnotationTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?php
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\Configuration;
+
+class ConfigurationAnnotationTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+    /**
+     * @expectedException RuntimeException
+     */
+    public function testUndefinedSetterThrowsException()
+    {
+        $this->getMockForAbstractClass('Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Configuration\ConfigurationAnnotation', array(
+            array(
+                'doesNotExists' => true,
+            ),
+        ));
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Tests/EventListener/CacheListenerTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?php
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\EventListener;
+
+use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Request;
+use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Response;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Configuration\Cache;
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\EventListener\CacheListener;
+
+class CacheListenerTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+    public function setUp()
+    {
+        $this->listener = new CacheListener();
+        $this->response = new Response();
+        $this->cache = new Cache(array());
+        $this->request = $this->createRequest($this->cache);
+        $this->event = $this->createEventMock($this->request, $this->response);
+    }
+
+    public function testWontReassignResponseWhenResponseIsUnsuccessful()
+    {
+        $this->event
+            ->expects($this->never())
+            ->method('setResponse')
+        ;
+
+        $this->response->setStatusCode(404);
+
+        $this->assertInternalType('null', $this->listener->onKernelResponse($this->event));
+    }
+
+    public function testWontReassignResponseWhenNoConfigurationIsPresent()
+    {
+        $this->event
+            ->expects($this->never())
+            ->method('setResponse')
+        ;
+
+        $this->request->attributes->remove('_cache');
+
+        $this->assertInternalType('null', $this->listener->onKernelResponse($this->event));
+    }
+
+    public function testResponseIsPublicIfConfigurationIsPublic()
+    {
+        $request = $this->createRequest(new Cache(array(
+            'public' => true,
+        )));
+
+        $this->listener->onKernelResponse($this->createEventMock($request, $this->response));
+
+        $this->assertTrue($this->response->headers->hasCacheControlDirective('public'));
+        $this->assertFalse($this->response->headers->hasCacheControlDirective('private'));
+    }
+
+    public function testConfigurationAttributesAreSetOnResponse()
+    {
+        $this->assertInternalType('null', $this->response->getMaxAge());
+        $this->assertInternalType('null', $this->response->getExpires());
+        $this->assertFalse($this->response->headers->hasCacheControlDirective('s-maxage'));
+
+        $this->request->attributes->set('_cache', new Cache(array(
+            'expires' => 'tomorrow',
+            'smaxage' => '15',
+            'maxage' => '15',
+        )));
+
+        $this->listener->onKernelResponse($this->event);
+
+        $this->assertEquals('15', $this->response->getMaxAge());
+        $this->assertEquals('15', $this->response->headers->getCacheControlDirective('s-maxage'));
+        $this->assertInstanceOf('DateTime', $this->response->getExpires());
+    }
+
+    protected function createRequest(Cache $cache = null)
+    {
+        return new Request(array(), array(), array(
+            '_cache' => $cache,
+        ));
+    }
+
+    protected function createEventMock(Request $request, Response $response)
+    {
+        $event = $this->getMock('Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Event\FilterResponseEvent', array(), array(), '', null);
+        $event
+            ->expects($this->any())
+            ->method('getRequest')
+            ->will($this->returnValue($request))
+        ;
+
+        $event
+            ->expects($this->any())
+            ->method('getResponse')
+            ->will($this->returnValue($response))
+        ;
+
+        return $event;
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Tests/EventListener/ControllerListenerTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?php
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\EventListener;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Configuration\Cache;
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\EventListener\ControllerListener;
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\EventListener\Fixture\FooControllerCacheAtClass;
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\EventListener\Fixture\FooControllerCacheAtClassAndMethod;
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\EventListener\Fixture\FooControllerCacheAtMethod;
+
+use Doctrine\Common\Annotations\AnnotationReader;
+use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Request;
+use Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Event\FilterControllerEvent;
+use Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\HttpKernelInterface;
+
+class ControllerListenerTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+    public function setUp()
+    {
+        $this->listener = new ControllerListener(new AnnotationReader());
+        $this->request = $this->createRequest();
+    }
+
+    public function tearDown()
+    {
+        $this->listener = null;
+        $this->request = null;
+    }
+
+    public function testCacheAnnotationAtMethod()
+    {
+        $controller = new FooControllerCacheAtMethod();
+
+        $this->event = $this->getFilterControllerEvent(array($controller, 'barAction'), $this->request);
+        $this->listener->onKernelController($this->event);
+
+        $this->assertNotNull($this->getReadedCache());
+        $this->assertEquals(FooControllerCacheAtMethod::METHOD_SMAXAGE, $this->getReadedCache()->getSMaxAge());
+    }
+
+    public function testCacheAnnotationAtClass()
+    {
+        $controller = new FooControllerCacheAtClass();
+        $this->event = $this->getFilterControllerEvent(array($controller, 'barAction'), $this->request);
+        $this->listener->onKernelController($this->event);
+
+        $this->assertNotNull($this->getReadedCache());
+        $this->assertEquals(FooControllerCacheAtClass::CLASS_SMAXAGE, $this->getReadedCache()->getSMaxAge());
+    }
+
+    public function testCacheAnnotationAtClassAndMethod()
+    {
+        $controller = new FooControllerCacheAtClassAndMethod();
+        $this->event = $this->getFilterControllerEvent(array($controller, 'barAction'), $this->request);
+        $this->listener->onKernelController($this->event);
+
+        $this->assertNotNull($this->getReadedCache());
+        $this->assertEquals(FooControllerCacheAtClassAndMethod::METHOD_SMAXAGE, $this->getReadedCache()->getSMaxAge());
+
+        $this->event = $this->getFilterControllerEvent(array($controller, 'bar2Action'), $this->request);
+        $this->listener->onKernelController($this->event);
+
+        $this->assertNotNull($this->getReadedCache());
+        $this->assertEquals(FooControllerCacheAtClassAndMethod::CLASS_SMAXAGE, $this->getReadedCache()->getSMaxAge());
+    }
+
+    protected function createRequest(Cache $cache = null)
+    {
+        return new Request(array(), array(), array(
+            '_cache' => $cache,
+        ));
+    }
+
+    protected function getFilterControllerEvent($controller, Request $request)
+    {
+        $mockKernel = $this->getMockForAbstractClass('Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Kernel', array('', ''));
+
+        return new FilterControllerEvent($mockKernel, $controller, $request, HttpKernelInterface::MASTER_REQUEST);
+    }
+
+    protected function getReadedCache()
+    {
+        return $this->request->attributes->get('_cache');
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Tests/EventListener/Fixture/FooControllerCacheAtClass.php

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?php
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\EventListener\Fixture;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Configuration\Cache;
+
+/**
+ * @Cache(smaxage="20")
+ */
+class FooControllerCacheAtClass
+{
+    const CLASS_SMAXAGE = 20;
+
+    public function barAction()
+    {
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Tests/EventListener/Fixture/FooControllerCacheAtClassAndMethod.php

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?php
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\EventListener\Fixture;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Configuration\Cache;
+
+/**
+ * @Cache(smaxage="20")
+ */
+class FooControllerCacheAtClassAndMethod
+{
+    const CLASS_SMAXAGE = 20;
+    const METHOD_SMAXAGE = 15;
+
+    /**
+     * @Cache(smaxage="15")
+     */
+    public function barAction()
+    {
+    }
+
+    public function bar2Action()
+    {
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Tests/EventListener/Fixture/FooControllerCacheAtMethod.php

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?php
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\EventListener\Fixture;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Configuration\Cache;
+
+class FooControllerCacheAtMethod
+{
+    const METHOD_SMAXAGE = 15;
+
+    /**
+     * @Cache(smaxage="15")
+     */
+    public function barAction()
+    {
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Tests/Request/ParamConverter/DoctrineParamConverterTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?php
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\Request\ParamConverter;
+
+use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Request;
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Request\ParamConverter\DoctrineParamConverter;
+
+class DoctrineParamConverterTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+    /**
+     * @var Doctrine\Common\Persistence\ManagerRegistry
+     */
+    private $manager;
+
+    /**
+     * @var DoctrineParamConverter
+     */
+    private $converter;
+
+    public function setUp()
+    {
+        if (!interface_exists('Doctrine\Common\Persistence\ManagerRegistry')) {
+            $this->markTestSkipped();
+        }
+
+        $this->manager = $this->getMock('Doctrine\Common\Persistence\ManagerRegistry');
+        $this->converter = new DoctrineParamConverter($this->manager);
+    }
+
+    public function createConfiguration($class = null, array $options = null)
+    {
+        $config = $this->getMock(
+            'Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Configuration\ConfigurationInterface', array(
+            'getClass', 'getAliasName', 'getOptions'
+        ));
+        if ($options !== null) {
+            $config->expects($this->once())
+                   ->method('getOptions')
+                   ->will($this->returnValue($options));
+        }
+        if ($class !== null) {
+            $config->expects($this->any())
+                   ->method('getClass')
+                   ->will($this->returnValue($class));
+        }
+
+        return $config;
+    }
+
+    public function testApplyWithNoIdAndData()
+    {
+        $request = new Request();
+        $config = $this->createConfiguration(null, array());
+        $objectManager = $this->getMock('Doctrine\Common\Persistence\ObjectManager');
+
+        $this->manager->expects($this->never())->method('find');
+        $this->manager->expects($this->once())
+                      ->method('getManager')
+                      ->will($this->returnValue($objectManager));
+
+        $this->setExpectedException('LogicException');
+        $this->converter->apply($request, $config);
+    }
+
+    public function testSupports()
+    {
+        $config = $this->createConfiguration('stdClass', array());
+        $metadataFactory = $this->getMock('Doctrine\Common\Persistence\Mapping\ClassMetadataFactory');
+        $metadataFactory->expects($this->once())
+                        ->method('isTransient')
+                        ->with($this->equalTo('stdClass'))
+                        ->will($this->returnValue( false ));
+
+        $objectManager = $this->getMock('Doctrine\Common\Persistence\ObjectManager');
+        $objectManager->expects($this->once())
+                      ->method('getMetadataFactory')
+                      ->will($this->returnValue($metadataFactory));
+
+        $this->manager->expects($this->once())
+                      ->method('getManager')
+                      ->will($this->returnValue($objectManager));
+
+        $ret = $this->converter->supports($config);
+
+        $this->assertTrue($ret, "Should be supported");
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/Tests/Request/ParamConverter/ParamConverterManagerTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?php
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Tests\Request\ParamConverter;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Request\ParamConverter\ParamConverterManager;
+use Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Configuration;
+use Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Request;
+
+class ParamConverterManagerTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+    public function setUp()
+    {
+        $this->manager = new ParamConverterManager();
+    }
+
+    public function testPriorities()
+    {
+        $this->assertEquals(array(), $this->manager->all());
+
+        $high = $this->createParamConverterMock();
+        $low = $this->createParamConverterMock();
+
+        $this->manager->add($low);
+        $this->manager->add($high, 10);
+
+        $this->assertEquals(array(
+            $high,
+            $low,
+        ), $this->manager->all());
+    }
+
+    public function testApply()
+    {
+        $supported = $this->createParamConverterMock();
+        $supported
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('supports')
+            ->will($this->returnValue(true))
+        ;
+        $supported
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('apply')
+            ->will($this->returnValue(false))
+        ;
+
+        $invalid = $this->createParamConverterMock();
+        $invalid
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('supports')
+            ->will($this->returnValue(false))
+        ;
+        $invalid
+            ->expects($this->never())
+            ->method('apply')
+        ;
+
+        $configurations = array(
+            new Configuration\ParamConverter(array(
+                'name' => 'var',
+            )),
+        );
+
+        $this->manager->add($supported);
+        $this->manager->add($invalid);
+        $this->manager->apply(new Request(), $configurations);
+    }
+
+    public function testApplyNotCalledOnAlreadyConvertedObjects()
+    {
+
+        $converter = $this->createParamConverterMock();
+        $converter
+            ->expects($this->never())
+            ->method('supports')
+        ;
+
+        $converter
+            ->expects($this->never())
+            ->method('apply')
+        ;
+
+        $this->manager->add($converter);
+
+        $request = new Request();
+        $request->attributes->set('converted', new \stdClass);
+
+        $configuration = new Configuration\ParamConverter(array(
+            'name' => 'converted',
+            'class' => 'stdClass',
+        ));
+
+        $this->manager->apply($request, array($configuration));
+    }
+
+    protected function createParamConverterMock()
+    {
+        return $this->getMock('Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Request\ParamConverter\ParamConverterInterface');
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/framework-extra-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/FrameworkExtraBundle/phpunit.xml.dist

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<phpunit bootstrap="./vendor/autoload.php" colors="true">
+    <testsuites>
+        <testsuite name="SensioFrameworkExtraBundle">
+            <directory suffix="Test.php">./Tests</directory>
+        </testsuite>
+    </testsuites>
+
+    <filter>
+        <whitelist>
+            <directory>./</directory>
+            <exclude>
+                <directory>./Resources</directory>
+                <directory>./Tests</directory>
+                <directory>./vendor</directory>
+            </exclude>
+        </whitelist>
+    </filter>
+</phpunit>

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+phpunit.xml
+vendor
+composer.lock

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/Tests/Command/GenerateBundleCommandTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Tests\Command;
+
+use Symfony\Component\Console\Tester\CommandTester;
+use Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Command\GenerateBundleCommand;
+
+class GenerateBundleCommandTest extends GenerateCommandTest
+{
+    /**
+     * @dataProvider getInteractiveCommandData
+     */
+    public function testInteractiveCommand($options, $input, $expected)
+    {
+        list($namespace, $bundle, $dir, $format, $structure) = $expected;
+
+        $generator = $this->getGenerator();
+        $generator
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('generate')
+            ->with($namespace, $bundle, $dir, $format, $structure)
+        ;
+
+        $tester = new CommandTester($this->getCommand($generator, $input));
+        $tester->execute($options);
+    }
+
+    public function getInteractiveCommandData()
+    {
+        $tmp = sys_get_temp_dir();
+
+        return array(
+            array(array('--dir' => $tmp), "Foo/BarBundle\n", array('Foo\BarBundle', 'FooBarBundle', $tmp.'/', 'annotation', false)),
+            array(array('--dir' => $tmp), "Foo/BarBundle\nBarBundle\nfoo\nyml\nn", array('Foo\BarBundle', 'BarBundle', 'foo/', 'yml', false)),
+            array(array('--dir' => $tmp, '--format' => 'yml', '--bundle-name' => 'BarBundle', '--structure' => true), "Foo/BarBundle\n", array('Foo\BarBundle', 'BarBundle', $tmp.'/', 'yml', true)),
+        );
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @dataProvider getNonInteractiveCommandData
+     */
+    public function testNonInteractiveCommand($options, $expected)
+    {
+        list($namespace, $bundle, $dir, $format, $structure) = $expected;
+
+        $generator = $this->getGenerator();
+        $generator
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('generate')
+            ->with($namespace, $bundle, $dir, $format, $structure)
+        ;
+
+        $tester = new CommandTester($this->getCommand($generator, ''));
+        $tester->execute($options, array('interactive' => false));
+    }
+
+    public function getNonInteractiveCommandData()
+    {
+        $tmp = sys_get_temp_dir();
+
+        return array(
+            array(array('--dir' => $tmp, '--namespace' => 'Foo/BarBundle'), array('Foo\BarBundle', 'FooBarBundle', $tmp.'/', 'annotation', false)),
+            array(array('--dir' => $tmp, '--namespace' => 'Foo/BarBundle', '--format' => 'yml', '--bundle-name' => 'BarBundle', '--structure' => true), array('Foo\BarBundle', 'BarBundle', $tmp.'/', 'yml', true)),
+        );
+    }
+
+    protected function getCommand($generator, $input)
+    {
+        $command = $this
+            ->getMockBuilder('Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Command\GenerateBundleCommand')
+            ->setMethods(array('checkAutoloader', 'updateKernel', 'updateRouting'))
+            ->getMock()
+        ;
+
+        $command->setContainer($this->getContainer());
+        $command->setHelperSet($this->getHelperSet($input));
+        $command->setGenerator($generator);
+
+        return $command;
+    }
+
+    protected function getGenerator()
+    {
+        // get a noop generator
+        return $this
+            ->getMockBuilder('Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Generator\BundleGenerator')
+            ->disableOriginalConstructor()
+            ->setMethods(array('generate'))
+            ->getMock()
+        ;
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/Tests/Command/GenerateCommandTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Tests\Command;
+
+use Symfony\Component\Console\Helper\HelperSet;
+use Symfony\Component\Console\Helper\FormatterHelper;
+use Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Command\Helper\DialogHelper;
+use Symfony\Component\DependencyInjection\Container;
+
+abstract class GenerateCommandTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+    protected function getHelperSet($input)
+    {
+        $dialog = new DialogHelper();
+        $dialog->setInputStream($this->getInputStream($input));
+
+        return new HelperSet(array(new FormatterHelper(), $dialog));
+    }
+
+    protected function getBundle()
+    {
+        $bundle = $this->getMock('Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Bundle\BundleInterface');
+        $bundle
+            ->expects($this->any())
+            ->method('getPath')
+            ->will($this->returnValue(sys_get_temp_dir()))
+        ;
+
+        return $bundle;
+    }
+
+    protected function getInputStream($input)
+    {
+        $stream = fopen('php://memory', 'r+', false);
+        fputs($stream, $input.str_repeat("\n", 10));
+        rewind($stream);
+
+        return $stream;
+    }
+
+    protected function getContainer()
+    {
+        $kernel = $this->getMock('Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\KernelInterface');
+        $kernel
+            ->expects($this->any())
+            ->method('getBundle')
+            ->will($this->returnValue($this->getBundle()))
+        ;
+
+        $filesystem = $this->getMock('Symfony\Component\Filesystem\Filesystem');
+        $filesystem
+            ->expects($this->any())
+            ->method('isAbsolutePath')
+            ->will($this->returnValue(true))
+        ;
+
+        $container = new Container();
+        $container->set('kernel', $kernel);
+        $container->set('filesystem', $filesystem);
+
+        $container->setParameter('kernel.root_dir', sys_get_temp_dir());
+
+        return $container;
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/Tests/Command/GenerateDoctrineCrudCommandTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Tests\Command;
+
+use Symfony\Component\Console\Tester\CommandTester;
+use Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Command\GenerateDoctrineCrudCommand;
+
+class GenerateDoctrineCrudCommandTest extends GenerateCommandTest
+{
+    /**
+     * @dataProvider getInteractiveCommandData
+     */
+    public function testInteractiveCommand($options, $input, $expected)
+    {
+        list($entity, $format, $prefix, $withWrite) = $expected;
+
+        $generator = $this->getGenerator();
+        $generator
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('generate')
+            ->with($this->getBundle(), $entity, $this->getDoctrineMetadata(), $format, $prefix, $withWrite)
+        ;
+
+        $tester = new CommandTester($this->getCommand($generator, $input));
+        $tester->execute($options);
+    }
+
+    public function getInteractiveCommandData()
+    {
+        return array(
+            array(array(), "AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post\n", array('Blog\\Post', 'annotation', 'blog_post', false)),
+            array(array('--entity' => 'AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post'), '', array('Blog\\Post', 'annotation', 'blog_post', false)),
+            array(array(), "AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post\ny\nyml\nfoobar\n", array('Blog\\Post', 'yml', 'foobar', true)),
+            array(array(), "AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post\ny\nyml\n/foobar\n", array('Blog\\Post', 'yml', 'foobar', true)),
+            array(array('--entity' => 'AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post', '--format' => 'yml', '--route-prefix' => 'foo', '--with-write' => true), '', array('Blog\\Post', 'yml', 'foo', true)),
+        );
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @dataProvider getNonInteractiveCommandData
+     */
+    public function testNonInteractiveCommand($options, $expected)
+    {
+        list($entity, $format, $prefix, $withWrite) = $expected;
+
+        $generator = $this->getGenerator();
+        $generator
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('generate')
+            ->with($this->getBundle(), $entity, $this->getDoctrineMetadata(), $format, $prefix, $withWrite)
+        ;
+
+        $tester = new CommandTester($this->getCommand($generator, ''));
+        $tester->execute($options, array('interactive' => false));
+    }
+
+    public function getNonInteractiveCommandData()
+    {
+        return array(
+            array(array('--entity' => 'AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post'), array('Blog\\Post', 'annotation', 'blog_post', false)),
+            array(array('--entity' => 'AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post', '--format' => 'yml', '--route-prefix' => 'foo', '--with-write' => true), array('Blog\\Post', 'yml', 'foo', true)),
+        );
+    }
+
+    protected function getCommand($generator, $input)
+    {
+        $command = $this
+            ->getMockBuilder('Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Command\GenerateDoctrineCrudCommand')
+            ->setMethods(array('getEntityMetadata'))
+            ->getMock()
+        ;
+
+        $command
+            ->expects($this->any())
+            ->method('getEntityMetadata')
+            ->will($this->returnValue(array($this->getDoctrineMetadata())))
+        ;
+
+        $command->setContainer($this->getContainer());
+        $command->setHelperSet($this->getHelperSet($input));
+        $command->setGenerator($generator);
+        $command->setFormGenerator($this->getFormGenerator());
+
+        return $command;
+    }
+
+    protected function getDoctrineMetadata()
+    {
+        return $this
+            ->getMockBuilder('Doctrine\ORM\Mapping\ClassMetadataInfo')
+            ->disableOriginalConstructor()
+            ->getMock()
+        ;
+    }
+
+    protected function getGenerator()
+    {
+        // get a noop generator
+        return $this
+            ->getMockBuilder('Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Generator\DoctrineCrudGenerator')
+            ->disableOriginalConstructor()
+            ->setMethods(array('generate'))
+            ->getMock()
+        ;
+    }
+
+    protected function getFormGenerator()
+    {
+        return $this
+            ->getMockBuilder('Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Generator\DoctrineFormGenerator')
+            ->disableOriginalConstructor()
+            ->setMethods(array('generate'))
+            ->getMock()
+        ;
+    }
+
+    protected function getContainer()
+    {
+        $container = parent::getContainer();
+
+        $registry = $this->getMock('Symfony\Bridge\Doctrine\RegistryInterface');
+        $registry
+            ->expects($this->any())
+            ->method('getEntityNamespace')
+            ->will($this->returnValue('Foo\\FooBundle\\Entity'))
+        ;
+
+        $container->set('doctrine', $registry);
+
+        return $container;
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/Tests/Command/GenerateDoctrineEntityCommandTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Tests\Command;
+
+use Symfony\Component\Console\Tester\CommandTester;
+use Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Command\GenerateDoctrineEntityCommand;
+
+class GenerateDoctrineEntityCommandTest extends GenerateCommandTest
+{
+    /**
+     * @dataProvider getInteractiveCommandData
+     */
+    public function testInteractiveCommand($options, $input, $expected)
+    {
+        list($entity, $format, $fields) = $expected;
+
+        $generator = $this->getGenerator();
+        $generator
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('generate')
+            ->with($this->getBundle(), $entity, $format, $fields)
+        ;
+
+        $tester = new CommandTester($this->getCommand($generator, $input));
+        $tester->execute($options);
+    }
+
+    public function getInteractiveCommandData()
+    {
+        return array(
+            array(array(), "AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post\n", array('Blog\\Post', 'annotation', array())),
+            array(array('--entity' => 'AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post'), '', array('Blog\\Post', 'annotation', array())),
+            array(array(), "AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post\nyml\n\n", array('Blog\\Post', 'yml', array())),
+            array(array(), "AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post\nyml\ntitle\n\n255\ndescription\ntext\n\n", array('Blog\\Post', 'yml', array(
+                array('fieldName' => 'title', 'type' => 'string', 'length' => 255),
+                array('fieldName' => 'description', 'type' => 'text'),
+            ))),
+        );
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @dataProvider getNonInteractiveCommandData
+     */
+    public function testNonInteractiveCommand($options, $expected)
+    {
+        list($entity, $format, $fields) = $expected;
+
+        $generator = $this->getGenerator();
+        $generator
+            ->expects($this->once())
+            ->method('generate')
+            ->with($this->getBundle(), $entity, $format, $fields)
+        ;
+        $generator
+            ->expects($this->any())
+            ->method('isReservedKeyword')
+            ->will($this->returnValue(false))
+        ;
+
+        $tester = new CommandTester($this->getCommand($generator, ''));
+        $tester->execute($options, array('interactive' => false));
+    }
+
+    public function getNonInteractiveCommandData()
+    {
+        return array(
+            array(array('--entity' => 'AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post'), array('Blog\\Post', 'annotation', array())),
+            array(array('--entity' => 'AcmeBlogBundle:Blog/Post', '--format' => 'yml', '--fields' => 'title:string(255) description:text'), array('Blog\\Post', 'yml', array(
+                array('fieldName' => 'title', 'type' => 'string', 'length' => 255),
+                array('fieldName' => 'description', 'type' => 'text', 'length' => ''),
+            ))),
+        );
+    }
+
+    protected function getCommand($generator, $input)
+    {
+        $command = new GenerateDoctrineEntityCommand();
+        $command->setContainer($this->getContainer());
+        $command->setHelperSet($this->getHelperSet($input));
+        $command->setGenerator($generator);
+
+        return $command;
+    }
+
+    protected function getGenerator()
+    {
+        // get a noop generator
+        return $this
+            ->getMockBuilder('Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Generator\DoctrineEntityGenerator')
+            ->disableOriginalConstructor()
+            ->setMethods(array('generate', 'isReservedKeyword'))
+            ->getMock()
+        ;
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/Tests/Generator/BundleGeneratorTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Tests\Generator;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Generator\BundleGenerator;
+
+class BundleGeneratorTest extends GeneratorTest
+{
+    public function testGenerateYaml()
+    {
+        $generator = new BundleGenerator($this->filesystem, __DIR__.'/../../Resources/skeleton/bundle');
+        $generator->generate('Foo\BarBundle', 'FooBarBundle', $this->tmpDir, 'yml', false);
+
+        $files = array(
+            'FooBarBundle.php',
+            'Controller/DefaultController.php',
+            'Resources/views/Default/index.html.twig',
+            'Resources/config/routing.yml',
+            'Tests/Controller/DefaultControllerTest.php',
+            'Resources/config/services.yml',
+            'DependencyInjection/Configuration.php',
+            'DependencyInjection/FooBarExtension.php',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertTrue(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/Foo/BarBundle/'.$file), sprintf('%s has been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Foo/BarBundle/FooBarBundle.php');
+        $this->assertContains('namespace Foo\\BarBundle', $content);
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Foo/BarBundle/Controller/DefaultController.php');
+        $this->assertContains('public function indexAction', $content);
+        $this->assertNotContains('@Route("/hello/{name}"', $content);
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Foo/BarBundle/Resources/views/Default/index.html.twig');
+        $this->assertContains('Hello {{ name }}!', $content);
+    }
+
+    public function testGenerateAnnotation()
+    {
+        $generator = new BundleGenerator($this->filesystem, __DIR__.'/../../Resources/skeleton/bundle');
+        $generator->generate('Foo\BarBundle', 'FooBarBundle', $this->tmpDir, 'annotation', false);
+
+        $this->assertFalse(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/Foo/BarBundle/Resources/config/routing.yml'));
+        $this->assertFalse(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/Foo/BarBundle/Resources/config/routing.xml'));
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Foo/BarBundle/Controller/DefaultController.php');
+        $this->assertContains('@Route("/hello/{name}"', $content);
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/Tests/Generator/DoctrineCrudGeneratorTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Tests\Generator;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Generator\DoctrineCrudGenerator;
+
+class DoctrineCrudGeneratorTest extends GeneratorTest
+{
+    public function testGenerateYamlFull()
+    {
+        $this->getGenerator()->generate($this->getBundle(), 'Post', $this->getMetadata(), 'yml', '/post', true);
+
+        $files = array(
+            'Controller/PostController.php',
+            'Tests/Controller/PostControllerTest.php',
+            'Resources/config/routing/post.yml',
+            'Resources/views/Post/index.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/show.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/new.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/edit.html.twig',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertTrue(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/'.$file), sprintf('%s has been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $files = array(
+            'Resources/config/routing/post.xml',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertFalse(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/'.$file), sprintf('%s has not been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Controller/PostController.php');
+        $strings = array(
+            'namespace Foo\BarBundle\Controller;',
+            'public function indexAction',
+            'public function showAction',
+            'public function newAction',
+            'public function editAction',
+        );
+        foreach ($strings as $string) {
+            $this->assertContains($string, $content);
+        }
+    }
+
+    public function testGenerateXml()
+    {
+        $this->getGenerator()->generate($this->getBundle(), 'Post', $this->getMetadata(), 'xml', '/post', false);
+
+        $files = array(
+            'Controller/PostController.php',
+            'Tests/Controller/PostControllerTest.php',
+            'Resources/config/routing/post.xml',
+            'Resources/views/Post/index.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/show.html.twig',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertTrue(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/'.$file), sprintf('%s has been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $files = array(
+            'Resources/config/routing/post.yml',
+            'Resources/views/Post/new.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/edit.html.twig',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertFalse(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/'.$file), sprintf('%s has not been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Controller/PostController.php');
+        $strings = array(
+            'namespace Foo\BarBundle\Controller;',
+            'public function indexAction',
+            'public function showAction',
+        );
+        foreach ($strings as $string) {
+            $this->assertContains($string, $content);
+        }
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Controller/PostController.php');
+        $strings = array(
+            'public function newAction',
+            'public function editAction',
+            '@Route',
+        );
+        foreach ($strings as $string) {
+            $this->assertNotContains($string, $content);
+        }
+    }
+
+    public function testGenerateAnnotationWrite()
+    {
+        $this->getGenerator()->generate($this->getBundle(), 'Post', $this->getMetadata(), 'annotation', '/post', true);
+
+        $files = array(
+            'Controller/PostController.php',
+            'Tests/Controller/PostControllerTest.php',
+            'Resources/views/Post/index.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/show.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/new.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/edit.html.twig',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertTrue(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/'.$file), sprintf('%s has been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $files = array(
+            'Resources/config/routing/post.yml',
+            'Resources/config/routing/post.xml',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertFalse(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/'.$file), sprintf('%s has not been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Controller/PostController.php');
+        $strings = array(
+            'namespace Foo\BarBundle\Controller;',
+            'public function indexAction',
+            'public function showAction',
+            'public function newAction',
+            'public function editAction',
+            '@Route',
+        );
+        foreach ($strings as $string) {
+            $this->assertContains($string, $content);
+        }
+    }
+
+    public function testGenerateAnnotation()
+    {
+        $this->getGenerator()->generate($this->getBundle(), 'Post', $this->getMetadata(), 'annotation', '/post', false);
+
+        $files = array(
+            'Controller/PostController.php',
+            'Tests/Controller/PostControllerTest.php',
+            'Resources/views/Post/index.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/show.html.twig',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertTrue(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/'.$file), sprintf('%s has been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $files = array(
+            'Resources/config/routing/post.yml',
+            'Resources/config/routing/post.xml',
+            'Resources/views/Post/new.html.twig',
+            'Resources/views/Post/edit.html.twig',
+        );
+        foreach ($files as $file) {
+            $this->assertFalse(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/'.$file), sprintf('%s has not been generated', $file));
+        }
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Controller/PostController.php');
+        $strings = array(
+            'namespace Foo\BarBundle\Controller;',
+            'public function indexAction',
+            'public function showAction',
+            '@Route',
+        );
+        foreach ($strings as $string) {
+            $this->assertContains($string, $content);
+        }
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Controller/PostController.php');
+        $strings = array(
+            'public function newAction',
+            'public function editAction',
+        );
+        foreach ($strings as $string) {
+            $this->assertNotContains($string, $content);
+        }
+    }
+
+    protected function getGenerator()
+    {
+        return new DoctrineCrudGenerator($this->filesystem, __DIR__.'/../../Resources/skeleton/crud');
+    }
+
+    protected function getBundle()
+    {
+        $bundle = $this->getMock('Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Bundle\BundleInterface');
+        $bundle->expects($this->any())->method('getPath')->will($this->returnValue($this->tmpDir));
+        $bundle->expects($this->any())->method('getName')->will($this->returnValue('FooBarBundle'));
+        $bundle->expects($this->any())->method('getNamespace')->will($this->returnValue('Foo\BarBundle'));
+
+        return $bundle;
+    }
+
+    public function getMetadata()
+    {
+        $metadata = $this->getMockBuilder('Doctrine\ORM\Mapping\ClassMetadataInfo')->disableOriginalConstructor()->getMock();
+        $metadata->identifier = array('id');
+        $metadata->fieldMappings = array('title' => array('type' => 'string'));
+
+        return $metadata;
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/Tests/Generator/DoctrineFormGeneratorTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Tests\Generator;
+
+use Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Generator\DoctrineFormGenerator;
+
+class DoctrineFormGeneratorTest extends GeneratorTest
+{
+    public function testGenerate()
+    {
+        $generator = new DoctrineFormGenerator($this->filesystem, __DIR__.'/../../Resources/skeleton/form');
+
+        $bundle = $this->getMock('Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Bundle\BundleInterface');
+        $bundle->expects($this->any())->method('getPath')->will($this->returnValue($this->tmpDir));
+        $bundle->expects($this->any())->method('getNamespace')->will($this->returnValue('Foo\BarBundle'));
+
+        $metadata = $this->getMockBuilder('Doctrine\ORM\Mapping\ClassMetadataInfo')->disableOriginalConstructor()->getMock();
+        $metadata->identifier = array('id');
+        $metadata->associationMappings = array('title' => array('type' => 'string'));
+
+        $generator->generate($bundle, 'Post', $metadata);
+
+        $this->assertTrue(file_exists($this->tmpDir.'/Form/PostType.php'));
+
+        $content = file_get_contents($this->tmpDir.'/Form/PostType.php');
+        $this->assertContains('->add(\'title\')', $content);
+        $this->assertContains('class PostType extends AbstractType', $content);
+        $this->assertContains("'data_class' => 'Foo\BarBundle\Entity\Post'", $content);
+        $this->assertContains("'foo_barbundle_posttype'", $content);
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/Tests/Generator/GeneratorTest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Sensio\Bundle\GeneratorBundle\Tests\Generator;
+
+use Symfony\Component\Filesystem\Filesystem;
+
+abstract class GeneratorTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+    protected $filesystem;
+    protected $tmpDir;
+
+    public function setUp()
+    {
+        $this->tmpDir = sys_get_temp_dir().'/sf2';
+        $this->filesystem = new Filesystem();
+        $this->filesystem->remove($this->tmpDir);
+    }
+
+    public function tearDown()
+    {
+        $this->filesystem->remove($this->tmpDir);
+    }
+}

vendor/sensio/generator-bundle/Sensio/Bundle/GeneratorBundle/phpunit.xml.dist

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<phpunit bootstrap="./vendor/autoload.php" colors="true">
+    <testsuites>
+        <testsuite name="SensioGeneratorBundle">
+            <directory suffix="Test.php">./Tests</directory>
+        </testsuite>
+    </testsuites>
+
+    <filter>
+        <whitelist>
+            <directory>./</directory>
+            <exclude>
+                <directory>./Resources</directory>
+                <directory>./Tests</directory>
+                <directory>./vendor</directory>
+            </exclude>
+        </whitelist>
+    </filter>
+</phpunit>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+.DS_Store
+tests/acceptance.conf.php
+tests/smoke.conf.php
+build/*
+.project
+.settings/*

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/CHANGES

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+Changelog since Version 4.x.x
+=============================
+
+4.2.2 (2012-XX-XX)
+------------------
+
+ * n/a
+
+4.2.1 (2012-07-13)
+------------------
+
+ * changed the coding standards to PSR-1/2
+ * fixed issue with autoloading
+ * added NativeQpContentEncoder to enhance performance (for PHP 5.3+)
+
+4.2.0 (2012-06-29)
+------------------
+
+ * added documentation about how to use the Japanese support introduced in 4.1.8
+ * added a way to override the default configuration in a lazy way
+ * changed the PEAR init script to lazy-load the initialization
+ * fixed a bug when calling Swift_Preferences before anything else (regression introduced in 4.1.8)
+
+4.1.8 (2012-06-17)
+------------------
+
+ * added Japanese iso-2022-jp support
+ * changed the init script to lazy-load the initialization
+ * fixed docblocks (@id) which caused some problems with libraries parsing the dobclocks
+ * fixed Swift_Mime_Headers_IdentificationHeader::setId() when passed an array of ids
+ * fixed encoding of email addresses in headers
+ * added replacements setter to the Decorator plugin
+
+4.1.7 (2012-04-26)
+------------------
+
+ * fixed QpEncoder safeMapShareId property
+
+4.1.6 (2012-03-23)
+------------------
+
+ * reduced the size of serialized Messages
+
+4.1.5 (2012-01-04)
+------------------
+
+ * enforced Swift_Spool::queueMessage() to return a Boolean
+ * made an optimization to the memory spool: start the transport only when required
+ * prevented stream_socket_client() from generating an error and throw a Swift_TransportException instead
+ * fixed a PHP warning when calling to mail() when safe_mode is off
+ * many doc tweaks
+
+4.1.4 (2011-12-16)
+------------------
+
+ * added a memory spool (Swift_MemorySpool)
+ * fixed too many opened files when sending emails with attachments
+
+4.1.3 (2011-10-27)
+------------------
+
+ * added STARTTLS support
+ * added missing @return tags on fluent methods
+ * added a MessageLogger plugin that logs all sent messages
+ * added composer.json
+
+4.1.2 (2011-09-13)
+------------------
+
+ * fixed wrong detection of magic_quotes_runtime
+ * fixed fatal errors when no To or Subject header has been set
+ * fixed charset on parameter header continuations
+ * added documentation about how to install Swiftmailer from the PEAR channel
+ * fixed various typos and markup problem in the documentation
+ * fixed warning when cache directory does not exist
+ * fixed "slashes are escaped" bug
+ * changed require_once() to require() in autoload
+
+4.1.1 (2011-07-04)
+------------------
+
+ * added missing file in PEAR package
+
+4.1.0 (2011-06-30)
+------------------
+
+ * documentation has been converted to ReST
+
+4.1.0 RC1 (2011-06-17)
+----------------------
+
+New features:
+
+ * changed the Decorator Plugin to allow replacements in all headers
+ * added Swift_Mime_Grammar and Swift_Validate to validate an email address
+ * modified the autoloader to lazy-initialize Swiftmailer
+ * removed Swift_Mailer::batchSend()
+ * added NullTransport
+ * added new plugins: RedirectingPlugin and ImpersonatePlugin
+ * added a way to send messages asynchronously (Spool)

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/README

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Swift Mailer
+------------
+
+Swift Mailer is a component based mailing solution for PHP 5.
+It is released under the LGPL license.
+
+Homepage:      http://swiftmailer.org
+Documentation: http://swiftmailer.org/docs
+Mailing List:  http://groups.google.com/group/swiftmailer
+Bugs:          https://github.com/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/issues
+Repository:    https://github.com/swiftmailer/swiftmailer
+
+Swift Mailer is highly object-oriented by design and lends itself
+to use in complex web application with a great deal of flexibility.
+
+For full details on usage, see the documentation.

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/README.git

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+This README applies to anyone who checks out the source from git.
+
+If you're reading this page on github.com, and you don't have git
+installed or know about git, you can download this repository by
+using the "download" button on github.com, right above the file
+list.
+
+PREAMBLE:
+---------
+
+The git repository is structured in the expected way where "master" is the
+main branch you should use if you want to have bleeding-edge updates.  Any
+other branch should be ignored since it will likely contain unstable
+and/or experimental developments.
+
+Generally speaking you should feel safe using the "master" branch in
+production code.  Anything likely to break will be committed to another
+branch.  Only bugfixes and clean non-breaking feature additions will be
+performed in master.
+
+All releases (post version 4.0.0) are tagged using the version number of
+that release.  Earlier versions exist in a subversion repository at the
+old sourceforge project page.
+
+
+WHAT IS SWIFT MAILER?
+---------------------
+
+Swift Mailer is a component based mailing solution for PHP 5.
+It is released under the LGPL license.
+
+Homepage:      http://swiftmailer.org/
+Documentation: http://swiftmailer.org/docs
+Mailing List:  http://groups.google.com/group/swiftmailer
+Bugs:          https://github.com/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/issues
+Repository:    https://github.com/swiftmailer/swiftmailer
+
+Swift Mailer is highly object-oriented by design and lends itself
+to use in complex web application with a great deal of flexibility.
+
+For full details on usage, see the documentation.
+
+
+WHY SO MUCH CLUTTER?
+--------------------
+As you can probably see, there are a lot more files in here than you find in
+the pre-packaged versions.  That's because I store notes (UML, RFCs etc) in
+the repository.
+
+The main library files live in /lib and the tests live in /tests.  You can run
+the tests by pointing your web browser at /test-suite, or by running the
+command "php test-suite/run.php".  Some tests will be "skipped" if
+tests/smoke.conf.php and tests/acceptance.conf.php are not editted.  This is
+harmless and normal.
+
+If you want to create a bundled-up package from subversion you can do so if
+you have Ant (http://ant.apache.org/) installed.  Simply run "ant package"
+from this directory and the tar.gz file will be created in the /build
+directory.
+
+Running the command "ant" with no arguments will bundle up the package without
+compressing it into a tar.gz file.
+
+Tests can also be run using "ant test" provided php is on your PATH
+environment variable.
+
+EoM

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/VERSION

@@ -1 +1 @@
-Swift-4.2.1
+Swift-4.2.2-DEV

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/build.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!-- Ant build file for Swift Mailer (Standard Edition) -->
+<project name="Swift Mailer SE" default="bundle">
+  
+  <!-- Config settings -->
+  <property name="path" value="." />
+  <property name="builddir" value="${path}/build" />
+  <property name="src.versionfile" value="${path}/VERSION" />
+  <!-- Generate version info from VERSION file -->
+  <loadfile property="bundle.name" srcFile="${src.versionfile}">
+    <filterchain>
+      <striplinebreaks />
+    </filterchain>
+  </loadfile>
+  <!-- Generate version number -->
+  <loadfile property="bundle.version" srcFile="${src.versionfile}">
+    <filterchain>
+      <striplinebreaks />
+      <tokenfilter>
+        <replacestring from="Swift-" to=""/>
+      </tokenfilter>
+    </filterchain>
+  </loadfile>
+  <property name="src.readmefile" value="${path}/README" />
+  <property name="src.changesfile" value="${path}/CHANGES" />
+  <property name="src.libdir" value="${path}/lib" />
+  <property name="src.testsuite" value="${path}/test-suite" />
+  <property name="src.tests" value="${path}/tests" />
+  <property name="builddir.package" value="${builddir}/${bundle.name}" />
+  <property name="runtests" value="" />
+  <filelist id="src.licenses" dir="${path}">
+    <file name="LICENSE" />
+  </filelist>
+  <fileset id="build.simpletest.unneeded"
+    dir="${builddir.package}/test-suite/lib/simpletest">
+    <include name="docs/" />
+    <include name="tutorials/" />
+    <include name="extensions/" />
+    <include name="test/" />
+    <include name="packages/" />
+  </fileset>
+  
+  
+  <!-- Bundle all files into a central location -->
+  <target name="bundle" depends="prepare, clean, copy-classes">
+    <copy file="${src.versionfile}" todir="${builddir.package}" />
+    <copy file="${src.changesfile}" todir="${builddir.package}" />
+    <copy todir="${builddir.package}">
+      <filelist refid="src.licenses" />
+    </copy>
+    <copy file="${src.readmefile}" todir="${builddir.package}" />
+    <move file="${builddir.package}/tests/acceptance.conf.php.default"
+      tofile="${builddir.package}/tests/acceptance.conf.php" />
+    <move file="${builddir.package}/tests/smoke.conf.php.default"
+      tofile="${builddir.package}/tests/smoke.conf.php" />
+  </target>
+  
+  <!-- Copy some *.default files to their required files if needed -->
+  <target name="prepare">
+    <copy file="${src.tests}/acceptance.conf.php.default"
+      tofile="${src.tests}/acceptance.conf.php" />
+      <copy file="${src.tests}/smoke.conf.php.default"
+        tofile="${src.tests}/smoke.conf.php" />
+  </target>
+  
+  <!-- Clean out the build directory -->
+  <target name="clean">
+    <delete includeemptydirs="true">
+      <fileset dir="${builddir}" includes="**/*" />
+    </delete>
+  </target>
+  
+  <!-- Copy all classes from the class path to the bundle -->
+  <target name="copy-classes">
+    <copy todir="${builddir.package}/lib">
+      <fileset dir="${src.libdir}" />
+      <filterchain>
+        <replacetokens>
+          <token key="SWIFT_VERSION_NUMBER" value="${bundle.version}"/>
+        </replacetokens>
+      </filterchain>
+    </copy>
+    <copy todir="${builddir.package}/test-suite">
+      <fileset dir="${src.testsuite}" />
+    </copy>
+    <copy todir="${builddir.package}/tests">
+      <fileset dir="${src.tests}" />
+    </copy>
+    <delete includeemptydirs="true">
+      <fileset refid="build.simpletest.unneeded" />
+    </delete>
+  </target>
+  
+  <!-- Package up the project as a gzip file -->
+  <target name="package" depends="bundle">
+    <tar destfile="${builddir.package}.tar.gz" compression="gzip" longfile="gnu">
+      <fileset dir="${builddir}" />
+    </tar>
+    <delete includeemptydirs="true">
+      <fileset dir="${builddir.package}" includes="**" />
+    </delete>
+  </target>
+  
+  <!-- Run the included unit tests -->
+  <target name="test" depends="prepare, clean, copy-classes">
+    <exec executable="php" failonerror="true">
+      <env key="_" value="php" />
+      <arg value="${builddir.package}/test-suite/run.php" />
+      <arg value="${runtests}" />
+    </exec>
+  </target>
+  
+</project>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/create_pear_package.php

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?php
+
+if (!isset($argv[1]))
+{
+  die('You must provide the version (1.0.0)');
+}
+
+if (!isset($argv[2]))
+{
+  die('You must provide the stability (alpha, beta, or stable)');
+}
+
+$context = array(
+  'date'          => date('Y-m-d'),
+  'time'          => date('H:m:00'),
+  'version'       => $argv[1],
+  'api_version'   => $argv[1],
+  'stability'     => $argv[2],
+  'api_stability' => $argv[2],
+);
+
+$context['files'] = '';
+$path = realpath(dirname(__FILE__).'/lib/classes/Swift');
+foreach (new RecursiveIteratorIterator(new RecursiveDirectoryIterator($path), RecursiveIteratorIterator::LEAVES_ONLY) as $file)
+{
+  if (preg_match('/\.php$/', $file))
+  {
+    $name = str_replace($path.'/', '', $file);
+    $context['files'] .= '        <file install-as="Swift/'.$name.'" name="'.$name.'" role="php" />'."\n";
+  }
+}
+
+$template = file_get_contents(dirname(__FILE__).'/package.xml.tpl');
+$content = preg_replace_callback('/\{\{\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)\s*\}\}/', 'replace_parameters', $template);
+file_put_contents(dirname(__FILE__).'/package.xml', $content);
+
+function replace_parameters($matches)
+{
+  global $context;
+
+  return isset($context[$matches[1]]) ? $context[$matches[1]] : null;
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/lib/classes/Swift/SmtpTransport.php

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ class Swift_SmtpTransport extends Swift_Transport_EsmtpTransport
      * Create a new SmtpTransport, optionally with $host, $port and $security.
      * @param string $host
      * @param int    $port
-     * @param int    $security
+     * @param string $security
      */
     public function __construct($host = 'localhost', $port = 25, $security = null)
     {
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class Swift_SmtpTransport extends Swift_Transport_EsmtpTransport
      * Create a new SmtpTransport instance.
      * @param  string              $host
      * @param  int                 $port
-     * @param  int                 $security
+     * @param  string              $security
      * @return Swift_SmtpTransport
      */
     public static function newInstance($host = 'localhost', $port = 25, $security = null)

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/lib/swift_required.php

@@ -21,10 +21,12 @@ define('SWIFT_REQUIRED_LOADED', true);
 //Load Swift utility class
 require dirname(__FILE__) . '/classes/Swift.php';
 
+if (!function_exists('_swiftmailer_init')) {
     function _swiftmailer_init()
     {
         require dirname(__FILE__) . '/swift_init.php';
     }
+}
 
 //Start the autoloader and lazy-load the init script to set up dependency injection
 Swift::registerAutoload('_swiftmailer_init');

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/lib/swift_required_pear.php

@@ -21,10 +21,12 @@ define('SWIFT_REQUIRED_LOADED', true);
 //Load Swift utility class
 require dirname(__FILE__) . '/Swift.php';
 
+if (!function_exists('_swiftmailer_init')) {
     function _swiftmailer_init()
     {
         require dirname(__FILE__) . '/swift_init.php';
     }
+}
 
 //Start the autoloader and lazy-load the init script to set up dependency injection
 Swift::registerAutoload('_swiftmailer_init');

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/APPS

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+Applications I need to test with
+---------------------------------
+
+Standalone (can read .eml files):
+---------------------------------
+Microsoft Entourage (can assume same as outlook)
+Mozilla Thunderbird
+Apple Mail
+
+Web-based:
+----------
+Hotmail
+Gmail
+Yahoo!
+Mail2Web

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/CHARSETS

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Following is a list of character sets along with their widths:
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+1 Octet 8bit:
+-------------
+Windows 125* (CP125*)
+CP*
+ANSI
+ISO-8859-* (IEC-8859-*)
+Macintosh (Mac OS Roman)
+KOI8-U (potentially KOI*8-*)
+KOI8-R
+MIK
+Cork (T1)
+ISCII
+VISCII
+
+
+1 Octet 7bit:
+-------------
+US-ASCII
+K0I7
+
+2 octets 16 bit:
+----------------
+UCS-2
+UTF-16* (UTF-16BE etc)
+
+4-octets 32 bit:
+----------------
+UCS-4
+UTF-32
+
+Variable-width:
+----------------------------
+Big5 - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Big5 (1-2 bytes: 00-7f=1, 81-fe=2)
+HKSCS - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HKSCS (a big5 variant, but some variants use 10646)
+ISO-10646 (IEC-10646) - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_10646 (unicode)
+UTF-8 (1-5 bytes)
+ISO-2022 (IEC-2022) - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_2022
+Shift-JIS - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift-JIS
+
+A good resource:
+----------------
+http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Character_encoding#Simple_character_sets
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/message.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
+<message>
+  <subject>Some test message</subject>
+  <to name="Chris Corbyn">chris@w3style.co.uk</to>
+  <to name="Mark Corbyn">mark@swiftmailer.org</to>
+  <from>chris.corbyn@sitepoint.com</from>
+  <content-type>text/plain</content-type>
+  <body>
+    Here's a recipe for beef stifado
+  </body>
+  <part>
+    <content-type>text/html</content-type>
+    <body>
+      This is the other part
+    </body>
+  </part>
+  <attachment>
+    <content-type>application/pdf</content-type>
+    <filename>stifado.pdf</filename>
+    <body type="file">/path/to/stifado.pdf</body>
+  </attachment>
+</message>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc1854.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                           N. Freed
+Request For Comments: 1854                  Innosoft International, Inc.
+Category: Standards Track                          A. Cargille, WG Chair
+                                                            October 1995
+
+
+                         SMTP Service Extension
+                         for Command Pipelining
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Abstract
+
+   This memo defines an extension to the SMTP service whereby a server
+   can indicate the extent of its ability to accept multiple commands in
+   a single TCP send operation. Using a single TCP send operation for
+   multiple commands can improve SMTP performance significantly.
+
+Introduction
+
+   Although SMTP is widely and robustly deployed, certain extensions may
+   nevertheless prove useful. In particular, many parts of the Internet
+   make use of high latency network links.
+
+   SMTP's intrinsic one command-one response structure is significantly
+   penalized by high latency links, often to the point where the factors
+   contributing to overall connection time are dominated by the time
+   spent waiting for responses to individual commands (turnaround time).
+
+   In the best of all worlds it would be possible to simply deploy SMTP
+   client software that makes use of command pipelining: batching up
+   multiple commands into single TCP send operations. Unfortunately, the
+   original SMTP specification [1] did not explicitly state that SMTP
+   servers must support this.  As a result a non-trivial number of
+   Internet SMTP servers cannot adequately handle command pipelining.
+   Flaws known to exist in deployed servers include:
+
+ (1)   Connection handoff and buffer flushes in the middle of
+       the SMTP dialogue.  Creation of server processes for
+       incoming SMTP connections is a useful, obvious, and
+       harmless implementation technique. However, some SMTP
+       servers defer process forking and connection handoff
+
+
+
+Freed & Cargille            Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 1854                    SMTP Pipelining                 October 1995
+
+
+       until some intermediate point in the SMTP dialogue.
+       When this is done material read from the TCP connection
+       and kept in process buffers can be lost.
+
+ (2)   Flushing the TCP input buffer when an SMTP command
+       fails. SMTP commands often fail but there is no reason
+       to flush the TCP input buffer when this happens.
+       Nevertheless, some SMTP servers do this.
+
+ (3)   Improper processing and promulgation of SMTP command
+       failures. For example, some SMTP servers will refuse to
+       accept a DATA command if the last RCPT TO command
+       fails, paying no attention to the success or failure of
+       prior RCPT TO command results. Other servers will
+       accept a DATA command even when all previous RCPT TO
+       commands have failed. Although it is possible to
+       accommodate this sort of behavior in a client that
+       employs command pipelining, it does complicate the
+       construction of the client unnecessarily.
+
+   This memo uses the mechanism described in [2] to define an extension
+   to the SMTP service whereby an SMTP server can declare that it is
+   capable of handling pipelined commands. The SMTP client can then
+   check for this declaration and use pipelining only when the server
+   declares itself capable of handling it.
+
+1.  Framework for the Command Pipelining Extension
+
+   The Command Pipelining extension is defined as follows:
+
+    (1)   the name of the SMTP service extension is Pipelining;
+
+    (2)   the EHLO keyword value associated with the extension is
+          PIPELINING;
+
+    (3)   no parameter is used with the PIPELINING EHLO keyword;
+
+    (4)   no additional parameters are added to either the MAIL
+          FROM or RCPT TO commands.
+
+    (5)   no additional SMTP verbs are defined by this extension;
+          and,
+
+    (6)   the next section specifies how support for the
+          extension affects the behavior of a server and client
+          SMTP.
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Cargille            Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 1854                    SMTP Pipelining                 October 1995
+
+
+2.  The Pipelining Service Extension
+
+   When a client SMTP wishes to employ command pipelining, it first
+   issues the EHLO command to the server SMTP. If the server SMTP
+   responds with code 250 to the EHLO command, and the response includes
+   the EHLO keyword value PIPELINING, then the server SMTP has indicated
+   that it can accommodate SMTP command pipelining.
+
+2.1.  Client use of pipelining
+
+   Once the client SMTP has confirmed that support exists for the
+   pipelining extension, the client SMTP may then elect to transmit
+   groups of SMTP commands in batches without waiting for a response to
+   each individual command. In particular, the commands RSET, MAIL FROM,
+   SEND FROM, SOML FROM, SAML FROM, and RCPT TO can all appear anywhere
+   in a pipelined command group.  The EHLO, DATA, VRFY, EXPN, TURN,
+   QUIT, and NOOP commands can only appear as the last command in a
+   group since their success or failure produces a change of state which
+   the client SMTP must accommodate. (NOOP is included in this group so
+   it can be used as a synchronization point.)
+
+   Additional commands added by other SMTP extensions may only appear as
+   the last command in a group unless otherwise specified by the
+   extensions that define the commands.
+
+   The actual transfer of message content is explicitly allowed to be
+   the first "command" in a group. That is, the RSET/MAIL FROM sequence
+   necessary to initiate a new message transaction can be placed in the
+   same group as the final transfer of the headers and body of the
+   previous message.
+
+   Client SMTP implementations that employ pipelining MUST check ALL
+   statuses associated with each command in a group. For example, if
+   none of the RCPT TO recipient addresses were accepted the client must
+   then check the response to the DATA command -- the client cannot
+   assume that the DATA command will be rejected just because none of
+   the RCPT TO commands worked.  If the DATA command was properly
+   rejected the client SMTP can just issue RSET, but if the DATA command
+   was accepted the client SMTP should send a single dot.
+
+   Command statuses MUST be coordinated with responses by counting each
+   separate response and correlating that count with the number of
+   commands known to have been issued.  Multiline responses MUST be
+   supported. Matching on the basis of either the error code value or
+   associated text is expressly forbidden.
+
+   Client SMTP implementations MAY elect to operate in a nonblocking
+   fashion, processing server responses immediately upon receipt, even
+
+
+
+Freed & Cargille            Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 1854                    SMTP Pipelining                 October 1995
+
+
+   if there is still data pending transmission from the client's
+   previous TCP send operation. If nonblocking operation is not
+   supported, however, client SMTP implementations MUST also check the
+   TCP window size and make sure that each group of commands fits
+   entirely within the window. The window size is usually, but not
+   always, 4K octets.  Failure to perform this check can lead to
+   deadlock conditions.
+
+   Clients MUST NOT confuse responses to multiple commands with
+   multiline responses. Each command requires one or more lines of
+   response, the last line not containing a dash between the response
+   code and the response string.
+
+2.2.  Server support of pipelining
+
+   A server SMTP implementation that offers the pipelining extension:
+
+    (1)   MUST NOT flush or otherwise lose the contents of the
+          TCP input buffer under any circumstances whatsoever.
+
+    (2)   SHOULD issue a positive response to the DATA command if
+          and only if one or more valid RCPT TO addresses have
+          been previously received.
+
+    (3)   MUST NOT, after issuing a positive response to a DATA
+          command with no valid recipients and subsequently
+          receiving an empty message, send any message whatsoever
+          to anybody.
+
+    (4)   SHOULD elect to store responses to grouped RSET, MAIL
+          FROM, SEND FROM, SOML FROM, SAML FROM, and RCPT TO
+          commands in an internal buffer so they can sent as a
+          unit.
+
+    (5)   MUST NOT buffer responses to EHLO, DATA, VRFY, EXPN,
+          TURN, QUIT, and NOOP.
+
+    (6)   MUST NOT buffer responses to unrecognized commands.
+
+    (7)   MUST send all pending responses immediately whenever
+          the local TCP input buffer is emptied.
+
+    (8)   MUST NOT make assumptions about commands that are yet
+          to be received.
+
+    (9)   SHOULD issue response text that indicates, either
+          implicitly or explicitly, what command the response
+          matches.
+
+
+
+Freed & Cargille            Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 1854                    SMTP Pipelining                 October 1995
+
+
+   The overriding intent of these server requirements is to make it as
+   easy as possible for servers to conform to these pipelining
+   extensions.
+
+3.  Examples
+
+   Consider the following SMTP dialogue that does not use pipelining:
+
+   S: <wait for open connection>
+   C: <open connection to server>
+   S: 220 innosoft.com SMTP service ready
+   C: HELO dbc.mtview.ca.us
+   S: 250 innosoft.com
+   C: MAIL FROM:<mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
+   S: 250 sender <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us> OK
+   C: RCPT TO:<ned@innosoft.com>
+   S: 250 recipient <ned@innosoft.com> OK
+   C: RCPT TO:<dan@innosoft.com>
+   S: 250 recipient <dan@innosoft.com> OK
+   C: RCPT TO:<kvc@innosoft.com>
+   S: 250 recipient <kvc@innosoft.com> OK
+   C: DATA
+   S: 354 enter mail, end with line containing only "."
+    ...
+   C: .
+   S: 250 message sent
+   C: QUIT
+   S: 221 goodbye
+
+   The client waits for a server response a total of 9 times in this
+   simple example. But if pipelining is employed the following dialogue
+   is possible:
+
+   S: <wait for open connection>
+   C: <open connection to server>
+   S: 220 innosoft.com SMTP service ready
+   C: EHLO dbc.mtview.ca.us
+   S: 250-innosoft.com
+   S: 250 PIPELINING
+   C: MAIL FROM:<mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
+   C: RCPT TO:<ned@innosoft.com>
+   C: RCPT TO:<dan@innosoft.com>
+   C: RCPT TO:<kvc@innosoft.com>
+   C: DATA
+   S: 250 sender <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us> OK
+   S: 250 recipient <ned@innosoft.com> OK
+   S: 250 recipient <dan@innosoft.com> OK
+   S: 250 recipient <kvc@innosoft.com> OK
+
+
+
+Freed & Cargille            Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 1854                    SMTP Pipelining                 October 1995
+
+
+   S: 354 enter mail, end with line containing only "."
+    ...
+   C: .
+   C: QUIT
+   S: 250 message sent
+   S: 221 goodbye
+
+   The total number of turnarounds has been reduced from 9 to 4.
+
+   The next example illustrates one possible form of behavior when
+   pipelining is used and all recipients are rejected:
+
+   S: <wait for open connection>
+   C: <open connection to server>
+   S: 220 innosoft.com SMTP service ready
+   C: EHLO dbc.mtview.ca.us
+   S: 250-innosoft.com
+   S: 250 PIPELINING
+   C: MAIL FROM:<mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
+   C: RCPT TO:<nsb@thumper.bellcore.com>
+   C: RCPT TO:<galvin@tis.com>
+   C: DATA
+   S: 250 sender <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us> OK
+   S: 550 remote mail to <nsb@thumper.bellore.com> not allowed
+   S: 550 remote mail to <galvin@tis.com> not allowed
+   S: 554 no valid recipients given
+   C: QUIT
+   S: 221 goodbye
+
+   The client SMTP waits for the server 4 times here as well. If the
+   server SMTP does not check for at least one valid recipient prior to
+   accepting the DATA command, the following dialogue would result:
+
+   S: <wait for open connection>
+   C: <open connection to server>
+   S: 220 innosoft.com SMTP service ready
+   C: EHLO dbc.mtview.ca.us
+   S: 250-innosoft.com
+   S: 250 PIPELINING
+   C: MAIL FROM:<mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
+   C: RCPT TO:<nsb@thumper.bellcore.com>
+   C: RCPT TO:<galvin@tis.com>
+   C: DATA
+   S: 250 sender <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us> OK
+   S: 550 remote mail to <nsb@thumper.bellore.com> not allowed
+   S: 550 remote mail to <galvin@tis.com> not allowed
+   S: 354 enter mail, end with line containing only "."
+   C: .
+
+
+
+Freed & Cargille            Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 1854                    SMTP Pipelining                 October 1995
+
+
+   C: QUIT
+   S: 554 no valid recipients
+   S: 221 goodbye
+
+4.  Security Considerations
+
+   This RFC does not discuss security issues and is not believed to
+   raise any security issues not endemic in electronic mail and present
+   in fully conforming implementations of [1].
+
+5.  Acknowledgements
+
+   This document is based on the SMTP service extension model presented
+   in RFC 1425. Marshall Rose's description of SMTP command pipelining
+   in his book "The Internet Message" also served as a source of
+   inspiration for this extension.
+
+6.  References
+
+   [1]  Postel, J., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", STD 10
+        RFC 821, USC/Information Sciences Institute, August
+        1982.
+
+   [2]  Klensin, J., Freed, N., Rose, M., Stefferud, E.,
+        and D. Crocker, "SMTP Service Extensions", RFC 1651,
+        MCI, Innosoft, Dover Beach Consulting, Inc.,
+        Network Management Associates, Inc., Silicon Graphics,
+        Inc., July 1994.
+
+7.  Author's Address
+
+   Ned Freed
+   Innosoft International, Inc.
+   1050 East Garvey Avenue South
+   West Covina, CA 91790
+   USA
+
+   Phone: +1 818 919 3600
+   Fax: +1 818 919 3614
+   EMail: ned@innosoft.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Cargille            Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc2047.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,843 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                           K. Moore
+Request for Comments: 2047                       University of Tennessee
+Obsoletes: 1521, 1522, 1590                                November 1996
+Category: Standards Track
+
+
+        MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) Part Three:
+              Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Abstract
+
+   STD 11, RFC 822, defines a message representation protocol specifying
+   considerable detail about US-ASCII message headers, and leaves the
+   message content, or message body, as flat US-ASCII text.  This set of
+   documents, collectively called the Multipurpose Internet Mail
+   Extensions, or MIME, redefines the format of messages to allow for
+
+   (1) textual message bodies in character sets other than US-ASCII,
+
+   (2) an extensible set of different formats for non-textual message
+       bodies,
+
+   (3) multi-part message bodies, and
+
+   (4) textual header information in character sets other than US-ASCII.
+
+   These documents are based on earlier work documented in RFC 934, STD
+   11, and RFC 1049, but extends and revises them.  Because RFC 822 said
+   so little about message bodies, these documents are largely
+   orthogonal to (rather than a revision of) RFC 822.
+
+   This particular document is the third document in the series.  It
+   describes extensions to RFC 822 to allow non-US-ASCII text data in
+   Internet mail header fields.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   Other documents in this series include:
+
+   + RFC 2045, which specifies the various headers used to describe
+     the structure of MIME messages.
+
+   + RFC 2046, which defines the general structure of the MIME media
+     typing system and defines an initial set of media types,
+
+   + RFC 2048, which specifies various IANA registration procedures
+     for MIME-related facilities, and
+
+   + RFC 2049, which describes MIME conformance criteria and
+     provides some illustrative examples of MIME message formats,
+     acknowledgements, and the bibliography.
+
+   These documents are revisions of RFCs 1521, 1522, and 1590, which
+   themselves were revisions of RFCs 1341 and 1342.  An appendix in RFC
+   2049 describes differences and changes from previous versions.
+
+1. Introduction
+
+   RFC 2045 describes a mechanism for denoting textual body parts which
+   are coded in various character sets, as well as methods for encoding
+   such body parts as sequences of printable US-ASCII characters.  This
+   memo describes similar techniques to allow the encoding of non-ASCII
+   text in various portions of a RFC 822 [2] message header, in a manner
+   which is unlikely to confuse existing message handling software.
+
+   Like the encoding techniques described in RFC 2045, the techniques
+   outlined here were designed to allow the use of non-ASCII characters
+   in message headers in a way which is unlikely to be disturbed by the
+   quirks of existing Internet mail handling programs.  In particular,
+   some mail relaying programs are known to (a) delete some message
+   header fields while retaining others, (b) rearrange the order of
+   addresses in To or Cc fields, (c) rearrange the (vertical) order of
+   header fields, and/or (d) "wrap" message headers at different places
+   than those in the original message.  In addition, some mail reading
+   programs are known to have difficulty correctly parsing message
+   headers which, while legal according to RFC 822, make use of
+   backslash-quoting to "hide" special characters such as "<", ",", or
+   ":", or which exploit other infrequently-used features of that
+   specification.
+
+   While it is unfortunate that these programs do not correctly
+   interpret RFC 822 headers, to "break" these programs would cause
+   severe operational problems for the Internet mail system.  The
+   extensions described in this memo therefore do not rely on little-
+   used features of RFC 822.
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   Instead, certain sequences of "ordinary" printable ASCII characters
+   (known as "encoded-words") are reserved for use as encoded data.  The
+   syntax of encoded-words is such that they are unlikely to
+   "accidentally" appear as normal text in message headers.
+   Furthermore, the characters used in encoded-words are restricted to
+   those which do not have special meanings in the context in which the
+   encoded-word appears.
+
+   Generally, an "encoded-word" is a sequence of printable ASCII
+   characters that begins with "=?", ends with "?=", and has two "?"s in
+   between.  It specifies a character set and an encoding method, and
+   also includes the original text encoded as graphic ASCII characters,
+   according to the rules for that encoding method.
+
+   A mail composer that implements this specification will provide a
+   means of inputting non-ASCII text in header fields, but will
+   translate these fields (or appropriate portions of these fields) into
+   encoded-words before inserting them into the message header.
+
+   A mail reader that implements this specification will recognize
+   encoded-words when they appear in certain portions of the message
+   header.  Instead of displaying the encoded-word "as is", it will
+   reverse the encoding and display the original text in the designated
+   character set.
+
+NOTES
+
+   This memo relies heavily on notation and terms defined RFC 822 and
+   RFC 2045.  In particular, the syntax for the ABNF used in this memo
+   is defined in RFC 822, as well as many of the terminal or nonterminal
+   symbols from RFC 822 are used in the grammar for the header
+   extensions defined here.  Among the symbols defined in RFC 822 and
+   referenced in this memo are: 'addr-spec', 'atom', 'CHAR', 'comment',
+   'CTLs', 'ctext', 'linear-white-space', 'phrase', 'quoted-pair'.
+   'quoted-string', 'SPACE', and 'word'.  Successful implementation of
+   this protocol extension requires careful attention to the RFC 822
+   definitions of these terms.
+
+   When the term "ASCII" appears in this memo, it refers to the "7-Bit
+   American Standard Code for Information Interchange", ANSI X3.4-1986.
+   The MIME charset name for this character set is "US-ASCII".  When not
+   specifically referring to the MIME charset name, this document uses
+   the term "ASCII", both for brevity and for consistency with RFC 822.
+   However, implementors are warned that the character set name must be
+   spelled "US-ASCII" in MIME message and body part headers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   This memo specifies a protocol for the representation of non-ASCII
+   text in message headers.  It specifically DOES NOT define any
+   translation between "8-bit headers" and pure ASCII headers, nor is
+   any such translation assumed to be possible.
+
+2. Syntax of encoded-words
+
+   An 'encoded-word' is defined by the following ABNF grammar.  The
+   notation of RFC 822 is used, with the exception that white space
+   characters MUST NOT appear between components of an 'encoded-word'.
+
+   encoded-word = "=?" charset "?" encoding "?" encoded-text "?="
+
+   charset = token    ; see section 3
+
+   encoding = token   ; see section 4
+
+   token = 1*<Any CHAR except SPACE, CTLs, and especials>
+
+   especials = "(" / ")" / "<" / ">" / "@" / "," / ";" / ":" / "
+               <"> / "/" / "[" / "]" / "?" / "." / "="
+
+   encoded-text = 1*<Any printable ASCII character other than "?"
+                     or SPACE>
+                  ; (but see "Use of encoded-words in message
+                  ; headers", section 5)
+
+   Both 'encoding' and 'charset' names are case-independent.  Thus the
+   charset name "ISO-8859-1" is equivalent to "iso-8859-1", and the
+   encoding named "Q" may be spelled either "Q" or "q".
+
+   An 'encoded-word' may not be more than 75 characters long, including
+   'charset', 'encoding', 'encoded-text', and delimiters.  If it is
+   desirable to encode more text than will fit in an 'encoded-word' of
+   75 characters, multiple 'encoded-word's (separated by CRLF SPACE) may
+   be used.
+
+   While there is no limit to the length of a multiple-line header
+   field, each line of a header field that contains one or more
+   'encoded-word's is limited to 76 characters.
+
+   The length restrictions are included both to ease interoperability
+   through internetwork mail gateways, and to impose a limit on the
+   amount of lookahead a header parser must employ (while looking for a
+   final ?= delimiter) before it can decide whether a token is an
+   "encoded-word" or something else.
+
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   IMPORTANT: 'encoded-word's are designed to be recognized as 'atom's
+   by an RFC 822 parser.  As a consequence, unencoded white space
+   characters (such as SPACE and HTAB) are FORBIDDEN within an
+   'encoded-word'.  For example, the character sequence
+
+      =?iso-8859-1?q?this is some text?=
+
+   would be parsed as four 'atom's, rather than as a single 'atom' (by
+   an RFC 822 parser) or 'encoded-word' (by a parser which understands
+   'encoded-words').  The correct way to encode the string "this is some
+   text" is to encode the SPACE characters as well, e.g.
+
+      =?iso-8859-1?q?this=20is=20some=20text?=
+
+   The characters which may appear in 'encoded-text' are further
+   restricted by the rules in section 5.
+
+3. Character sets
+
+   The 'charset' portion of an 'encoded-word' specifies the character
+   set associated with the unencoded text.  A 'charset' can be any of
+   the character set names allowed in an MIME "charset" parameter of a
+   "text/plain" body part, or any character set name registered with
+   IANA for use with the MIME text/plain content-type.
+
+   Some character sets use code-switching techniques to switch between
+   "ASCII mode" and other modes.  If unencoded text in an 'encoded-word'
+   contains a sequence which causes the charset interpreter to switch
+   out of ASCII mode, it MUST contain additional control codes such that
+   ASCII mode is again selected at the end of the 'encoded-word'.  (This
+   rule applies separately to each 'encoded-word', including adjacent
+   'encoded-word's within a single header field.)
+
+   When there is a possibility of using more than one character set to
+   represent the text in an 'encoded-word', and in the absence of
+   private agreements between sender and recipients of a message, it is
+   recommended that members of the ISO-8859-* series be used in
+   preference to other character sets.
+
+4. Encodings
+
+   Initially, the legal values for "encoding" are "Q" and "B".  These
+   encodings are described below.  The "Q" encoding is recommended for
+   use when most of the characters to be encoded are in the ASCII
+   character set; otherwise, the "B" encoding should be used.
+   Nevertheless, a mail reader which claims to recognize 'encoded-word's
+   MUST be able to accept either encoding for any character set which it
+   supports.
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   Only a subset of the printable ASCII characters may be used in
+   'encoded-text'.  Space and tab characters are not allowed, so that
+   the beginning and end of an 'encoded-word' are obvious.  The "?"
+   character is used within an 'encoded-word' to separate the various
+   portions of the 'encoded-word' from one another, and thus cannot
+   appear in the 'encoded-text' portion.  Other characters are also
+   illegal in certain contexts.  For example, an 'encoded-word' in a
+   'phrase' preceding an address in a From header field may not contain
+   any of the "specials" defined in RFC 822.  Finally, certain other
+   characters are disallowed in some contexts, to ensure reliability for
+   messages that pass through internetwork mail gateways.
+
+   The "B" encoding automatically meets these requirements.  The "Q"
+   encoding allows a wide range of printable characters to be used in
+   non-critical locations in the message header (e.g., Subject), with
+   fewer characters available for use in other locations.
+
+4.1. The "B" encoding
+
+   The "B" encoding is identical to the "BASE64" encoding defined by RFC
+   2045.
+
+4.2. The "Q" encoding
+
+   The "Q" encoding is similar to the "Quoted-Printable" content-
+   transfer-encoding defined in RFC 2045.  It is designed to allow text
+   containing mostly ASCII characters to be decipherable on an ASCII
+   terminal without decoding.
+
+   (1) Any 8-bit value may be represented by a "=" followed by two
+       hexadecimal digits.  For example, if the character set in use
+       were ISO-8859-1, the "=" character would thus be encoded as
+       "=3D", and a SPACE by "=20".  (Upper case should be used for
+       hexadecimal digits "A" through "F".)
+
+   (2) The 8-bit hexadecimal value 20 (e.g., ISO-8859-1 SPACE) may be
+       represented as "_" (underscore, ASCII 95.).  (This character may
+       not pass through some internetwork mail gateways, but its use
+       will greatly enhance readability of "Q" encoded data with mail
+       readers that do not support this encoding.)  Note that the "_"
+       always represents hexadecimal 20, even if the SPACE character
+       occupies a different code position in the character set in use.
+
+   (3) 8-bit values which correspond to printable ASCII characters other
+       than "=", "?", and "_" (underscore), MAY be represented as those
+       characters.  (But see section 5 for restrictions.)  In
+       particular, SPACE and TAB MUST NOT be represented as themselves
+       within encoded words.
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+5. Use of encoded-words in message headers
+
+   An 'encoded-word' may appear in a message header or body part header
+   according to the following rules:
+
+(1) An 'encoded-word' may replace a 'text' token (as defined by RFC 822)
+    in any Subject or Comments header field, any extension message
+    header field, or any MIME body part field for which the field body
+    is defined as '*text'.  An 'encoded-word' may also appear in any
+    user-defined ("X-") message or body part header field.
+
+    Ordinary ASCII text and 'encoded-word's may appear together in the
+    same header field.  However, an 'encoded-word' that appears in a
+    header field defined as '*text' MUST be separated from any adjacent
+    'encoded-word' or 'text' by 'linear-white-space'.
+
+(2) An 'encoded-word' may appear within a 'comment' delimited by "(" and
+    ")", i.e., wherever a 'ctext' is allowed.  More precisely, the RFC
+    822 ABNF definition for 'comment' is amended as follows:
+
+    comment = "(" *(ctext / quoted-pair / comment / encoded-word) ")"
+
+    A "Q"-encoded 'encoded-word' which appears in a 'comment' MUST NOT
+    contain the characters "(", ")" or "
+    'encoded-word' that appears in a 'comment' MUST be separated from
+    any adjacent 'encoded-word' or 'ctext' by 'linear-white-space'.
+
+    It is important to note that 'comment's are only recognized inside
+    "structured" field bodies.  In fields whose bodies are defined as
+    '*text', "(" and ")" are treated as ordinary characters rather than
+    comment delimiters, and rule (1) of this section applies.  (See RFC
+    822, sections 3.1.2 and 3.1.3)
+
+(3) As a replacement for a 'word' entity within a 'phrase', for example,
+    one that precedes an address in a From, To, or Cc header.  The ABNF
+    definition for 'phrase' from RFC 822 thus becomes:
+
+    phrase = 1*( encoded-word / word )
+
+    In this case the set of characters that may be used in a "Q"-encoded
+    'encoded-word' is restricted to: <upper and lower case ASCII
+    letters, decimal digits, "!", "*", "+", "-", "/", "=", and "_"
+    (underscore, ASCII 95.)>.  An 'encoded-word' that appears within a
+    'phrase' MUST be separated from any adjacent 'word', 'text' or
+    'special' by 'linear-white-space'.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   These are the ONLY locations where an 'encoded-word' may appear.  In
+   particular:
+
+   + An 'encoded-word' MUST NOT appear in any portion of an 'addr-spec'.
+
+   + An 'encoded-word' MUST NOT appear within a 'quoted-string'.
+
+   + An 'encoded-word' MUST NOT be used in a Received header field.
+
+   + An 'encoded-word' MUST NOT be used in parameter of a MIME
+     Content-Type or Content-Disposition field, or in any structured
+     field body except within a 'comment' or 'phrase'.
+
+   The 'encoded-text' in an 'encoded-word' must be self-contained;
+   'encoded-text' MUST NOT be continued from one 'encoded-word' to
+   another.  This implies that the 'encoded-text' portion of a "B"
+   'encoded-word' will be a multiple of 4 characters long; for a "Q"
+   'encoded-word', any "=" character that appears in the 'encoded-text'
+   portion will be followed by two hexadecimal characters.
+
+   Each 'encoded-word' MUST encode an integral number of octets.  The
+   'encoded-text' in each 'encoded-word' must be well-formed according
+   to the encoding specified; the 'encoded-text' may not be continued in
+   the next 'encoded-word'.  (For example, "=?charset?Q?=?=
+   =?charset?Q?AB?=" would be illegal, because the two hex digits "AB"
+   must follow the "=" in the same 'encoded-word'.)
+
+   Each 'encoded-word' MUST represent an integral number of characters.
+   A multi-octet character may not be split across adjacent 'encoded-
+   word's.
+
+   Only printable and white space character data should be encoded using
+   this scheme.  However, since these encoding schemes allow the
+   encoding of arbitrary octet values, mail readers that implement this
+   decoding should also ensure that display of the decoded data on the
+   recipient's terminal will not cause unwanted side-effects.
+
+   Use of these methods to encode non-textual data (e.g., pictures or
+   sounds) is not defined by this memo.  Use of 'encoded-word's to
+   represent strings of purely ASCII characters is allowed, but
+   discouraged.  In rare cases it may be necessary to encode ordinary
+   text that looks like an 'encoded-word'.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+6. Support of 'encoded-word's by mail readers
+
+6.1. Recognition of 'encoded-word's in message headers
+
+   A mail reader must parse the message and body part headers according
+   to the rules in RFC 822 to correctly recognize 'encoded-word's.
+
+   'encoded-word's are to be recognized as follows:
+
+   (1) Any message or body part header field defined as '*text', or any
+       user-defined header field, should be parsed as follows: Beginning
+       at the start of the field-body and immediately following each
+       occurrence of 'linear-white-space', each sequence of up to 75
+       printable characters (not containing any 'linear-white-space')
+       should be examined to see if it is an 'encoded-word' according to
+       the syntax rules in section 2.  Any other sequence of printable
+       characters should be treated as ordinary ASCII text.
+
+   (2) Any header field not defined as '*text' should be parsed
+       according to the syntax rules for that header field.  However,
+       any 'word' that appears within a 'phrase' should be treated as an
+       'encoded-word' if it meets the syntax rules in section 2.
+       Otherwise it should be treated as an ordinary 'word'.
+
+   (3) Within a 'comment', any sequence of up to 75 printable characters
+       (not containing 'linear-white-space'), that meets the syntax
+       rules in section 2, should be treated as an 'encoded-word'.
+       Otherwise it should be treated as normal comment text.
+
+   (4) A MIME-Version header field is NOT required to be present for
+       'encoded-word's to be interpreted according to this
+       specification.  One reason for this is that the mail reader is
+       not expected to parse the entire message header before displaying
+       lines that may contain 'encoded-word's.
+
+6.2. Display of 'encoded-word's
+
+   Any 'encoded-word's so recognized are decoded, and if possible, the
+   resulting unencoded text is displayed in the original character set.
+
+   NOTE: Decoding and display of encoded-words occurs *after* a
+   structured field body is parsed into tokens.  It is therefore
+   possible to hide 'special' characters in encoded-words which, when
+   displayed, will be indistinguishable from 'special' characters in the
+   surrounding text.  For this and other reasons, it is NOT generally
+   possible to translate a message header containing 'encoded-word's to
+   an unencoded form which can be parsed by an RFC 822 mail reader.
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                     [Page 9]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   When displaying a particular header field that contains multiple
+   'encoded-word's, any 'linear-white-space' that separates a pair of
+   adjacent 'encoded-word's is ignored.  (This is to allow the use of
+   multiple 'encoded-word's to represent long strings of unencoded text,
+   without having to separate 'encoded-word's where spaces occur in the
+   unencoded text.)
+
+   In the event other encodings are defined in the future, and the mail
+   reader does not support the encoding used, it may either (a) display
+   the 'encoded-word' as ordinary text, or (b) substitute an appropriate
+   message indicating that the text could not be decoded.
+
+   If the mail reader does not support the character set used, it may
+   (a) display the 'encoded-word' as ordinary text (i.e., as it appears
+   in the header), (b) make a "best effort" to display using such
+   characters as are available, or (c) substitute an appropriate message
+   indicating that the decoded text could not be displayed.
+
+   If the character set being used employs code-switching techniques,
+   display of the encoded text implicitly begins in "ASCII mode".  In
+   addition, the mail reader must ensure that the output device is once
+   again in "ASCII mode" after the 'encoded-word' is displayed.
+
+6.3. Mail reader handling of incorrectly formed 'encoded-word's
+
+   It is possible that an 'encoded-word' that is legal according to the
+   syntax defined in section 2, is incorrectly formed according to the
+   rules for the encoding being used.   For example:
+
+   (1) An 'encoded-word' which contains characters which are not legal
+       for a particular encoding (for example, a "-" in the "B"
+       encoding, or a SPACE or HTAB in either the "B" or "Q" encoding),
+       is incorrectly formed.
+
+   (2) Any 'encoded-word' which encodes a non-integral number of
+       characters or octets is incorrectly formed.
+
+   A mail reader need not attempt to display the text associated with an
+   'encoded-word' that is incorrectly formed.  However, a mail reader
+   MUST NOT prevent the display or handling of a message because an
+   'encoded-word' is incorrectly formed.
+
+7. Conformance
+
+   A mail composing program claiming compliance with this specification
+   MUST ensure that any string of non-white-space printable ASCII
+   characters within a '*text' or '*ctext' that begins with "=?" and
+   ends with "?=" be a valid 'encoded-word'.  ("begins" means: at the
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                    [Page 10]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   start of the field-body, immediately following 'linear-white-space',
+   or immediately following a "(" for an 'encoded-word' within '*ctext';
+   "ends" means: at the end of the field-body, immediately preceding
+   'linear-white-space', or immediately preceding a ")" for an
+   'encoded-word' within '*ctext'.)  In addition, any 'word' within a
+   'phrase' that begins with "=?" and ends with "?=" must be a valid
+   'encoded-word'.
+
+   A mail reading program claiming compliance with this specification
+   must be able to distinguish 'encoded-word's from 'text', 'ctext', or
+   'word's, according to the rules in section 6, anytime they appear in
+   appropriate places in message headers.  It must support both the "B"
+   and "Q" encodings for any character set which it supports.  The
+   program must be able to display the unencoded text if the character
+   set is "US-ASCII".  For the ISO-8859-* character sets, the mail
+   reading program must at least be able to display the characters which
+   are also in the ASCII set.
+
+8. Examples
+
+   The following are examples of message headers containing 'encoded-
+   word's:
+
+   From: =?US-ASCII?Q?Keith_Moore?= <moore@cs.utk.edu>
+   To: =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Keld_J=F8rn_Simonsen?= <keld@dkuug.dk>
+   CC: =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Andr=E9?= Pirard <PIRARD@vm1.ulg.ac.be>
+   Subject: =?ISO-8859-1?B?SWYgeW91IGNhbiByZWFkIHRoaXMgeW8=?=
+    =?ISO-8859-2?B?dSB1bmRlcnN0YW5kIHRoZSBleGFtcGxlLg==?=
+
+      Note: In the first 'encoded-word' of the Subject field above, the
+      last "=" at the end of the 'encoded-text' is necessary because each
+      'encoded-word' must be self-contained (the "=" character completes a
+      group of 4 base64 characters representing 2 octets).  An additional
+      octet could have been encoded in the first 'encoded-word' (so that
+      the encoded-word would contain an exact multiple of 3 encoded
+      octets), except that the second 'encoded-word' uses a different
+      'charset' than the first one.
+
+   From: =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Olle_J=E4rnefors?= <ojarnef@admin.kth.se>
+   To: ietf-822@dimacs.rutgers.edu, ojarnef@admin.kth.se
+   Subject: Time for ISO 10646?
+
+   To: Dave Crocker <dcrocker@mordor.stanford.edu>
+   Cc: ietf-822@dimacs.rutgers.edu, paf@comsol.se
+   From: =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Patrik_F=E4ltstr=F6m?= <paf@nada.kth.se>
+   Subject: Re: RFC-HDR care and feeding
+
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                    [Page 11]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   From: Nathaniel Borenstein <nsb@thumper.bellcore.com>
+         (=?iso-8859-8?b?7eXs+SDv4SDp7Oj08A==?=)
+   To: Greg Vaudreuil <gvaudre@NRI.Reston.VA.US>, Ned Freed
+      <ned@innosoft.com>, Keith Moore <moore@cs.utk.edu>
+   Subject: Test of new header generator
+   MIME-Version: 1.0
+   Content-type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1
+
+   The following examples illustrate how text containing 'encoded-word's
+   which appear in a structured field body.  The rules are slightly
+   different for fields defined as '*text' because "(" and ")" are not
+   recognized as 'comment' delimiters.  [Section 5, paragraph (1)].
+
+   In each of the following examples, if the same sequence were to occur
+   in a '*text' field, the "displayed as" form would NOT be treated as
+   encoded words, but be identical to the "encoded form".  This is
+   because each of the encoded-words in the following examples is
+   adjacent to a "(" or ")" character.
+
+   encoded form                                displayed as
+   ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+   (=?ISO-8859-1?Q?a?=)                        (a)
+
+   (=?ISO-8859-1?Q?a?= b)                      (a b)
+
+           Within a 'comment', white space MUST appear between an
+           'encoded-word' and surrounding text.  [Section 5,
+           paragraph (2)].  However, white space is not needed between
+           the initial "(" that begins the 'comment', and the
+           'encoded-word'.
+
+
+   (=?ISO-8859-1?Q?a?= =?ISO-8859-1?Q?b?=)     (ab)
+
+           White space between adjacent 'encoded-word's is not
+           displayed.
+
+   (=?ISO-8859-1?Q?a?=  =?ISO-8859-1?Q?b?=)    (ab)
+
+        Even multiple SPACEs between 'encoded-word's are ignored
+        for the purpose of display.
+
+   (=?ISO-8859-1?Q?a?=                         (ab)
+       =?ISO-8859-1?Q?b?=)
+
+           Any amount of linear-space-white between 'encoded-word's,
+           even if it includes a CRLF followed by one or more SPACEs,
+           is ignored for the purposes of display.
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                    [Page 12]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+   (=?ISO-8859-1?Q?a_b?=)                      (a b)
+
+           In order to cause a SPACE to be displayed within a portion
+           of encoded text, the SPACE MUST be encoded as part of the
+           'encoded-word'.
+
+   (=?ISO-8859-1?Q?a?= =?ISO-8859-2?Q?_b?=)    (a b)
+
+           In order to cause a SPACE to be displayed between two strings
+           of encoded text, the SPACE MAY be encoded as part of one of
+           the 'encoded-word's.
+
+9. References
+
+   [RFC 822] Crocker, D., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text
+       Messages", STD 11, RFC 822, UDEL, August 1982.
+
+   [RFC 2049] Borenstein, N., and N. Freed, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
+       Extensions (MIME) Part Five: Conformance Criteria and Examples",
+       RFC 2049, November 1996.
+
+   [RFC 2045] Borenstein, N., and N. Freed, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
+       Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies",
+       RFC 2045, November 1996.
+
+   [RFC 2046] Borenstein N., and N. Freed, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
+       Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types", RFC 2046,
+       November 1996.
+
+   [RFC 2048] Freed, N., Klensin, J., and J. Postel, "Multipurpose
+       Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Four: Registration
+       Procedures", RFC 2048, November 1996.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                    [Page 13]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+10. Security Considerations
+
+   Security issues are not discussed in this memo.
+
+11. Acknowledgements
+
+   The author wishes to thank Nathaniel Borenstein, Issac Chan, Lutz
+   Donnerhacke, Paul Eggert, Ned Freed, Andreas M. Kirchwitz, Olle
+   Jarnefors, Mike Rosin, Yutaka Sato, Bart Schaefer, and Kazuhiko
+   Yamamoto, for their helpful advice, insightful comments, and
+   illuminating questions in response to earlier versions of this
+   specification.
+
+12. Author's Address
+
+   Keith Moore
+   University of Tennessee
+   107 Ayres Hall
+   Knoxville TN 37996-1301
+
+   EMail: moore@cs.utk.edu
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                    [Page 14]
+
+RFC 2047               Message Header Extensions           November 1996
+
+
+Appendix - changes since RFC 1522 (in no particular order)
+
+   + explicitly state that the MIME-Version is not requried to use
+     'encoded-word's.
+
+   + add explicit note that SPACEs and TABs are not allowed within
+     'encoded-word's, explaining that an 'encoded-word' must look like an
+     'atom' to an RFC822 parser.values, to be precise).
+
+   + add examples from Olle Jarnefors (thanks!) which illustrate how
+     encoded-words with adjacent linear-white-space are displayed.
+
+   + explicitly list terms defined in RFC822 and referenced in this memo
+
+   + fix transcription typos that caused one or two lines and a couple of
+     characters to disappear in the resulting text, due to nroff quirks.
+
+   + clarify that encoded-words are allowed in '*text' fields in both
+     RFC822 headers and MIME body part headers, but NOT as parameter
+     values.
+
+   + clarify the requirement to switch back to ASCII within the encoded
+     portion of an 'encoded-word', for any charset that uses code switching
+     sequences.
+
+   + add a note about 'encoded-word's being delimited by "(" and ")"
+     within a comment, but not in a *text (how bizarre!).
+
+   + fix the Andre Pirard example to get rid of the trailing "_" after
+     the =E9.  (no longer needed post-1342).
+
+   + clarification: an 'encoded-word' may appear immediately following
+     the initial "(" or immediately before the final ")" that delimits a
+     comment, not just adjacent to "(" and ")" *within* *ctext.
+
+   + add a note to explain that a "B" 'encoded-word' will always have a
+     multiple of 4 characters in the 'encoded-text' portion.
+
+   + add note about the "=" in the examples
+
+   + note that processing of 'encoded-word's occurs *after* parsing, and
+     some of the implications thereof.
+
+   + explicitly state that you can't expect to translate between
+     1522 and either vanilla 822 or so-called "8-bit headers".
+
+   + explicitly state that 'encoded-word's are not valid within a
+     'quoted-string'.
+
+
+
+Moore                       Standards Track                    [Page 15]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc2183.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                          R. Troost
+Request for Comments: 2183                           New Century Systems
+Updates: 1806                                                  S. Dorner
+Category: Standards Track                          QUALCOMM Incorporated
+                                                        K. Moore, Editor
+                                                 University of Tennessee
+                                                             August 1997
+
+
+               Communicating Presentation Information in
+                           Internet Messages:
+                  The Content-Disposition Header Field
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Abstract
+
+   This memo provides a mechanism whereby messages conforming to the
+   MIME specifications [RFC 2045, RFC 2046, RFC 2047, RFC 2048, RFC
+   2049] can convey presentational information.  It specifies the
+   "Content-Disposition" header field, which is optional and valid for
+   any MIME entity ("message" or "body part").  Two values for this
+   header field are described in this memo; one for the ordinary linear
+   presentation of the body part, and another to facilitate the use of
+   mail to transfer files.  It is expected that more values will be
+   defined in the future, and procedures are defined for extending this
+    set of values.
+
+   This document is intended as an extension to MIME.  As such, the
+   reader is assumed to be familiar with the MIME specifications, and
+   [RFC 822].  The information presented herein supplements but does not
+   replace that found in those documents.
+
+   This document is a revision to the Experimental protocol defined in
+   RFC 1806.  As compared to RFC 1806, this document contains minor
+   editorial updates, adds new parameters needed to support the File
+   Transfer Body Part, and references a separate specification for the
+   handling of non-ASCII and/or very long parameter values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+1.  Introduction
+
+   MIME specifies a standard format for encapsulating multiple pieces of
+   data into a single Internet message. That document does not address
+   the issue of presentation styles; it provides a framework for the
+   interchange of message content, but leaves presentation issues solely
+   in the hands of mail user agent (MUA) implementors.
+
+   Two common ways of presenting multipart electronic messages are as a
+   main document with a list of separate attachments, and as a single
+   document with the various parts expanded (displayed) inline. The
+   display of an attachment is generally construed to require positive
+   action on the part of the recipient, while inline message components
+   are displayed automatically when the message is viewed. A mechanism
+   is needed to allow the sender to transmit this sort of presentational
+   information to the recipient; the Content-Disposition header provides
+   this mechanism, allowing each component of a message to be tagged
+   with an indication of its desired presentation semantics.
+
+   Tagging messages in this manner will often be sufficient for basic
+   message formatting. However, in many cases a more powerful and
+   flexible approach will be necessary. The definition of such
+   approaches is beyond the scope of this memo; however, such approaches
+   can benefit from additional Content-Disposition values and
+   parameters, to be defined at a later date.
+
+   In addition to allowing the sender to specify the presentational
+   disposition of a message component, it is desirable to allow her to
+   indicate a default archival disposition; a filename. The optional
+   "filename" parameter provides for this.  Further, the creation-date,
+   modification-date, and read-date parameters allow preservation of
+   those file attributes when the file is transmitted over MIME email.
+
+   NB: The keywords MUST, MUST NOT, REQUIRED, SHALL, SHALL NOT, SHOULD,
+   SHOULD NOT, RECOMMENDED, MAY, and OPTIONAL, when they appear in this
+   document, are to be interpreted as described in [RFC 2119].
+
+2.  The Content-Disposition Header Field
+
+   Content-Disposition is an optional header field. In its absence, the
+   MUA may use whatever presentation method it deems suitable.
+
+   It is desirable to keep the set of possible disposition types small
+   and well defined, to avoid needless complexity. Even so, evolving
+   usage will likely require the definition of additional disposition
+   types or parameters, so the set of disposition values is extensible;
+   see below.
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+   In the extended BNF notation of [RFC 822], the Content-Disposition
+   header field is defined as follows:
+
+     disposition := "Content-Disposition" ":"
+                    disposition-type
+                    *(";" disposition-parm)
+
+     disposition-type := "inline"
+                       / "attachment"
+                       / extension-token
+                       ; values are not case-sensitive
+
+     disposition-parm := filename-parm
+                       / creation-date-parm
+                       / modification-date-parm
+                       / read-date-parm
+                       / size-parm
+                       / parameter
+
+     filename-parm := "filename" "=" value
+
+     creation-date-parm := "creation-date" "=" quoted-date-time
+
+     modification-date-parm := "modification-date" "=" quoted-date-time
+
+     read-date-parm := "read-date" "=" quoted-date-time
+
+     size-parm := "size" "=" 1*DIGIT
+
+     quoted-date-time := quoted-string
+                      ; contents MUST be an RFC 822 `date-time'
+                      ; numeric timezones (+HHMM or -HHMM) MUST be used
+
+
+
+   NOTE ON PARAMETER VALUE LENGHTS: A short (length <= 78 characters)
+   parameter value containing only non-`tspecials' characters SHOULD be
+   represented as a single `token'.  A short parameter value containing
+   only ASCII characters, but including `tspecials' characters, SHOULD
+   be represented as `quoted-string'.  Parameter values longer than 78
+   characters, or which contain non-ASCII characters, MUST be encoded as
+   specified in [RFC 2184].
+
+   `Extension-token', `parameter', `tspecials' and `value' are defined
+   according to [RFC 2045] (which references [RFC 822] in the definition
+   of some of these tokens).  `quoted-string' and `DIGIT' are defined in
+   [RFC 822].
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+2.1  The Inline Disposition Type
+
+   A bodypart should be marked `inline' if it is intended to be
+   displayed automatically upon display of the message.  Inline
+   bodyparts should be presented in the order in which they occur,
+   subject to the normal semantics of multipart messages.
+
+2.2  The Attachment Disposition Type
+
+   Bodyparts can be designated `attachment' to indicate that they are
+   separate from the main body of the mail message, and that their
+   display should not be automatic, but contingent upon some further
+   action of the user.  The MUA might instead present the user of a
+   bitmap terminal with an iconic representation of the attachments, or,
+   on character terminals, with a list of attachments from which the
+   user could select for viewing or storage.
+
+2.3  The Filename Parameter
+
+   The sender may want to suggest a filename to be used if the entity is
+   detached and stored in a separate file. If the receiving MUA writes
+   the entity to a file, the suggested filename should be used as a
+   basis for the actual filename, where possible.
+
+   It is important that the receiving MUA not blindly use the suggested
+   filename.  The suggested filename SHOULD be checked (and possibly
+   changed) to see that it conforms to local filesystem conventions,
+   does not overwrite an existing file, and does not present a security
+   problem (see Security Considerations below).
+
+   The receiving MUA SHOULD NOT respect any directory path information
+   that may seem to be present in the filename parameter.  The filename
+   should be treated as a terminal component only.  Portable
+   specification of directory paths might possibly be done in the future
+   via a separate Content-Disposition parameter, but no provision is
+   made for it in this draft.
+
+   Current [RFC 2045] grammar restricts parameter values (and hence
+   Content-Disposition filenames) to US-ASCII.  We recognize the great
+   desirability of allowing arbitrary character sets in filenames, but
+   it is beyond the scope of this document to define the necessary
+   mechanisms.  We expect that the basic [RFC 1521] `value'
+   specification will someday be amended to allow use of non-US-ASCII
+   characters, at which time the same mechanism should be used in the
+   Content-Disposition filename parameter.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+   Beyond the limitation to US-ASCII, the sending MUA may wish to bear
+   in mind the limitations of common filesystems.  Many have severe
+   length and character set restrictions.  Short alphanumeric filenames
+   are least likely to require modification by the receiving system.
+
+   The presence of the filename parameter does not force an
+   implementation to write the entity to a separate file. It is
+   perfectly acceptable for implementations to leave the entity as part
+   of the normal mail stream unless the user requests otherwise. As a
+   consequence, the parameter may be used on any MIME entity, even
+   `inline' ones. These will not normally be written to files, but the
+   parameter could be used to provide a filename if the receiving user
+   should choose to write the part to a file.
+
+2.4 The Creation-Date parameter
+
+   The creation-date parameter MAY be used to indicate the date at which
+   the file was created.  If this parameter is included, the paramter
+   value MUST be a quoted-string which contains a representation of the
+   creation date of the file in [RFC 822] `date-time' format.
+
+   UNIX and POSIX implementors are cautioned that the `st_ctime' file
+   attribute of the `stat' structure is not the creation time of the
+   file; it is thus not appropriate as a source for the creation-date
+   parameter value.
+
+2.5 The Modification-Date parameter
+
+   The modification-date parameter MAY be used to indicate the date at
+   which the file was last modified.  If the modification-date parameter
+   is included, the paramter value MUST be a quoted-string which
+   contains a representation of the last modification date of the file
+   in [RFC 822] `date-time' format.
+
+2.6 The Read-Date parameter
+
+   The read-date parameter MAY be used to indicate the date at which the
+   file was last read.  If the read-date parameter is included, the
+   parameter value MUST be a quoted-string which contains a
+   representation of the last-read date of the file in [RFC 822] `date-
+   time' format.
+
+2.7 The Size parameter
+
+   The size parameter indicates an approximate size of the file in
+   octets.  It can be used, for example, to pre-allocate space before
+   attempting to store the file, or to determine whether enough space
+   exists.
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+2.8  Future Extensions and Unrecognized Disposition Types
+
+   In the likely event that new parameters or disposition types are
+   needed, they should be registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers
+   Authority (IANA), in the manner specified in Section 9 of this memo.
+
+   Once new disposition types and parameters are defined, there is of
+   course the likelihood that implementations will see disposition types
+   and parameters they do not understand.  Furthermore, since x-tokens
+   are allowed, implementations may also see entirely unregistered
+   disposition types and parameters.
+
+   Unrecognized parameters should be ignored. Unrecognized disposition
+   types should be treated as `attachment'. The choice of `attachment'
+   for unrecognized types is made because a sender who goes to the
+   trouble of producing a Content-Disposition header with a new
+   disposition type is more likely aiming for something more elaborate
+   than inline presentation.
+
+   Unless noted otherwise in the definition of a parameter, Content-
+   Disposition parameters are valid for all dispositions.  (In contrast
+   to MIME content-type parameters, which are defined on a per-content-
+   type basis.) Thus, for example, the `filename' parameter still means
+   the name of the file to which the part should be written, even if the
+   disposition itself is unrecognized.
+
+2.9  Content-Disposition and Multipart
+
+   If a Content-Disposition header is used on a multipart body part, it
+   applies to the multipart as a whole, not the individual subparts.
+   The disposition types of the subparts do not need to be consulted
+   until the multipart itself is presented.  When the multipart is
+   displayed, then the dispositions of the subparts should be respected.
+
+   If the `inline' disposition is used, the multipart should be
+   displayed as normal; however, an `attachment' subpart should require
+   action from the user to display.
+
+   If the `attachment' disposition is used, presentation of the
+   multipart should not proceed without explicit user action.  Once the
+   user has chosen to display the multipart, the individual subpart
+   dispositions should be consulted to determine how to present the
+   subparts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+2.10  Content-Disposition and the Main Message
+
+   It is permissible to use Content-Disposition on the main body of an
+   [RFC 822] message.
+
+3.  Examples
+
+   Here is a an example of a body part containing a JPEG image that is
+   intended to be viewed by the user immediately:
+
+        Content-Type: image/jpeg
+        Content-Disposition: inline
+        Content-Description: just a small picture of me
+
+         <jpeg data>
+
+   The following body part contains a JPEG image that should be
+   displayed to the user only if the user requests it. If the JPEG is
+   written to a file, the file should be named "genome.jpg".  The
+   recipient's user might also choose to set the last-modified date of
+   the stored file to date in the modification-date parameter:
+
+        Content-Type: image/jpeg
+        Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=genome.jpeg;
+          modification-date="Wed, 12 Feb 1997 16:29:51 -0500";
+        Content-Description: a complete map of the human genome
+
+        <jpeg data>
+
+   The following is an example of the use of the `attachment'
+   disposition with a multipart body part.  The user should see text-
+   part-1 immediately, then take some action to view multipart-2.  After
+   taking action to view multipart-2, the user will see text-part-2
+   right away, and be required to take action to view jpeg-1.  Subparts
+   are indented for clarity; they would not be so indented in a real
+   message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+        Content-Type: multipart/mixed; boundary=outer
+        Content-Description: multipart-1
+
+        --outer
+          Content-Type: text/plain
+          Content-Disposition: inline
+          Content-Description: text-part-1
+
+          Some text goes here
+
+        --outer
+          Content-Type: multipart/mixed; boundary=inner
+          Content-Disposition: attachment
+          Content-Description: multipart-2
+
+          --inner
+            Content-Type: text/plain
+            Content-Disposition: inline
+            Content-Description: text-part-2
+
+            Some more text here.
+
+          --inner
+            Content-Type: image/jpeg
+            Content-Disposition: attachment
+            Content-Description: jpeg-1
+
+            <jpeg data>
+          --inner--
+        --outer--
+
+4.  Summary
+
+   Content-Disposition takes one of two values, `inline' and
+   `attachment'.  `Inline' indicates that the entity should be
+   immediately displayed to the user, whereas `attachment' means that
+   the user should take additional action to view the entity.
+
+   The `filename' parameter can be used to suggest a filename for
+   storing the bodypart, if the user wishes to store it in an external
+   file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+5.  Security Considerations
+
+   There are security issues involved any time users exchange data.
+   While these are not to be minimized, neither does this memo change
+   the status quo in that regard, except in one instance.
+
+   Since this memo provides a way for the sender to suggest a filename,
+   a receiving MUA must take care that the sender's suggested filename
+   does not represent a hazard. Using UNIX as an example, some hazards
+   would be:
+
+   +    Creating startup files (e.g., ".login").
+
+   +    Creating or overwriting system files (e.g., "/etc/passwd").
+
+   +    Overwriting any existing file.
+
+   +    Placing executable files into any command search path
+        (e.g., "~/bin/more").
+
+   +    Sending the file to a pipe (e.g., "| sh").
+
+   In general, the receiving MUA should not name or place the file such
+   that it will get interpreted or executed without the user explicitly
+   initiating the action.
+
+   It is very important to note that this is not an exhaustive list; it
+   is intended as a small set of examples only.  Implementors must be
+   alert to the potential hazards on their target systems.
+
+6.  References
+
+   [RFC 2119]
+        Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement
+        Levels", RFC 2119, March 1997.
+
+   [RFC 2184]
+        Freed, N. and K. Moore, "MIME Parameter value and Encoded Words:
+        Character Sets, Lanaguage, and Continuations", RFC 2184, August
+        1997.
+
+   [RFC 2045]
+        Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail
+        Extensions) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies", RFC
+        2045, December 1996.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                     [Page 9]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+   [RFC 2046]
+        Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail
+        Extensions) Part Two: Media Types", RFC 2046, December 1996.
+
+   [RFC 2047]
+        Moore, K., "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) Part
+        Three: Message Header Extensions for non-ASCII Text", RFC 2047,
+        December 1996.
+
+   [RFC 2048]
+        Freed, N., Klensin, J. and J. Postel, "MIME (Multipurpose
+        Internet Mail Extensions) Part Four: Registration Procedures",
+        RFC 2048, December 1996.
+
+   [RFC 2049]
+        Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail
+        Extensions) Part Five: Conformance Criteria and Examples", RFC
+        2049, December 1996.
+
+   [RFC 822]
+        Crocker, D., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text
+        Messages", STD 11, RFC 822, UDEL, August 1982.
+
+7.  Acknowledgements
+
+   We gratefully acknowledge the help these people provided during the
+   preparation of this draft:
+
+        Nathaniel Borenstein
+        Ned Freed
+        Keith Moore
+        Dave Crocker
+        Dan Pritchett
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                    [Page 10]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+8.  Authors' Addresses
+
+   You should blame the editor of this version of the document for any
+   changes since RFC 1806:
+
+        Keith Moore
+        Department of Computer Science
+        University of Tennessee, Knoxville
+        107 Ayres Hall
+        Knoxville TN  37996-1301
+        USA
+
+        Phone: +1 (423) 974-5067
+        Fax: +1 (423) 974-8296
+        Email: moore@cs.utk.edu
+
+
+        The authors of RFC 1806 are:
+
+        Rens Troost
+        New Century Systems
+        324 East 41st Street #804
+        New York, NY, 10017 USA
+
+        Phone: +1 (212) 557-2050
+        Fax: +1 (212) 557-2049
+        EMail: rens@century.com
+
+
+        Steve Dorner
+        QUALCOMM Incorporated
+        6455 Lusk Boulevard
+        San Diego, CA 92121
+        USA
+
+        EMail: sdorner@qualcomm.com
+
+
+9. Registration of New Content-Disposition Values and Parameters
+
+   New Content-Disposition values (besides "inline" and "attachment")
+   may be defined only by Internet standards-track documents, or in
+   Experimental documents approved by the Internet Engineering Steering
+   Group.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                    [Page 11]
+
+RFC 2183                  Content-Disposition                August 1997
+
+
+   New content-disposition parameters may be registered by supplying the
+   information in the following template and sending it via electronic
+   mail to IANA@IANA.ORG:
+
+     To: IANA@IANA.ORG
+     Subject: Registration of new Content-Disposition parameter
+
+     Content-Disposition parameter name:
+
+     Allowable values for this parameter:
+          (If the parameter can only assume a small number of values,
+          list each of those values.  Otherwise, describe the values
+          that the parameter can assume.)
+     Description:
+          (What is the purpose of this parameter and how is it used?)
+
+10. Changes since RFC 1806
+
+   The following changes have been made since the earlier version of
+   this document, published in RFC 1806 as an Experimental protocol:
+
+   +    Updated references to MIME documents.  In some cases this
+        involved substituting a reference to one of the current MIME
+        RFCs for a reference to RFC 1521; in other cases, a reference to
+        RFC 1521 was simply replaced with the word "MIME".
+
+   +    Added  a section on registration procedures, since none of the
+        procedures in RFC 2048 seemed to be appropriate.
+
+   +    Added new parameter types: creation-date, modification-date,
+        read-date, and size.
+
+
+   +    Incorporated a reference to draft-freed-pvcsc-* for encoding
+        long or non-ASCII parameter values.
+
+   +    Added reference to RFC 2119 to define MUST, SHOULD, etc.
+        keywords.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Troost, et. al.             Standards Track                    [Page 12]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc2222.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,899 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                           J. Myers
+Request for Comments: 2222                       Netscape Communications
+Category: Standards Track                                   October 1997
+
+
+            Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL)
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Copyright Notice
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1997).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+Table of Contents
+
+   1.    Abstract ..............................................    2
+   2.    Organization of this Document .........................    2
+   2.1.  How to Read This Document .............................    2
+   2.2.  Conventions Used in this Document .....................    2
+   2.3.  Examples ..............................................    3
+   3.    Introduction and Overview .............................    3
+   4.    Profiling requirements ................................    4
+   5.    Specific issues .......................................    5
+   5.1.  Client sends data first ...............................    5
+   5.2.  Server returns success with additional data ...........    5
+   5.3.  Multiple authentications ..............................    5
+   6.    Registration procedures ...............................    6
+   6.1.  Comments on SASL mechanism registrations ..............    6
+   6.2.  Location of Registered SASL Mechanism List ............    6
+   6.3.  Change Control ........................................    7
+   6.4.  Registration Template .................................    7
+   7.    Mechanism definitions .................................    8
+   7.1.  Kerberos version 4 mechanism ..........................    8
+   7.2.  GSSAPI mechanism ......................................    9
+   7.2.1 Client side of authentication protocol exchange .......    9
+   7.2.2 Server side of authentication protocol exchange .......   10
+   7.2.3 Security layer ........................................   11
+   7.3.  S/Key mechanism .......................................   11
+   7.4.  External mechanism ....................................   12
+   8.    References ............................................   13
+   9.    Security Considerations ...............................   13
+   10.   Author's Address ......................................   14
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+   Appendix A. Relation of SASL to Transport Security ..........   15
+   Full Copyright Statement ....................................   16
+
+1.    Abstract
+
+   This document describes a method for adding authentication support to
+   connection-based protocols.  To use this specification, a protocol
+   includes a command for identifying and authenticating a user to a
+   server and for optionally negotiating protection of subsequent
+   protocol interactions.  If its use is negotiated, a security layer is
+   inserted between the protocol and the connection.  This document
+   describes how a protocol specifies such a command, defines several
+   mechanisms for use by the command, and defines the protocol used for
+   carrying a negotiated security layer over the connection.
+
+2.    Organization of this Document
+
+2.1.  How to Read This Document
+
+   This document is written to serve two different audiences, protocol
+   designers using this specification to support authentication in their
+   protocol, and implementors of clients or servers for those protocols
+   using this specification.
+
+   The sections "Introduction and Overview", "Profiling requirements",
+   and "Security Considerations" cover issues that protocol designers
+   need to understand and address in profiling this specification for
+   use in a specific protocol.
+
+   Implementors of a protocol using this specification need the
+   protocol-specific profiling information in addition to the
+   information in this document.
+
+2.2.  Conventions Used in this Document
+
+   In examples, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client and
+   server respectively.
+
+   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", and "MAY"
+   in this document are to be interpreted as defined in "Key words for
+   use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels" [RFC 2119].
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+2.3.  Examples
+
+   Examples in this document are for the IMAP profile [RFC 2060] of this
+   specification.  The base64 encoding of challenges and responses, as
+   well as the "+ " preceding the responses are part of the IMAP4
+   profile, not part of the SASL specification itself.
+
+3.    Introduction and Overview
+
+   The Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) is a method for
+   adding authentication support to connection-based protocols.  To use
+   this specification, a protocol includes a command for identifying and
+   authenticating a user to a server and for optionally negotiating a
+   security layer for subsequent protocol interactions.
+
+   The command has a required argument identifying a SASL mechanism.
+   SASL mechanisms are named by strings, from 1 to 20 characters in
+   length, consisting of upper-case letters, digits, hyphens, and/or
+   underscores.  SASL mechanism names must be registered with the IANA.
+   Procedures for registering new SASL mechanisms are given in the
+   section "Registration procedures"
+
+   If a server supports the requested mechanism, it initiates an
+   authentication protocol exchange.  This consists of a series of
+   server challenges and client responses that are specific to the
+   requested mechanism.  The challenges and responses are defined by the
+   mechanisms as binary tokens of arbitrary length.  The protocol's
+   profile then specifies how these binary tokens are then encoded for
+   transfer over the connection.
+
+   After receiving the authentication command or any client response, a
+   server may issue a challenge, indicate failure, or indicate
+   completion.  The protocol's profile specifies how the server
+   indicates which of the above it is doing.
+
+   After receiving a challenge, a client may issue a response or abort
+   the exchange.  The protocol's profile specifies how the client
+   indicates which of the above it is doing.
+
+   During the authentication protocol exchange, the mechanism performs
+   authentication, transmits an authorization identity (frequently known
+   as a userid) from the client to server, and negotiates the use of a
+   mechanism-specific security layer.  If the use of a security layer is
+   agreed upon, then the mechanism must also define or negotiate the
+   maximum cipher-text buffer size that each side is able to receive.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+   The transmitted authorization identity may be different than the
+   identity in the client's authentication credentials.  This permits
+   agents such as proxy servers to authenticate using their own
+   credentials, yet request the access privileges of the identity for
+   which they are proxying.  With any mechanism, transmitting an
+   authorization identity of the empty string directs the server to
+   derive an authorization identity from the client's authentication
+   credentials.
+
+   If use of a security layer is negotiated, it is applied to all
+   subsequent data sent over the connection.  The security layer takes
+   effect immediately following the last response of the authentication
+   exchange for data sent by the client and the completion indication
+   for data sent by the server.  Once the security layer is in effect,
+   the protocol stream is processed by the security layer into buffers
+   of cipher-text.  Each buffer is transferred over the connection as a
+   stream of octets prepended with a four octet field in network byte
+   order that represents the length of the following buffer.  The length
+   of the cipher-text buffer must be no larger than the maximum size
+   that was defined or negotiated by the other side.
+
+4.    Profiling requirements
+
+   In order to use this specification, a protocol definition must supply
+   the following information:
+
+   1. A service name, to be selected from the IANA registry of "service"
+      elements for the GSSAPI host-based service name form [RFC 2078].
+
+   2. A definition of the command to initiate the authentication
+      protocol exchange.  This command must have as a parameter the
+      mechanism name being selected by the client.
+
+      The command SHOULD have an optional parameter giving an initial
+      response.  This optional parameter allows the client to avoid a
+      round trip when using a mechanism which is defined to have the
+      client send data first.  When this initial response is sent by the
+      client and the selected mechanism is defined to have the server
+      start with an initial challenge, the command fails.  See section
+      5.1 of this document for further information.
+
+   3. A definition of the method by which the authentication protocol
+      exchange is carried out, including how the challenges and
+      responses are encoded, how the server indicates completion or
+      failure of the exchange, how the client aborts an exchange, and
+      how the exchange method interacts with any line length limits in
+      the protocol.
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+   4. Identification of the octet where any negotiated security layer
+      starts to take effect, in both directions.
+
+   5. A specification of how the authorization identity passed from the
+      client to the server is to be interpreted.
+
+5.    Specific issues
+
+5.1.  Client sends data first
+
+   Some mechanisms specify that the first data sent in the
+   authentication protocol exchange is from the client to the server.
+
+   If a protocol's profile permits the command which initiates an
+   authentication protocol exchange to contain an initial client
+   response, this parameter SHOULD be used with such mechanisms.
+
+   If the initial client response parameter is not given, or if a
+   protocol's profile does not permit the command which initiates an
+   authentication protocol exchange to contain an initial client
+   response, then the server issues a challenge with no data.  The
+   client's response to this challenge is then used as the initial
+   client response.  (The server then proceeds to send the next
+   challenge, indicates completion, or indicates failure.)
+
+5.2.  Server returns success with additional data
+
+   Some mechanisms may specify that server challenge data be sent to the
+   client along with an indication of successful completion of the
+   exchange.  This data would, for example, authenticate the server to
+   the client.
+
+   If a protocol's profile does not permit this server challenge to be
+   returned with a success indication, then the server issues the server
+   challenge without an indication of successful completion.  The client
+   then responds with no data.  After receiving this empty response, the
+   server then indicates successful completion.
+
+5.3.  Multiple authentications
+
+   Unless otherwise stated by the protocol's profile, only one
+   successful SASL negotiation may occur in a protocol session.  In this
+   case, once an authentication protocol exchange has successfully
+   completed, further attempts to initiate an authentication protocol
+   exchange fail.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+   In the case that a profile explicitly permits multiple successful
+   SASL negotiations to occur, then in no case may multiple security
+   layers be simultaneously in effect.  If a security layer is in effect
+   and a subsequent SASL negotiation selects no security layer, the
+   original security layer remains in effect.  If a security layer is in
+   effect and a subsequent SASL negotiation selects a second security
+   layer, then the second security layer replaces the first.
+
+6.    Registration procedures
+
+   Registration of a SASL mechanism is done by filling in the template
+   in section 6.4 and sending it in to iana@isi.edu.  IANA has the right
+   to reject obviously bogus registrations, but will perform no review
+   of clams made in the registration form.
+
+   There is no naming convention for SASL mechanisms; any name that
+   conforms to the syntax of a SASL mechanism name can be registered.
+
+   While the registration procedures do not require it, authors of SASL
+   mechanisms are encouraged to seek community review and comment
+   whenever that is feasible.  Authors may seek community review by
+   posting a specification of their proposed mechanism as an internet-
+   draft.  SASL mechanisms intended for widespread use should be
+   standardized through the normal IETF process, when appropriate.
+
+6.1.  Comments on SASL mechanism registrations
+
+   Comments on registered SASL mechanisms should first be sent to the
+   "owner" of the mechanism.  Submitters of comments may, after a
+   reasonable attempt to contact the owner, request IANA to attach their
+   comment to the SASL mechanism registration itself.  If IANA approves
+   of this the comment will be made accessible in conjunction with the
+   SASL mechanism registration itself.
+
+6.2.  Location of Registered SASL Mechanism List
+
+   SASL mechanism registrations will be posted in the anonymous FTP
+   directory "ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/sasl-
+   mechanisms/" and all registered SASL mechanisms will be listed in the
+   periodically issued "Assigned Numbers" RFC [currently STD 2, RFC
+   1700].  The SASL mechanism description and other supporting material
+   may also be published as an Informational RFC by sending it to "rfc-
+   editor@isi.edu" (please follow the instructions to RFC authors [RFC
+   2223]).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+6.3.  Change Control
+
+   Once a SASL mechanism registration has been published by IANA, the
+   author may request a change to its definition.  The change request
+   follows the same procedure as the registration request.
+
+   The owner of a SASL mechanism may pass responsibility for the SASL
+   mechanism to another person or agency by informing IANA; this can be
+   done without discussion or review.
+
+   The IESG may reassign responsibility for a SASL mechanism. The most
+   common case of this will be to enable changes to be made to
+   mechanisms where the author of the registration has died, moved out
+   of contact or is otherwise unable to make changes that are important
+   to the community.
+
+   SASL mechanism registrations may not be deleted; mechanisms which are
+   no longer believed appropriate for use can be declared OBSOLETE by a
+   change to their "intended use" field; such SASL mechanisms will be
+   clearly marked in the lists published by IANA.
+
+   The IESG is considered to be the owner of all SASL mechanisms which
+   are on the IETF standards track.
+
+6.4.  Registration Template
+
+   To: iana@iana.org
+   Subject: Registration of SASL mechanism X
+
+   SASL mechanism name:
+
+   Security considerations:
+
+   Published specification (optional, recommended):
+
+   Person & email address to contact for further information:
+
+   Intended usage:
+
+   (One of COMMON, LIMITED USE or OBSOLETE)
+
+   Author/Change controller:
+
+   (Any other information that the author deems interesting may be
+   added below this line.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+7.    Mechanism definitions
+
+   The following mechanisms are hereby defined.
+
+7.1.  Kerberos version 4 mechanism
+
+   The mechanism name associated with Kerberos version 4 is
+   "KERBEROS_V4".
+
+   The first challenge consists of a random 32-bit number in network
+   byte order.  The client responds with a Kerberos ticket and an
+   authenticator for the principal "service.hostname@realm", where
+   "service" is the service name specified in the protocol's profile,
+   "hostname" is the first component of the host name of the server with
+   all letters in lower case, and where "realm" is the Kerberos realm of
+   the server.  The encrypted checksum field included within the
+   Kerberos authenticator contains the server provided challenge in
+   network byte order.
+
+   Upon decrypting and verifying the ticket and authenticator, the
+   server verifies that the contained checksum field equals the original
+   server provided random 32-bit number.  Should the verification be
+   successful, the server must add one to the checksum and construct 8
+   octets of data, with the first four octets containing the incremented
+   checksum in network byte order, the fifth octet containing a bit-mask
+   specifying the security layers supported by the server, and the sixth
+   through eighth octets containing, in network byte order, the maximum
+   cipher-text buffer size the server is able to receive.  The server
+   must encrypt using DES ECB mode the 8 octets of data in the session
+   key and issue that encrypted data in a second challenge.  The client
+   considers the server authenticated if the first four octets of the
+   un-encrypted data is equal to one plus the checksum it previously
+   sent.
+
+   The client must construct data with the first four octets containing
+   the original server-issued checksum in network byte order, the fifth
+   octet containing the bit-mask specifying the selected security layer,
+   the sixth through eighth octets containing in network byte order the
+   maximum cipher-text buffer size the client is able to receive, and
+   the following octets containing the authorization identity.  The
+   client must then append from one to eight zero-valued octets so that
+   the length of the data is a multiple of eight octets. The client must
+   then encrypt using DES PCBC mode the data with the session key and
+   respond with the encrypted data.  The server decrypts the data and
+   verifies the contained checksum.  The server must verify that the
+   principal identified in the Kerberos ticket is authorized to connect
+   as that authorization identity.  After this verification, the
+   authentication process is complete.
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+   The security layers and their corresponding bit-masks are as follows:
+
+      1 No security layer
+      2 Integrity (krb_mk_safe) protection
+      4 Privacy (krb_mk_priv) protection
+
+   Other bit-masks may be defined in the future; bits which are not
+   understood must be negotiated off.
+
+   EXAMPLE: The following are two Kerberos version 4 login scenarios to
+   the IMAP4 protocol (note that the line breaks in the sample
+   authenticators are for editorial clarity and are not in real
+   authenticators)
+
+     S: * OK IMAP4 Server
+     C: A001 AUTHENTICATE KERBEROS_V4
+     S: + AmFYig==
+     C: BAcAQU5EUkVXLkNNVS5FRFUAOCAsho84kLN3/IJmrMG+25a4DT
+        +nZImJjnTNHJUtxAA+o0KPKfHEcAFs9a3CL5Oebe/ydHJUwYFd
+        WwuQ1MWiy6IesKvjL5rL9WjXUb9MwT9bpObYLGOKi1Qh
+     S: + or//EoAADZI=
+     C: DiAF5A4gA+oOIALuBkAAmw==
+     S: A001 OK Kerberos V4 authentication successful
+
+
+     S: * OK IMAP4 Server
+     C: A001 AUTHENTICATE KERBEROS_V4
+     S: + gcfgCA==
+     C: BAcAQU5EUkVXLkNNVS5FRFUAOCAsho84kLN3/IJmrMG+25a4DT
+        +nZImJjnTNHJUtxAA+o0KPKfHEcAFs9a3CL5Oebe/ydHJUwYFd
+        WwuQ1MWiy6IesKvjL5rL9WjXUb9MwT9bpObYLGOKi1Qh
+     S: A001 NO Kerberos V4 authentication failed
+
+7.2.  GSSAPI mechanism
+
+   The mechanism name associated with all mechanisms employing the
+   GSSAPI [RFC 2078] is "GSSAPI".
+
+7.2.1 Client side of authentication protocol exchange
+
+   The client calls GSS_Init_sec_context, passing in 0 for
+   input_context_handle (initially) and a targ_name equal to output_name
+   from GSS_Import_Name called with input_name_type of
+   GSS_C_NT_HOSTBASED_SERVICE and input_name_string of
+   "service@hostname" where "service" is the service name specified in
+   the protocol's profile, and "hostname" is the fully qualified host
+   name of the server.  The client then responds with the resulting
+   output_token.  If GSS_Init_sec_context returns GSS_S_CONTINUE_NEEDED,
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 9]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+   then the client should expect the server to issue a token in a
+   subsequent challenge.  The client must pass the token to another call
+   to GSS_Init_sec_context, repeating the actions in this paragraph.
+
+   When GSS_Init_sec_context returns GSS_S_COMPLETE, the client takes
+   the following actions: If the last call to GSS_Init_sec_context
+   returned an output_token, then the client responds with the
+   output_token, otherwise the client responds with no data.  The client
+   should then expect the server to issue a token in a subsequent
+   challenge.  The client passes this token to GSS_Unwrap and interprets
+   the first octet of resulting cleartext as a bit-mask specifying the
+   security layers supported by the server and the second through fourth
+   octets as the maximum size output_message to send to the server.  The
+   client then constructs data, with the first octet containing the
+   bit-mask specifying the selected security layer, the second through
+   fourth octets containing in network byte order the maximum size
+   output_message the client is able to receive, and the remaining
+   octets containing the authorization identity.  The client passes the
+   data to GSS_Wrap with conf_flag set to FALSE, and responds with the
+   generated output_message.  The client can then consider the server
+   authenticated.
+
+7.2.2 Server side of authentication protocol exchange
+
+   The server passes the initial client response to
+   GSS_Accept_sec_context as input_token, setting input_context_handle
+   to 0 (initially).  If GSS_Accept_sec_context returns
+   GSS_S_CONTINUE_NEEDED, the server returns the generated output_token
+   to the client in challenge and passes the resulting response to
+   another call to GSS_Accept_sec_context, repeating the actions in this
+   paragraph.
+
+   When GSS_Accept_sec_context returns GSS_S_COMPLETE, the client takes
+   the following actions: If the last call to GSS_Accept_sec_context
+   returned an output_token, the server returns it to the client in a
+   challenge and expects a reply from the client with no data.  Whether
+   or not an output_token was returned (and after receipt of any
+   response from the client to such an output_token), the server then
+   constructs 4 octets of data, with the first octet containing a bit-
+   mask specifying the security layers supported by the server and the
+   second through fourth octets containing in network byte order the
+   maximum size output_token the server is able to receive.  The server
+   must then pass the plaintext to GSS_Wrap with conf_flag set to FALSE
+   and issue the generated output_message to the client in a challenge.
+   The server must then pass the resulting response to GSS_Unwrap and
+   interpret the first octet of resulting cleartext as the bit-mask for
+   the selected security layer, the second through fourth octets as the
+   maximum size output_message to send to the client, and the remaining
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 10]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+   octets as the authorization identity.  The server must verify that
+   the src_name is authorized to authenticate as the authorization
+   identity.  After these verifications, the authentication process is
+   complete.
+
+7.2.3 Security layer
+
+   The security layers and their corresponding bit-masks are as follows:
+
+     1 No security layer
+     2 Integrity protection.
+       Sender calls GSS_Wrap with conf_flag set to FALSE
+     4 Privacy protection.
+       Sender calls GSS_Wrap with conf_flag set to TRUE
+
+   Other bit-masks may be defined in the future; bits which are not
+   understood must be negotiated off.
+
+7.3.  S/Key mechanism
+
+   The mechanism name associated with S/Key [RFC 1760] using the MD4
+   digest algorithm is "SKEY".
+
+   The client sends an initial response with the authorization identity.
+
+   The server then issues a challenge which contains the decimal
+   sequence number followed by a single space and the seed string for
+   the indicated authorization identity.  The client responds with the
+   one-time-password, as either a 64-bit value in network byte order or
+   encoded in the "six English words" format.
+
+   The server must verify the one-time-password.  After this
+   verification, the authentication process is complete.
+
+   S/Key authentication does not provide for any security layers.
+
+   EXAMPLE: The following are two S/Key login scenarios in the IMAP4
+   protocol.
+
+     S: * OK IMAP4 Server
+     C: A001 AUTHENTICATE SKEY
+     S: +
+     C: bW9yZ2Fu
+     S: + OTUgUWE1ODMwOA==
+     C: Rk9VUiBNQU5OIFNPT04gRklSIFZBUlkgTUFTSA==
+     S: A001 OK S/Key authentication successful
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 11]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+     S: * OK IMAP4 Server
+     C: A001 AUTHENTICATE SKEY
+     S: +
+     C: c21pdGg=
+     S: + OTUgUWE1ODMwOA==
+     C: BsAY3g4gBNo=
+     S: A001 NO S/Key authentication failed
+
+   The following is an S/Key login scenario in an IMAP4-like protocol
+   which has an optional "initial response" argument to the AUTHENTICATE
+   command.
+
+     S: * OK IMAP4-Like Server
+     C: A001 AUTHENTICATE SKEY bW9yZ2Fu
+     S: + OTUgUWE1ODMwOA==
+     C: Rk9VUiBNQU5OIFNPT04gRklSIFZBUlkgTUFTSA==
+     S: A001 OK S/Key authentication successful
+
+7.4.  External mechanism
+
+   The mechanism name associated with external authentication is
+   "EXTERNAL".
+
+   The client sends an initial response with the authorization identity.
+
+   The server uses information, external to SASL, to determine whether
+   the client is authorized to authenticate as the authorization
+   identity.  If the client is so authorized, the server indicates
+   successful completion of the authentication exchange; otherwise the
+   server indicates failure.
+
+   The system providing this external information may be, for example,
+   IPsec or TLS.
+
+   If the client sends the empty string as the authorization identity
+   (thus requesting the authorization identity be derived from the
+   client's authentication credentials), the authorization identity is
+   to be derived from authentication credentials which exist in the
+   system which is providing the external authentication.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 12]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+8.    References
+
+   [RFC 2060] Crispin, M., "Internet Message Access Protocol - Version
+              4rev1", RFC 2060, December 1996.
+
+   [RFC 2078] Linn, J., "Generic Security Service Application Program
+              Interface, Version 2", RFC 2078, January 1997.
+
+   [RFC 2119] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
+              Requirement Levels", RFC 2119, March 1997.
+
+   [RFC 2223] Postel, J., and J. Reynolds, "Instructions to RFC
+              Authors", RFC 2223, October 1997.
+
+   [RFC 1760] Haller, N., "The S/Key One-Time Password System", RFC
+              1760, February 1995.
+
+   [RFC 1700] Reynolds, J., and J. Postel, "Assigned Numbers", STD 2,
+              RFC 1700, October 1994.
+
+9.    Security Considerations
+
+   Security issues are discussed throughout this memo.
+
+   The mechanisms that support integrity protection are designed such
+   that the negotiation of the security layer and authorization identity
+   is integrity protected.  When the client selects a security layer
+   with at least integrity protection, this protects against an active
+   attacker hijacking the connection and modifying the authentication
+   exchange to negotiate a plaintext connection.
+
+   When a server or client supports multiple authentication mechanisms,
+   each of which has a different security strength, it is possible for
+   an active attacker to cause a party to use the least secure mechanism
+   supported.  To protect against this sort of attack, a client or
+   server which supports mechanisms of different strengths should have a
+   configurable minimum strength that it will use.  It is not sufficient
+   for this minimum strength check to only be on the server, since an
+   active attacker can change which mechanisms the client sees as being
+   supported, causing the client to send authentication credentials for
+   its weakest supported mechanism.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 13]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+   The client's selection of a SASL mechanism is done in the clear and
+   may be modified by an active attacker.  It is important for any new
+   SASL mechanisms to be designed such that an active attacker cannot
+   obtain an authentication with weaker security properties by modifying
+   the SASL mechanism name and/or the challenges and responses.
+
+   Any protocol interactions prior to authentication are performed in
+   the clear and may be modified by an active attacker.  In the case
+   where a client selects integrity protection, it is important that any
+   security-sensitive protocol negotiations be performed after
+   authentication is complete.  Protocols should be designed such that
+   negotiations performed prior to authentication should be either
+   ignored or revalidated once authentication is complete.
+
+10.   Author's Address
+
+   John G. Myers
+   Netscape Communications
+   501 E. Middlefield Road
+   Mail Stop MV-029
+   Mountain View, CA 94043-4042
+
+   EMail: jgmyers@netscape.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 14]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+Appendix A. Relation of SASL to Transport Security
+
+   Questions have been raised about the relationship between SASL and
+   various services (such as IPsec and TLS) which provide a secured
+   connection.
+
+   Two of the key features of SASL are:
+
+   1. The separation of the authorization identity from the identity in
+      the client's credentials.  This permits agents such as proxy
+      servers to authenticate using their own credentials, yet request
+      the access privileges of the identity for which they are proxying.
+
+   2. Upon successful completion of an authentication exchange, the
+      server knows the authorization identity the client wishes to use.
+      This allows servers to move to a "user is authenticated" state in
+      the protocol.
+
+   These features are extremely important to some application protocols,
+   yet Transport Security services do not always provide them.  To
+   define SASL mechanisms based on these services would be a very messy
+   task, as the framing of these services would be redundant with the
+   framing of SASL and some method of providing these important SASL
+   features would have to be devised.
+
+   Sometimes it is desired to enable within an existing connection the
+   use of a security service which does not fit the SASL model.  (TLS is
+   an example of such a service.)  This can be done by adding a command,
+   for example "STARTTLS", to the protocol.  Such a command is outside
+   the scope of SASL, and should be different from the command which
+   starts a SASL authentication protocol exchange.
+
+   In certain situations, it is reasonable to use SASL underneath one of
+   these Transport Security services.  The transport service would
+   secure the connection, either service would authenticate the client,
+   and SASL would negotiate the authorization identity.  The SASL
+   negotiation would be what moves the protocol from "unauthenticated"
+   to "authenticated" state.  The "EXTERNAL" SASL mechanism is
+   explicitly intended to handle the case where the transport service
+   secures the connection and authenticates the client and SASL
+   negotiates the authorization identity.
+
+   When using SASL underneath a sufficiently strong Transport Security
+   service, a SASL security layer would most likely be redundant.  The
+   client and server would thus probably want to negotiate off the use
+   of a SASL security layer.
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 15]
+
+RFC 2222                          SASL                      October 1997
+
+
+Full Copyright Statement
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1997).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
+   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
+   or assist in its implmentation may be prepared, copied, published
+   andand distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
+   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+   included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
+   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
+   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
+   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
+   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
+   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
+   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
+   English.
+
+   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
+   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
+
+   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
+   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
+   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
+   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
+   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 16]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc2231.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,563 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                         N. Freed
+Request for Comments: 2231                                    Innosoft
+Updates: 2045, 2047, 2183                                     K. Moore
+Obsoletes: 2184                                University of Tennessee
+Category: Standards Track                                November 1997
+
+
+           MIME Parameter Value and Encoded Word Extensions:
+              Character Sets, Languages, and Continuations
+
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Copyright Notice
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1997).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+1.  Abstract
+
+   This memo defines extensions to the RFC 2045 media type and RFC 2183
+   disposition parameter value mechanisms to provide
+
+    (1)   a means to specify parameter values in character sets
+          other than US-ASCII,
+
+    (2)   to specify the language to be used should the value be
+          displayed, and
+
+    (3)   a continuation mechanism for long parameter values to
+          avoid problems with header line wrapping.
+
+   This memo also defines an extension to the encoded words defined in
+   RFC 2047 to allow the specification of the language to be used for
+   display as well as the character set.
+
+2.  Introduction
+
+   The Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions, or MIME [RFC-2045, RFC-
+   2046, RFC-2047, RFC-2048, RFC-2049], define a message format that
+   allows for:
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+    (1)   textual message bodies in character sets other than
+          US-ASCII,
+
+    (2)   non-textual message bodies,
+
+    (3)   multi-part message bodies, and
+
+    (4)   textual header information in character sets other than
+          US-ASCII.
+
+   MIME is now widely deployed and is used by a variety of Internet
+   protocols, including, of course, Internet email.  However, MIME's
+   success has resulted in the need for additional mechanisms that were
+   not provided in the original protocol specification.
+
+   In particular, existing MIME mechanisms provide for named media type
+   (content-type field) parameters as well as named disposition
+   (content-disposition field).  A MIME media type may specify any
+   number of parameters associated with all of its subtypes, and any
+   specific subtype may specify additional parameters for its own use. A
+   MIME disposition value may specify any number of associated
+   parameters, the most important of which is probably the attachment
+   disposition's filename parameter.
+
+   These parameter names and values end up appearing in the content-type
+   and content-disposition header fields in Internet email.  This
+   inherently imposes three crucial limitations:
+
+    (1)   Lines in Internet email header fields are folded
+          according to RFC 822 folding rules.  This makes long
+          parameter values problematic.
+
+    (2)   MIME headers, like the RFC 822 headers they often
+          appear in, are limited to 7bit US-ASCII, and the
+          encoded-word mechanisms of RFC 2047 are not available
+          to parameter values.  This makes it impossible to have
+          parameter values in character sets other than US-ASCII
+          without specifying some sort of private per-parameter
+          encoding.
+
+    (3)   It has recently become clear that character set
+          information is not sufficient to properly display some
+          sorts of information -- language information is also
+          needed [RFC-2130].  For example, support for
+          handicapped users may require reading text string
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+          aloud. The language the text is written in is needed
+          for this to be done correctly.  Some parameter values
+          may need to be displayed, hence there is a need to
+          allow for the inclusion of language information.
+
+   The last problem on this list is also an issue for the encoded words
+   defined by RFC 2047, as encoded words are intended primarily for
+   display purposes.
+
+   This document defines extensions that address all of these
+   limitations. All of these extensions are implemented in a fashion
+   that is completely compatible at a syntactic level with existing MIME
+   implementations. In addition, the extensions are designed to have as
+   little impact as possible on existing uses of MIME.
+
+   IMPORTANT NOTE:  These mechanisms end up being somewhat gibbous when
+   they actually are used. As such, these mechanisms should not be used
+   lightly; they should be reserved for situations where a real need for
+   them exists.
+
+2.1.  Requirements notation
+
+   This document occasionally uses terms that appear in capital letters.
+   When the terms "MUST", "SHOULD", "MUST NOT", "SHOULD NOT", and "MAY"
+   appear capitalized, they are being used to indicate particular
+   requirements of this specification. A discussion of the meanings of
+   these terms appears in [RFC- 2119].
+
+3.  Parameter Value Continuations
+
+   Long MIME media type or disposition parameter values do not interact
+   well with header line wrapping conventions.  In particular, proper
+   header line wrapping depends on there being places where linear
+   whitespace (LWSP) is allowed, which may or may not be present in a
+   parameter value, and even if present may not be recognizable as such
+   since specific knowledge of parameter value syntax may not be
+   available to the agent doing the line wrapping. The result is that
+   long parameter values may end up getting truncated or otherwise
+   damaged by incorrect line wrapping implementations.
+
+   A mechanism is therefore needed to break up parameter values into
+   smaller units that are amenable to line wrapping. Any such mechanism
+   MUST be compatible with existing MIME processors. This means that
+
+    (1)   the mechanism MUST NOT change the syntax of MIME media
+          type and disposition lines, and
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+    (2)   the mechanism MUST NOT depend on parameter ordering
+          since MIME states that parameters are not order
+          sensitive.  Note that while MIME does prohibit
+          modification of MIME headers during transport, it is
+          still possible that parameters will be reordered when
+          user agent level processing is done.
+
+   The obvious solution, then, is to use multiple parameters to contain
+   a single parameter value and to use some kind of distinguished name
+   to indicate when this is being done.  And this obvious solution is
+   exactly what is specified here: The asterisk character ("*") followed
+   by a decimal count is employed to indicate that multiple parameters
+   are being used to encapsulate a single parameter value.  The count
+   starts at 0 and increments by 1 for each subsequent section of the
+   parameter value.  Decimal values are used and neither leading zeroes
+   nor gaps in the sequence are allowed.
+
+   The original parameter value is recovered by concatenating the
+   various sections of the parameter, in order.  For example, the
+   content-type field
+
+        Content-Type: message/external-body; access-type=URL;
+         URL*0="ftp://";
+         URL*1="cs.utk.edu/pub/moore/bulk-mailer/bulk-mailer.tar"
+
+   is semantically identical to
+
+        Content-Type: message/external-body; access-type=URL;
+          URL="ftp://cs.utk.edu/pub/moore/bulk-mailer/bulk-mailer.tar"
+
+   Note that quotes around parameter values are part of the value
+   syntax; they are NOT part of the value itself.  Furthermore, it is
+   explicitly permitted to have a mixture of quoted and unquoted
+   continuation fields.
+
+4.  Parameter Value Character Set and Language Information
+
+   Some parameter values may need to be qualified with character set or
+   language information.  It is clear that a distinguished parameter
+   name is needed to identify when this information is present along
+   with a specific syntax for the information in the value itself.  In
+   addition, a lightweight encoding mechanism is needed to accommodate 8
+   bit information in parameter values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+   Asterisks ("*") are reused to provide the indicator that language and
+   character set information is present and encoding is being used. A
+   single quote ("'") is used to delimit the character set and language
+   information at the beginning of the parameter value. Percent signs
+   ("%") are used as the encoding flag, which agrees with RFC 2047.
+
+   Specifically, an asterisk at the end of a parameter name acts as an
+   indicator that character set and language information may appear at
+   the beginning of the parameter value. A single quote is used to
+   separate the character set, language, and actual value information in
+   the parameter value string, and an percent sign is used to flag
+   octets encoded in hexadecimal.  For example:
+
+        Content-Type: application/x-stuff;
+         title*=us-ascii'en-us'This%20is%20%2A%2A%2Afun%2A%2A%2A
+
+   Note that it is perfectly permissible to leave either the character
+   set or language field blank.  Note also that the single quote
+   delimiters MUST be present even when one of the field values is
+   omitted.  This is done when either character set, language, or both
+   are not relevant to the parameter value at hand.  This MUST NOT be
+   done in order to indicate a default character set or language --
+   parameter field definitions MUST NOT assign a default character set
+   or language.
+
+4.1.  Combining Character Set, Language, and Parameter Continuations
+
+   Character set and language information may be combined with the
+   parameter continuation mechanism. For example:
+
+   Content-Type: application/x-stuff
+    title*0*=us-ascii'en'This%20is%20even%20more%20
+    title*1*=%2A%2A%2Afun%2A%2A%2A%20
+    title*2="isn't it!"
+
+   Note that:
+
+    (1)   Language and character set information only appear at
+          the beginning of a given parameter value.
+
+    (2)   Continuations do not provide a facility for using more
+          than one character set or language in the same
+          parameter value.
+
+    (3)   A value presented using multiple continuations may
+          contain a mixture of encoded and unencoded segments.
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+    (4)   The first segment of a continuation MUST be encoded if
+          language and character set information are given.
+
+    (5)   If the first segment of a continued parameter value is
+          encoded the language and character set field delimiters
+          MUST be present even when the fields are left blank.
+
+5.  Language specification in Encoded Words
+
+   RFC 2047 provides support for non-US-ASCII character sets in RFC 822
+   message header comments, phrases, and any unstructured text field.
+   This is done by defining an encoded word construct which can appear
+   in any of these places.  Given that these are fields intended for
+   display, it is sometimes necessary to associate language information
+   with encoded words as well as just the character set.  This
+   specification extends the definition of an encoded word to allow the
+   inclusion of such information.  This is simply done by suffixing the
+   character set specification with an asterisk followed by the language
+   tag.  For example:
+
+          From: =?US-ASCII*EN?Q?Keith_Moore?= <moore@cs.utk.edu>
+
+6.  IMAP4 Handling of Parameter Values
+
+   IMAP4 [RFC-2060] servers SHOULD decode parameter value continuations
+   when generating the BODY and BODYSTRUCTURE fetch attributes.
+
+7.  Modifications to MIME ABNF
+
+   The ABNF for MIME parameter values given in RFC 2045 is:
+
+   parameter := attribute "=" value
+
+   attribute := token
+                ; Matching of attributes
+                ; is ALWAYS case-insensitive.
+
+   This specification changes this ABNF to:
+
+   parameter := regular-parameter / extended-parameter
+
+   regular-parameter := regular-parameter-name "=" value
+
+   regular-parameter-name := attribute [section]
+
+   attribute := 1*attribute-char
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+   attribute-char := <any (US-ASCII) CHAR except SPACE, CTLs,
+                     "*", "'", "%", or tspecials>
+
+   section := initial-section / other-sections
+
+   initial-section := "*0"
+
+   other-sections := "*" ("1" / "2" / "3" / "4" / "5" /
+                          "6" / "7" / "8" / "9") *DIGIT)
+
+   extended-parameter := (extended-initial-name "="
+                          extended-value) /
+                         (extended-other-names "="
+                          extended-other-values)
+
+   extended-initial-name := attribute [initial-section] "*"
+
+   extended-other-names := attribute other-sections "*"
+
+   extended-initial-value := [charset] "'" [language] "'"
+                             extended-other-values
+
+   extended-other-values := *(ext-octet / attribute-char)
+
+   ext-octet := "%" 2(DIGIT / "A" / "B" / "C" / "D" / "E" / "F")
+
+   charset := <registered character set name>
+
+   language := <registered language tag [RFC-1766]>
+
+   The ABNF given in RFC 2047 for encoded-words is:
+
+   encoded-word := "=?" charset "?" encoding "?" encoded-text "?="
+
+   This specification changes this ABNF to:
+
+   encoded-word := "=?" charset ["*" language] "?" encoded-text "?="
+
+8.  Character sets which allow specification of language
+
+   In the future it is likely that some character sets will provide
+   facilities for inline language labeling. Such facilities are
+   inherently more flexible than those defined here as they allow for
+   language switching in the middle of a string.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+   If and when such facilities are developed they SHOULD be used in
+   preference to the language labeling facilities specified here. Note
+   that all the mechanisms defined here allow for the omission of
+   language labels so as to be able to accommodate this possible future
+   usage.
+
+9.  Security Considerations
+
+   This RFC does not discuss security issues and is not believed to
+   raise any security issues not already endemic in electronic mail and
+   present in fully conforming implementations of MIME.
+
+10.  References
+
+   [RFC-822]
+        Crocker, D., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet
+        Text Messages", STD 11, RFC 822 August 1982.
+
+   [RFC-1766]
+        Alvestrand, H., "Tags for the Identification of
+        Languages", RFC 1766, March 1995.
+
+   [RFC-2045]
+        Freed, N., and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
+        Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message
+        Bodies", RFC 2045, December 1996.
+
+   [RFC-2046]
+        Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
+        Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types", RFC 2046,
+        December 1996.
+
+   [RFC-2047]
+        Moore, K., "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME)
+        Part Three: Representation of Non-ASCII Text in Internet
+        Message Headers", RFC 2047, December 1996.
+
+   [RFC-2048]
+        Freed, N., Klensin, J. and J. Postel, "Multipurpose
+        Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Four: MIME
+        Registration Procedures", RFC 2048, December 1996.
+
+   [RFC-2049]
+        Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
+        Extensions (MIME) Part Five: Conformance Criteria and
+        Examples", RFC 2049, December 1996.
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+   [RFC-2060]
+        Crispin, M., "Internet Message Access Protocol - Version
+        4rev1", RFC 2060, December 1996.
+
+   [RFC-2119]
+        Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
+        Requirement Levels", RFC 2119, March 1997.
+
+   [RFC-2130]
+        Weider, C., Preston, C., Simonsen, K., Alvestrand, H.,
+        Atkinson, R., Crispin, M., and P. Svanberg, "Report from the
+        IAB Character Set Workshop", RFC 2130, April 1997.
+
+   [RFC-2183]
+        Troost, R., Dorner, S. and K. Moore, "Communicating
+        Presentation Information in Internet Messages:  The
+        Content-Disposition Header", RFC 2183, August 1997.
+
+11.  Authors' Addresses
+
+   Ned Freed
+   Innosoft International, Inc.
+   1050 Lakes Drive
+   West Covina, CA 91790
+   USA
+
+   Phone: +1 626 919 3600
+   Fax:   +1 626 919 3614
+   EMail: ned.freed@innosoft.com
+
+
+   Keith Moore
+   Computer Science Dept.
+   University of Tennessee
+   107 Ayres Hall
+   Knoxville, TN 37996-1301
+   USA
+
+   EMail: moore@cs.utk.edu
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                     [Page 9]
+
+RFC 2231         MIME Value and Encoded Word Extensions    November 1997
+
+
+12.  Full Copyright Statement
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1997).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
+   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
+   or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
+   and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
+   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+   included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
+   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
+   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
+   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
+   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
+   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
+   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
+   English.
+
+   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
+   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
+
+   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
+   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
+   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
+   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
+   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Freed & Moore               Standards Track                    [Page 10]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc2234.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,787 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                     D. Crocker, Ed.
+Request for Comments: 2234                       Internet Mail Consortium
+Category: Standards Track                                      P. Overell
+                                                      Demon Internet Ltd.
+                                                            November 1997
+
+
+             Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications: ABNF
+
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Copyright Notice
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1997).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+TABLE OF CONTENTS
+
+   1. INTRODUCTION ..................................................  2
+
+   2. RULE DEFINITION ...............................................  2
+   2.1 RULE NAMING ..................................................  2
+   2.2 RULE FORM ....................................................  3
+   2.3 TERMINAL VALUES ..............................................  3
+   2.4 EXTERNAL ENCODINGS ...........................................  5
+
+   3. OPERATORS .....................................................  5
+   3.1 CONCATENATION    RULE1     RULE2 .............................  5
+   3.2 ALTERNATIVES RULE1 / RULE2 ...................................  6
+   3.3 INCREMENTAL ALTERNATIVES   RULE1 =/ RULE2 ....................  6
+   3.4 VALUE RANGE ALTERNATIVES   %C##-## ...........................  7
+   3.5 SEQUENCE GROUP (RULE1 RULE2) .................................  7
+   3.6 VARIABLE REPETITION *RULE ....................................  8
+   3.7 SPECIFIC REPETITION NRULE ....................................  8
+   3.8 OPTIONAL SEQUENCE [RULE] .....................................  8
+   3.9 ; COMMENT ....................................................  8
+   3.10 OPERATOR PRECEDENCE .........................................  9
+
+   4. ABNF DEFINITION OF ABNF .......................................  9
+
+   5. SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS ....................................... 10
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+   6. APPENDIX A - CORE ............................................. 11
+   6.1 CORE RULES ................................................... 11
+   6.2 COMMON ENCODING .............................................. 12
+
+   7. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ............................................... 12
+
+   8. REFERENCES .................................................... 13
+
+   9. CONTACT ....................................................... 13
+
+   10. FULL COPYRIGHT STATEMENT ..................................... 14
+
+1.   INTRODUCTION
+
+   Internet technical specifications often need to define a format
+   syntax and are free to employ whatever notation their authors deem
+   useful.  Over the years, a modified version of Backus-Naur Form
+   (BNF), called Augmented BNF (ABNF), has been popular among many
+   Internet specifications.  It balances compactness and simplicity,
+   with reasonable representational power.  In the early days of the
+   Arpanet, each specification contained its own definition of ABNF.
+   This included the email specifications, RFC733 and then RFC822 which
+   have come to be the common citations for defining ABNF.  The current
+   document separates out that definition, to permit selective
+   reference.  Predictably, it also provides some modifications and
+   enhancements.
+
+   The differences between standard BNF and ABNF involve naming rules,
+   repetition, alternatives, order-independence, and value ranges.
+   Appendix A (Core) supplies rule definitions and encoding for a core
+   lexical analyzer of the type common to several Internet
+   specifications.  It is provided as a convenience and is otherwise
+   separate from the meta language defined in the body of this document,
+   and separate from its formal status.
+
+2.   RULE DEFINITION
+
+2.1  Rule Naming
+
+   The name of a rule is simply the name itself; that is, a sequence of
+   characters, beginning with  an alphabetic character, and followed by
+   a combination of alphabetics, digits and hyphens (dashes).
+
+        NOTE:     Rule names are case-insensitive
+
+   The names <rulename>, <Rulename>, <RULENAME> and <rUlENamE> all refer
+   to the same rule.
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+   Unlike original BNF, angle brackets ("<", ">") are not  required.
+   However, angle brackets may be used around a rule name whenever their
+   presence will facilitate discerning the use of  a rule name.  This is
+   typically restricted to rule name references in free-form prose, or
+   to distinguish partial rules that combine into a string not separated
+   by white space, such as shown in the discussion about repetition,
+   below.
+
+2.2  Rule Form
+
+   A rule is defined by the following sequence:
+
+        name =  elements crlf
+
+   where <name> is the name of the rule, <elements> is one or more rule
+   names or terminal specifications and <crlf> is the end-of- line
+   indicator, carriage return followed by line feed.  The equal sign
+   separates the name from the definition of the rule.  The elements
+   form a sequence of one or more rule names and/or value definitions,
+   combined according to the various operators, defined in this
+   document, such as alternative and repetition.
+
+   For visual ease, rule definitions are left aligned.  When a rule
+   requires multiple lines, the continuation lines are indented.  The
+   left alignment and indentation are relative to the first lines of the
+   ABNF rules and need not match the left margin of the document.
+
+2.3  Terminal Values
+
+   Rules resolve into a string of terminal values, sometimes called
+   characters.  In ABNF a character is merely a non-negative integer.
+   In certain contexts a specific mapping (encoding) of values into a
+   character set (such as ASCII) will be specified.
+
+   Terminals are specified by one or more numeric characters with the
+   base interpretation of those characters indicated explicitly.  The
+   following bases are currently defined:
+
+        b           =  binary
+
+        d           =  decimal
+
+        x           =  hexadecimal
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+   Hence:
+
+        CR          =  %d13
+
+        CR          =  %x0D
+
+   respectively specify the decimal and hexadecimal representation of
+   [US-ASCII] for carriage return.
+
+   A concatenated string of such values is specified compactly, using a
+   period (".") to indicate separation of characters within that value.
+   Hence:
+
+        CRLF        =  %d13.10
+
+   ABNF permits specifying literal text string directly, enclosed in
+   quotation-marks.  Hence:
+
+        command     =  "command string"
+
+   Literal text strings are interpreted as a concatenated set of
+   printable characters.
+
+        NOTE:     ABNF strings are case-insensitive and
+                  the character set for these strings is us-ascii.
+
+   Hence:
+
+        rulename = "abc"
+
+   and:
+
+        rulename = "aBc"
+
+   will match "abc", "Abc", "aBc", "abC", "ABc", "aBC", "AbC" and "ABC".
+
+                To specify a rule which IS case SENSITIVE,
+                   specify the characters individually.
+
+   For example:
+
+        rulename    =  %d97 %d98 %d99
+
+   or
+
+        rulename    =  %d97.98.99
+
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+   will match only the string which comprises only lowercased
+   characters, abc.
+
+2.4  External Encodings
+
+   External representations of terminal value characters will vary
+   according to constraints in the storage or transmission environment.
+   Hence, the same ABNF-based grammar may have multiple external
+   encodings, such as one for a 7-bit US-ASCII environment, another for
+   a binary octet environment and still a different one when 16-bit
+   Unicode is used.  Encoding details are beyond the scope of ABNF,
+   although Appendix A (Core) provides definitions for a 7-bit US-ASCII
+   environment as has been common to much of the Internet.
+
+   By separating external encoding from the syntax, it is intended that
+   alternate encoding environments can be used for the same syntax.
+
+3.   OPERATORS
+
+3.1  Concatenation                                  Rule1 Rule2
+
+   A rule can define a simple, ordered string of values -- i.e., a
+   concatenation of contiguous characters -- by listing a sequence of
+   rule names.  For example:
+
+        foo         =  %x61           ; a
+
+        bar         =  %x62           ; b
+
+        mumble      =  foo bar foo
+
+        So that the rule <mumble> matches the lowercase string "aba".
+
+        LINEAR WHITE SPACE:  Concatenation is at the core of the ABNF
+        parsing model.  A string of contiguous characters (values) is
+        parsed according to the rules defined in ABNF.  For Internet
+        specifications, there is some history of permitting linear white
+        space (space and horizontal tab) to be freelyPand
+        implicitlyPinterspersed around major constructs, such as
+        delimiting special characters or atomic strings.
+
+        NOTE:     This specification for ABNF does not
+                  provide for implicit specification of linear white
+                  space.
+
+   Any grammar which wishes to permit linear white space around
+   delimiters or string segments must specify it explicitly.  It is
+   often useful to provide for such white space in "core" rules that are
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+   then used variously among higher-level rules.  The "core" rules might
+   be formed into a lexical analyzer or simply be part of the main
+   ruleset.
+
+3.2  Alternatives                               Rule1 / Rule2
+
+   Elements separated by forward slash ("/") are alternatives.
+   Therefore,
+
+        foo / bar
+
+   will accept <foo> or <bar>.
+
+        NOTE:     A quoted string containing alphabetic
+                  characters is special form for specifying alternative
+                  characters and is interpreted as a non-terminal
+                  representing the set of combinatorial strings with the
+                  contained characters, in the specified order but with
+                  any mixture of upper and lower case..
+
+3.3  Incremental Alternatives                    Rule1 =/ Rule2
+
+   It is sometimes convenient to specify a list of alternatives in
+   fragments.  That is, an initial rule may match one or more
+   alternatives, with later rule definitions adding to the set of
+   alternatives.  This is particularly useful for otherwise- independent
+   specifications which derive from the same parent rule set, such as
+   often occurs with parameter lists.  ABNF permits this incremental
+   definition through the construct:
+
+        oldrule     =/ additional-alternatives
+
+   So that the rule set
+
+        ruleset     =  alt1 / alt2
+
+        ruleset     =/ alt3
+
+        ruleset     =/ alt4 / alt5
+
+   is the same as specifying
+
+        ruleset     =  alt1 / alt2 / alt3 / alt4 / alt5
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+3.4  Value Range Alternatives                           %c##-##
+
+   A range of alternative numeric values can be specified compactly,
+   using dash ("-") to indicate the range of alternative values.  Hence:
+
+        DIGIT       =  %x30-39
+
+   is equivalent to:
+
+        DIGIT       =  "0" / "1" / "2" / "3" / "4" / "5" / "6" /
+
+                           "7" / "8" / "9"
+
+   Concatenated numeric values and numeric value ranges can not be
+   specified in the same string.  A numeric value may use the dotted
+   notation for concatenation or it may use the dash notation to specify
+   one value range.  Hence, to specify one printable character, between
+   end of line sequences, the specification could be:
+
+        char-line = %x0D.0A %x20-7E %x0D.0A
+
+3.5  Sequence Group                             (Rule1 Rule2)
+
+   Elements enclosed in parentheses are treated as a single element,
+   whose contents are STRICTLY ORDERED.   Thus,
+
+        elem (foo / bar) blat
+
+   which matches (elem foo blat) or (elem bar blat).
+
+        elem foo / bar blat
+
+   matches (elem foo) or (bar blat).
+
+        NOTE:     It is strongly advised to use grouping
+                  notation, rather than to rely on proper reading of
+                  "bare" alternations, when alternatives consist of
+                  multiple rule names or literals.
+
+   Hence it is recommended that instead of the above form, the form:
+
+        (elem foo) / (bar blat)
+
+   be used.  It will avoid misinterpretation by casual readers.
+
+   The sequence group notation is also used within free text to set off
+   an element sequence from the prose.
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+3.6  Variable Repetition                                *Rule
+
+   The operator "*" preceding an element indicates repetition. The full
+   form is:
+
+        <a>*<b>element
+
+   where <a> and <b> are optional decimal values, indicating at least
+   <a> and at most <b> occurrences of element.
+
+   Default values are 0 and infinity so that *<element> allows any
+   number, including zero; 1*<element> requires at  least  one;
+   3*3<element> allows exactly 3 and 1*2<element> allows one or two.
+
+3.7  Specific Repetition                                  nRule
+
+   A rule of the form:
+
+        <n>element
+
+   is equivalent to
+
+        <n>*<n>element
+
+   That is, exactly  <N>  occurrences  of <element>. Thus 2DIGIT is a
+   2-digit number, and 3ALPHA is a string of three alphabetic
+   characters.
+
+3.8  Optional Sequence                                   [RULE]
+
+   Square brackets enclose an optional element sequence:
+
+        [foo bar]
+
+   is equivalent to
+
+        *1(foo bar).
+
+3.9  ; Comment
+
+   A semi-colon starts a comment that continues to the end of line.
+   This is a simple way of including useful notes in parallel with the
+   specifications.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+3.10 Operator Precedence
+
+   The various mechanisms described above have the following precedence,
+   from highest (binding tightest) at the top, to lowest and loosest at
+   the bottom:
+
+        Strings, Names formation
+        Comment
+        Value range
+        Repetition
+        Grouping, Optional
+        Concatenation
+        Alternative
+
+   Use of the alternative operator, freely mixed with concatenations can
+   be confusing.
+
+        Again, it is recommended that the grouping operator be used to
+        make explicit concatenation groups.
+
+4.   ABNF DEFINITION OF ABNF
+
+   This syntax uses the rules provided in Appendix A (Core).
+
+        rulelist       =  1*( rule / (*c-wsp c-nl) )
+
+        rule           =  rulename defined-as elements c-nl
+                               ; continues if next line starts
+                               ;  with white space
+
+        rulename       =  ALPHA *(ALPHA / DIGIT / "-")
+
+        defined-as     =  *c-wsp ("=" / "=/") *c-wsp
+                               ; basic rules definition and
+                               ;  incremental alternatives
+
+        elements       =  alternation *c-wsp
+
+        c-wsp          =  WSP / (c-nl WSP)
+
+        c-nl           =  comment / CRLF
+                               ; comment or newline
+
+        comment        =  ";" *(WSP / VCHAR) CRLF
+
+        alternation    =  concatenation
+                          *(*c-wsp "/" *c-wsp concatenation)
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                     [Page 9]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+        concatenation  =  repetition *(1*c-wsp repetition)
+
+        repetition     =  [repeat] element
+
+        repeat         =  1*DIGIT / (*DIGIT "*" *DIGIT)
+
+        element        =  rulename / group / option /
+                          char-val / num-val / prose-val
+
+        group          =  "(" *c-wsp alternation *c-wsp ")"
+
+        option         =  "[" *c-wsp alternation *c-wsp "]"
+
+        char-val       =  DQUOTE *(%x20-21 / %x23-7E) DQUOTE
+                               ; quoted string of SP and VCHAR
+                                  without DQUOTE
+
+        num-val        =  "%" (bin-val / dec-val / hex-val)
+
+        bin-val        =  "b" 1*BIT
+                          [ 1*("." 1*BIT) / ("-" 1*BIT) ]
+                               ; series of concatenated bit values
+                               ; or single ONEOF range
+
+        dec-val        =  "d" 1*DIGIT
+                          [ 1*("." 1*DIGIT) / ("-" 1*DIGIT) ]
+
+        hex-val        =  "x" 1*HEXDIG
+                          [ 1*("." 1*HEXDIG) / ("-" 1*HEXDIG) ]
+
+        prose-val      =  "<" *(%x20-3D / %x3F-7E) ">"
+                               ; bracketed string of SP and VCHAR
+                                  without angles
+                               ; prose description, to be used as
+                                  last resort
+
+
+5.   SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+
+   Security is truly believed to be irrelevant to this document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                    [Page 10]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+6.   APPENDIX A - CORE
+
+   This Appendix is provided as a convenient core for specific grammars.
+   The definitions may be used as a core set of rules.
+
+6.1  Core Rules
+
+   Certain  basic  rules  are  in uppercase, such as SP, HTAB, CRLF,
+   DIGIT, ALPHA, etc.
+
+        ALPHA          =  %x41-5A / %x61-7A   ; A-Z / a-z
+
+        BIT            =  "0" / "1"
+
+        CHAR           =  %x01-7F
+                               ; any 7-bit US-ASCII character,
+                                  excluding NUL
+
+        CR             =  %x0D
+                               ; carriage return
+
+        CRLF           =  CR LF
+                               ; Internet standard newline
+
+        CTL            =  %x00-1F / %x7F
+                               ; controls
+
+        DIGIT          =  %x30-39
+                               ; 0-9
+
+        DQUOTE         =  %x22
+                               ; " (Double Quote)
+
+        HEXDIG         =  DIGIT / "A" / "B" / "C" / "D" / "E" / "F"
+
+        HTAB           =  %x09
+                               ; horizontal tab
+
+        LF             =  %x0A
+                               ; linefeed
+
+        LWSP           =  *(WSP / CRLF WSP)
+                               ; linear white space (past newline)
+
+        OCTET          =  %x00-FF
+                               ; 8 bits of data
+
+        SP             =  %x20
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                    [Page 11]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+                               ; space
+
+        VCHAR          =  %x21-7E
+                               ; visible (printing) characters
+
+        WSP            =  SP / HTAB
+                               ; white space
+
+6.2  Common Encoding
+
+   Externally, data are represented as "network virtual ASCII", namely
+   7-bit US-ASCII in an 8-bit field, with the high (8th) bit set to
+   zero.  A string of values is in "network byte order" with the
+   higher-valued bytes represented on the left-hand side and being sent
+   over the network first.
+
+7.   ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
+
+   The syntax for ABNF was originally specified in RFC 733.  Ken L.
+   Harrenstien, of SRI International, was responsible for re-coding the
+   BNF into an augmented BNF that makes the representation smaller and
+   easier to understand.
+
+   This recent project began as a simple effort to cull out the portion
+   of RFC 822 which has been repeatedly cited by non-email specification
+   writers, namely the description of augmented BNF.  Rather than simply
+   and blindly converting the existing text into a separate document,
+   the working group chose to give careful consideration to the
+   deficiencies, as well as benefits, of the existing specification and
+   related specifications available over the last 15 years and therefore
+   to pursue enhancement.  This turned the project into something rather
+   more ambitious than first intended.  Interestingly the result is not
+   massively different from that original, although decisions such as
+   removing the list notation came as a surprise.
+
+   The current round of specification was part of the DRUMS working
+   group, with significant contributions from Jerome Abela , Harald
+   Alvestrand, Robert Elz, Roger Fajman, Aviva Garrett, Tom Harsch, Dan
+   Kohn, Bill McQuillan, Keith Moore, Chris Newman , Pete Resnick and
+   Henning Schulzrinne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                    [Page 12]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+8.   REFERENCES
+
+   [US-ASCII]     Coded Character Set--7-Bit American Standard Code for
+   Information Interchange, ANSI X3.4-1986.
+
+   [RFC733]  Crocker, D., Vittal, J., Pogran, K., and D. Henderson,
+   "Standard for the Format of ARPA Network Text Message," RFC 733,
+   November 1977.
+
+   [RFC822]  Crocker, D., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text
+   Messages", STD 11, RFC 822, August 1982.
+
+9.   CONTACT
+
+   David H. Crocker                 Paul Overell
+
+   Internet Mail Consortium         Demon Internet Ltd
+   675 Spruce Dr.                   Dorking Business Park
+   Sunnyvale, CA 94086 USA          Dorking
+                                    Surrey, RH4 1HN
+                                    UK
+
+   Phone:    +1 408 246 8253
+   Fax:      +1 408 249 6205
+   EMail:    dcrocker@imc.org       paulo@turnpike.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                    [Page 13]
+
+RFC 2234             ABNF for Syntax Specifications        November 1997
+
+
+10.  Full Copyright Statement
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1997).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
+   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
+   or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
+   and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
+   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+   included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
+   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
+   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
+   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
+   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
+   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
+   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
+   English.
+
+   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
+   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
+
+   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
+   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
+   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
+   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
+   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Crocker & Overell           Standards Track                    [Page 14]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc2487.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                     P. Hoffman
+Request for Comments: 2487                  Internet Mail Consortium
+Category: Standards Track                               January 1999
+
+
+            SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP over TLS
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Copyright Notice
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1999).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+1. Abstract
+
+   This document describes an extension to the SMTP service that allows
+   an SMTP server and client to use transport-layer security to provide
+   private, authenticated communication over the Internet. This gives
+   SMTP agents the ability to protect some or all of their
+   communications from eavesdroppers and attackers.
+
+2. Introduction
+
+   SMTP [RFC-821] servers and clients normally communicate in the clear
+   over the Internet. In many cases, this communication goes through one
+   or more router that is not controlled or trusted by either entity.
+   Such an untrusted router might allow a third party to monitor or
+   alter the communications between the server and client.
+
+   Further, there is often a desire for two SMTP agents to be able to
+   authenticate each others' identities. For example, a secure SMTP
+   server might only allow communications from other SMTP agents it
+   knows, or it might act differently for messages received from an
+   agent it knows than from one it doesn't know.
+
+   TLS [TLS], more commonly known as SSL, is a popular mechanism for
+   enhancing TCP communications with privacy and authentication. TLS is
+   in wide use with the HTTP protocol, and is also being used for adding
+   security to many other common protocols that run over TCP.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Hoffman                     Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 2487                 SMTP Service Extension             January 1999
+
+
+2.1 Terminology
+
+   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
+   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
+   document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC-2119].
+
+3. STARTTLS Extension
+
+   The STARTTLS extension to SMTP is laid out as follows:
+
+   (1) the name of the SMTP service defined here is STARTTLS;
+
+   (2) the EHLO keyword value associated with the extension is STARTTLS;
+
+   (3) the STARTTLS keyword has no parameters;
+
+   (4) a new SMTP verb, "STARTTLS", is defined;
+
+   (5) no additional parameters are added to any SMTP command.
+
+4. The STARTTLS Keyword
+
+   The STARTTLS keyword is used to tell the SMTP client that the SMTP
+   server allows use of TLS. It takes no parameters.
+
+5. The STARTTLS Command
+
+   The format for the STARTTLS command is:
+
+   STARTTLS
+
+   with no parameters.
+
+   After the client gives the STARTTLS command, the server responds with
+   one of the following reply codes:
+
+   220 Ready to start TLS
+   501 Syntax error (no parameters allowed)
+   454 TLS not available due to temporary reason
+
+   A publicly-referenced SMTP server MUST NOT require use of the
+   STARTTLS extension in order to deliver mail locally. This rule
+   prevents the STARTTLS extension from damaging the interoperability of
+   the Internet's SMTP infrastructure. A publicly-referenced SMTP server
+   is an SMTP server which runs on port 25 of an Internet host listed in
+   the MX record (or A record if an MX record is not present) for the
+   domain name on the right hand side of an Internet mail address.
+
+
+
+
+Hoffman                     Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 2487                 SMTP Service Extension             January 1999
+
+
+   Any SMTP server may refuse to accept messages for relay based on
+   authentication supplied during the TLS negotiation. An SMTP server
+   that is not publicly referenced may refuse to accept any messages for
+   relay or local delivery based on authentication supplied during the
+   TLS negotiation.
+
+   A SMTP server that is not publicly referenced may choose to require
+   that the client perform a TLS negotiation before accepting any
+   commands. In this case, the server SHOULD return the reply code:
+
+   530 Must issue a STARTTLS command first
+
+   to every command other than NOOP, EHLO, STARTTLS, or QUIT. If the
+   client and server are using the ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES ESMTP extension
+   [RFC-2034], the status code to be returned SHOULD be 5.7.0.
+
+   After receiving a 220 response to a STARTTLS command, the client
+   SHOULD start the TLS negotiation before giving any other SMTP
+   commands.
+
+   If the SMTP client is using pipelining as defined in RFC 1854, the
+   STARTTLS command must be the last command in a group.
+
+5.1 Processing After the STARTTLS Command
+
+   After the TLS handshake has been completed, both parties MUST
+   immediately decide whether or not to continue based on the
+   authentication and privacy achieved. The SMTP client and server may
+   decide to move ahead even if the TLS negotiation ended with no
+   authentication and/or no privacy because most SMTP services are
+   performed with no authentication and no privacy, but some SMTP
+   clients or servers may want to continue only if a particular level of
+   authentication and/or privacy was achieved.
+
+   If the SMTP client decides that the level of authentication or
+   privacy is not high enough for it to continue, it SHOULD issue an
+   SMTP QUIT command immediately after the TLS negotiation is complete.
+   If the SMTP server decides that the level of authentication or
+   privacy is not high enough for it to continue, it SHOULD reply to
+   every SMTP command from the client (other than a QUIT command) with
+   the 554 reply code (with a possible text string such as "Command
+   refused due to lack of security").
+
+   The decision of whether or not to believe the authenticity of the
+   other party in a TLS negotiation is a local matter. However, some
+   general rules for the decisions are:
+
+
+
+
+
+Hoffman                     Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 2487                 SMTP Service Extension             January 1999
+
+
+    - A SMTP client would probably only want to authenticate an SMTP
+      server whose server certificate has a domain name that is the
+      domain name that the client thought it was connecting to.
+    - A publicly-referenced  SMTP server would probably want to accept
+      any certificate from an SMTP client, and would possibly want to
+      put distinguishing information about the certificate in the
+      Received header of messages that were relayed or submitted from
+      the client.
+
+5.2 Result of the STARTTLS Command
+
+   Upon completion of the TLS handshake, the SMTP protocol is reset to
+   the initial state (the state in SMTP after a server issues a 220
+   service ready greeting). The server MUST discard any knowledge
+   obtained from the client, such as the argument to the EHLO command,
+   which was not obtained from the TLS negotiation itself. The client
+   MUST discard any knowledge obtained from the server, such as the list
+   of SMTP service extensions, which was not obtained from the TLS
+   negotiation itself. The client SHOULD send an EHLO command as the
+   first command after a successful TLS negotiation.
+
+   The list of SMTP service extensions returned in response to an EHLO
+   command received after the TLS handshake MAY be different than the
+   list returned before the TLS handshake. For example, an SMTP server
+   might not want to advertise support for a particular SASL mechanism
+   [SASL] unless a client has sent an appropriate client certificate
+   during a TLS handshake.
+
+   Both the client and the server MUST know if there is a TLS session
+   active.  A client MUST NOT attempt to start a TLS session if a TLS
+   session is already active. A server MUST NOT return the TLS extension
+   in response to an EHLO command received after a TLS handshake has
+   completed.
+
+6. Usage Example
+
+   The following dialog illustrates how a client and server can start a
+   TLS session:
+
+   S: <waits for connection on TCP port 25>
+   C: <opens connection>
+   S: 220 mail.imc.org SMTP service ready
+   C: EHLO mail.ietf.org
+   S: 250-mail.imc.org offers a warm hug of welcome
+   S: 250 STARTTLS
+   C: STARTTLS
+   S: 220 Go ahead
+   C: <starts TLS negotiation>
+
+
+
+Hoffman                     Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 2487                 SMTP Service Extension             January 1999
+
+
+   C & S: <negotiate a TLS session>
+   C & S: <check result of negotiation>
+   C: <continues by sending an SMTP command>
+   . . .
+
+7. Security Considerations
+
+   It should be noted that SMTP is not an end-to-end mechanism. Thus, if
+   an SMTP client/server pair decide to add TLS privacy, they are not
+   securing the transport from the originating mail user agent to the
+   recipient.  Further, because delivery of a single piece of mail may
+   go between more than two SMTP servers, adding TLS privacy to one pair
+   of servers does not mean that the entire SMTP chain has been made
+   private. Further, just because an SMTP server can authenticate an
+   SMTP client, it does not mean that the mail from the SMTP client was
+   authenticated by the SMTP client when the client received it.
+
+   Both the STMP client and server must check the result of the TLS
+   negotiation to see whether acceptable authentication or privacy was
+   achieved. Ignoring this step completely invalidates using TLS for
+   security.  The decision about whether acceptable authentication or
+   privacy was achieved is made locally, is implementation-dependant,
+   and is beyond the scope of this document.
+
+   The SMTP client and server should note carefully the result of the
+   TLS negotiation. If the negotiation results in no privacy, or if it
+   results in privacy using algorithms or key lengths that are deemed
+   not strong enough, or if the authentication is not good enough for
+   either party, the client may choose to end the SMTP session with an
+   immediate QUIT command, or the server may choose to not accept any
+   more SMTP commands.
+
+   A server announcing in an EHLO response that it uses a particular TLS
+   protocol should not pose any security issues, since any use of TLS
+   will be at least as secure as no use of TLS.
+
+   A man-in-the-middle attack can be launched by deleting the "250
+   STARTTLS" response from the server. This would cause the client not
+   to try to start a TLS session. An SMTP client can protect against
+   this attack by recording the fact that a particular SMTP server
+   offers TLS during one session and generating an alarm if it does not
+   appear in the EHLO response for a later session. The lack of TLS
+   during a session SHOULD NOT result in the bouncing of email, although
+   it could result in delayed processing.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Hoffman                     Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 2487                 SMTP Service Extension             January 1999
+
+
+   Before the TLS handshake has begun, any protocol interactions are
+   performed in the clear and may be modified by an active attacker. For
+   this reason, clients and servers MUST discard any knowledge obtained
+   prior to the start of the TLS handshake upon completion of the TLS
+   handshake.
+
+   The STARTTLS extension is not suitable for authenticating the author
+   of an email message unless every hop in the delivery chain, including
+   the submission to the first SMTP server, is authenticated. Another
+   proposal [SMTP-AUTH] can be used to authenticate delivery and MIME
+   security multiparts [MIME-SEC] can be used to authenticate the author
+   of an email message. In addition, the [SMTP-AUTH] proposal offers
+   simpler and more flexible options to authenticate an SMTP client and
+   the SASL EXTERNAL mechanism [SASL] MAY be used in conjunction with
+   the STARTTLS command to provide an authorization identity.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Hoffman                     Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 2487                 SMTP Service Extension             January 1999
+
+
+A. References
+
+   [RFC-821]   Postel, J., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", RFC 821,
+               August 1982.
+
+   [RFC-1869]  Klensin, J., Freed, N, Rose, M, Stefferud, E. and D.
+               Crocker, "SMTP Service Extensions", STD 10, RFC 1869,
+               November 1995.
+
+   [RFC-2034]  Freed, N., "SMTP Service Extension for Returning Enhanced
+               Error Codes", RFC 2034, October 1996.
+
+   [RFC-2119]  Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
+               Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.
+
+   [SASL]      Myers, J., "Simple Authentication and Security Layer
+               (SASL)", RFC 2222, October 1997.
+
+   [SMTP-AUTH] "SMTP Service Extension for Authentication", Work in
+               Progress.
+
+   [TLS]       Dierks, T. and C. Allen, "The TLS Protocol Version 1.0",
+               RFC 2246, January 1999.
+
+B. Author's Address
+
+   Paul Hoffman
+   Internet Mail Consortium
+   127 Segre Place
+   Santa Cruz, CA  95060
+
+   Phone: (831) 426-9827
+   EMail: phoffman@imc.org
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Hoffman                     Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 2487                 SMTP Service Extension             January 1999
+
+
+C.  Full Copyright Statement
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1999).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
+   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
+   or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
+   and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
+   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+   included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
+   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
+   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
+   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
+   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
+   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
+   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
+   English.
+
+   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
+   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
+
+   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
+   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
+   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
+   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
+   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Hoffman                     Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc2554.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                           J. Myers
+Request for Comments: 2554                       Netscape Communications
+Category: Standards Track                                     March 1999
+
+
+                         SMTP Service Extension
+                           for Authentication
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Copyright Notice
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1999).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+
+1. Introduction
+
+   This document defines an SMTP service extension [ESMTP] whereby an
+   SMTP client may indicate an authentication mechanism to the server,
+   perform an authentication protocol exchange, and optionally negotiate
+   a security layer for subsequent protocol interactions.  This
+   extension is a profile of the Simple Authentication and Security
+   Layer [SASL].
+
+
+2. Conventions Used in this Document
+
+   In examples, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client and
+   server respectively.
+
+   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", and "MAY"
+   in this document are to be interpreted as defined in "Key words for
+   use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels" [KEYWORDS].
+
+
+3. The Authentication service extension
+
+
+   (1) the name of the SMTP service extension is "Authentication"
+
+   (2) the EHLO keyword value associated with this extension is "AUTH"
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+   (3) The AUTH EHLO keyword contains as a parameter a space separated
+       list of the names of supported SASL mechanisms.
+
+   (4) a new SMTP verb "AUTH" is defined
+
+   (5) an optional parameter using the keyword "AUTH" is added to the
+       MAIL FROM command, and extends the maximum line length of the
+       MAIL FROM command by 500 characters.
+
+   (6) this extension is appropriate for the submission protocol
+       [SUBMIT].
+
+
+4. The AUTH command
+
+   AUTH mechanism [initial-response]
+
+     Arguments:
+         a string identifying a SASL authentication mechanism.
+         an optional base64-encoded response
+
+     Restrictions:
+         After an AUTH command has successfully completed, no more AUTH
+         commands may be issued in the same session.  After a successful
+         AUTH command completes, a server MUST reject any further AUTH
+         commands with a 503 reply.
+
+         The AUTH command is not permitted during a mail transaction.
+
+     Discussion:
+         The AUTH command indicates an authentication mechanism to the
+         server.  If the server supports the requested authentication
+         mechanism, it performs an authentication protocol exchange to
+         authenticate and identify the user.  Optionally, it also
+         negotiates a security layer for subsequent protocol
+         interactions.  If the requested authentication mechanism is not
+         supported, the server rejects the AUTH command with a 504
+         reply.
+
+         The authentication protocol exchange consists of a series of
+         server challenges and client answers that are specific to the
+         authentication mechanism.  A server challenge, otherwise known
+         as a ready response, is a 334 reply with the text part
+         containing a BASE64 encoded string.  The client answer consists
+         of a line containing a BASE64 encoded string.  If the client
+         wishes to cancel an authentication exchange, it issues a line
+         with a single "*".  If the server receives such an answer, it
+         MUST reject the AUTH command by sending a 501 reply.
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+         The optional initial-response argument to the AUTH command is
+         used to save a round trip when using authentication mechanisms
+         that are defined to send no data in the initial challenge.
+         When the initial-response argument is used with such a
+         mechanism, the initial empty challenge is not sent to the
+         client and the server uses the data in the initial-response
+         argument as if it were sent in response to the empty challenge.
+         Unlike a zero-length client answer to a 334 reply, a zero-
+         length initial response is sent as a single equals sign ("=").
+         If the client uses an initial-response argument to the AUTH
+         command with a mechanism that sends data in the initial
+         challenge, the server rejects the AUTH command with a 535
+         reply.
+
+         If the server cannot BASE64 decode the argument, it rejects the
+         AUTH command with a 501 reply.  If the server rejects the
+         authentication data, it SHOULD reject the AUTH command with a
+         535 reply unless a more specific error code, such as one listed
+         in section 6, is appropriate.  Should the client successfully
+         complete the authentication exchange, the SMTP server issues a
+         235 reply.
+
+         The service name specified by this protocol's profile of SASL
+         is "smtp".
+
+         If a security layer is negotiated through the SASL
+         authentication exchange, it takes effect immediately following
+         the CRLF that concludes the authentication exchange for the
+         client, and the CRLF of the success reply for the server.  Upon
+         a security layer's taking effect, the SMTP protocol is reset to
+         the initial state (the state in SMTP after a server issues a
+         220 service ready greeting).  The server MUST discard any
+         knowledge obtained from the client, such as the argument to the
+         EHLO command, which was not obtained from the SASL negotiation
+         itself.  The client MUST discard any knowledge obtained from
+         the server, such as the list of SMTP service extensions, which
+         was not obtained from the SASL negotiation itself (with the
+         exception that a client MAY compare the list of advertised SASL
+         mechanisms before and after authentication in order to detect
+         an active down-negotiation attack).  The client SHOULD send an
+         EHLO command as the first command after a successful SASL
+         negotiation which results in the enabling of a security layer.
+
+         The server is not required to support any particular
+         authentication mechanism, nor are authentication mechanisms
+         required to support any security layers.  If an AUTH command
+         fails, the client may try another authentication mechanism by
+         issuing another AUTH command.
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+         If an AUTH command fails, the server MUST behave the same as if
+         the client had not issued the AUTH command.
+
+         The BASE64 string may in general be arbitrarily long.  Clients
+         and servers MUST be able to support challenges and responses
+         that are as long as are generated by the authentication
+         mechanisms they support, independent of any line length
+         limitations the client or server may have in other parts of its
+         protocol implementation.
+
+     Examples:
+         S: 220 smtp.example.com ESMTP server ready
+         C: EHLO jgm.example.com
+         S: 250-smtp.example.com
+         S: 250 AUTH CRAM-MD5 DIGEST-MD5
+         C: AUTH FOOBAR
+         S: 504 Unrecognized authentication type.
+         C: AUTH CRAM-MD5
+         S: 334
+         PENCeUxFREJoU0NnbmhNWitOMjNGNndAZWx3b29kLmlubm9zb2Z0LmNvbT4=
+         C: ZnJlZCA5ZTk1YWVlMDljNDBhZjJiODRhMGMyYjNiYmFlNzg2ZQ==
+         S: 235 Authentication successful.
+
+
+
+5. The AUTH parameter to the MAIL FROM command
+
+   AUTH=addr-spec
+
+   Arguments:
+       An addr-spec containing the identity which submitted the message
+       to the delivery system, or the two character sequence "<>"
+       indicating such an identity is unknown or insufficiently
+       authenticated.  To comply with the restrictions imposed on ESMTP
+       parameters, the addr-spec is encoded inside an xtext.  The syntax
+       of an xtext is described in section 5 of [ESMTP-DSN].
+
+   Discussion:
+       The optional AUTH parameter to the MAIL FROM command allows
+       cooperating agents in a trusted environment to communicate the
+       authentication of individual messages.
+
+       If the server trusts the authenticated identity of the client to
+       assert that the message was originally submitted by the supplied
+       addr-spec, then the server SHOULD supply the same addr-spec in an
+       AUTH parameter when relaying the message to any server which
+       supports the AUTH extension.
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+       A MAIL FROM parameter of AUTH=<> indicates that the original
+       submitter of the message is not known.  The server MUST NOT treat
+       the message as having been originally submitted by the client.
+
+       If the AUTH parameter to the MAIL FROM is not supplied, the
+       client has authenticated, and the server believes the message is
+       an original submission by the client, the server MAY supply the
+       client's identity in the addr-spec in an AUTH parameter when
+       relaying the message to any server which supports the AUTH
+       extension.
+
+       If the server does not sufficiently trust the authenticated
+       identity of the client, or if the client is not authenticated,
+       then the server MUST behave as if the AUTH=<> parameter was
+       supplied.  The server MAY, however, write the value of the AUTH
+       parameter to a log file.
+
+       If an AUTH=<> parameter was supplied, either explicitly or due to
+       the requirement in the previous paragraph, then the server MUST
+       supply the AUTH=<> parameter when relaying the message to any
+       server which it has authenticated to using the AUTH extension.
+
+       A server MAY treat expansion of a mailing list as a new
+       submission, setting the AUTH parameter to the mailing list
+       address or mailing list administration address when relaying the
+       message to list subscribers.
+
+       It is conforming for an implementation to be hard-coded to treat
+       all clients as being insufficiently trusted.  In that case, the
+       implementation does nothing more than parse and discard
+       syntactically valid AUTH parameters to the MAIL FROM command and
+       supply AUTH=<> parameters to any servers to which it
+       authenticates using the AUTH extension.
+
+   Examples:
+       C: MAIL FROM:<e=mc2@example.com> AUTH=e+3Dmc2@example.com
+       S: 250 OK
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+6. Error Codes
+
+   The following error codes may be used to indicate various conditions
+   as described.
+
+   432 A password transition is needed
+
+   This response to the AUTH command indicates that the user needs to
+   transition to the selected authentication mechanism.  This typically
+   done by authenticating once using the PLAIN authentication mechanism.
+
+   534 Authentication mechanism is too weak
+
+   This response to the AUTH command indicates that the selected
+   authentication mechanism is weaker than server policy permits for
+   that user.
+
+   538 Encryption required for requested authentication mechanism
+
+   This response to the AUTH command indicates that the selected
+   authentication mechanism may only be used when the underlying SMTP
+   connection is encrypted.
+
+   454 Temporary authentication failure
+
+   This response to the AUTH command indicates that the authentication
+   failed due to a temporary server failure.
+
+   530 Authentication required
+
+   This response may be returned by any command other than AUTH, EHLO,
+   HELO, NOOP, RSET, or QUIT.  It indicates that server policy requires
+   authentication in order to perform the requested action.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+7. Formal Syntax
+
+   The following syntax specification uses the augmented Backus-Naur
+   Form (BNF) notation as specified in [ABNF].
+
+   Except as noted otherwise, all alphabetic characters are case-
+   insensitive.  The use of upper or lower case characters to define
+   token strings is for editorial clarity only.  Implementations MUST
+   accept these strings in a case-insensitive fashion.
+
+   UPALPHA         = %x41-5A            ;; Uppercase: A-Z
+
+   LOALPHA         = %x61-7A            ;; Lowercase: a-z
+
+   ALPHA           = UPALPHA / LOALPHA  ;; case insensitive
+
+   DIGIT           = %x30-39            ;; Digits 0-9
+
+   HEXDIGIT        = %x41-46 / DIGIT    ;; hexidecimal digit (uppercase)
+
+   hexchar         = "+" HEXDIGIT HEXDIGIT
+
+   xchar           = %x21-2A / %x2C-3C / %x3E-7E
+                     ;; US-ASCII except for "+", "=", SPACE and CTL
+
+   xtext           = *(xchar / hexchar)
+
+   AUTH_CHAR       = ALPHA / DIGIT / "-" / "_"
+
+   auth_type       = 1*20AUTH_CHAR
+
+   auth_command    = "AUTH" SPACE auth_type [SPACE (base64 / "=")]
+                     *(CRLF [base64]) CRLF
+
+   auth_param      = "AUTH=" xtext
+                       ;; The decoded form of the xtext MUST be either
+                       ;; an addr-spec or the two characters "<>"
+
+   base64          = base64_terminal /
+                     ( 1*(4base64_CHAR) [base64_terminal] )
+
+   base64_char     = UPALPHA / LOALPHA / DIGIT / "+" / "/"
+                     ;; Case-sensitive
+
+   base64_terminal = (2base64_char "==") / (3base64_char "=")
+
+   continue_req    = "334" SPACE [base64] CRLF
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+   CR              = %x0C           ;; ASCII CR, carriage return
+
+   CRLF            = CR LF
+
+   CTL             = %x00-1F / %x7F ;; any ASCII control character and DEL
+
+   LF              = %x0A           ;; ASCII LF, line feed
+
+   SPACE           = %x20           ;; ASCII SP, space
+
+
+
+
+8. References
+
+   [ABNF]      Crocker, D. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax
+               Specifications: ABNF", RFC 2234, November 1997.
+
+   [CRAM-MD5]  Klensin, J., Catoe, R. and P. Krumviede, "IMAP/POP
+               AUTHorize Extension for Simple Challenge/Response", RFC
+               2195, September 1997.
+
+   [ESMTP]     Klensin, J., Freed, N., Rose, M., Stefferud, E. and D.
+               Crocker, "SMTP Service Extensions", RFC 1869, November
+               1995.
+
+   [ESMTP-DSN] Moore, K, "SMTP Service Extension for Delivery Status
+               Notifications", RFC 1891, January 1996.
+
+   [KEYWORDS]  Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
+               Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.
+
+   [SASL]      Myers, J., "Simple Authentication and Security Layer
+               (SASL)", RFC 2222, October 1997.
+
+   [SUBMIT]    Gellens, R. and J. Klensin, "Message Submission", RFC
+               2476, December 1998.
+
+   [RFC821]    Postel, J., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", STD 10, RFC
+               821, August 1982.
+
+   [RFC822]    Crocker, D., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet
+               Text Messages", STD 11, RFC 822, August 1982.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+9. Security Considerations
+
+   Security issues are discussed throughout this memo.
+
+   If a client uses this extension to get an encrypted tunnel through an
+   insecure network to a cooperating server, it needs to be configured
+   to never send mail to that server when the connection is not mutually
+   authenticated and encrypted.  Otherwise, an attacker could steal the
+   client's mail by hijacking the SMTP connection and either pretending
+   the server does not support the Authentication extension or causing
+   all AUTH commands to fail.
+
+   Before the SASL negotiation has begun, any protocol interactions are
+   performed in the clear and may be modified by an active attacker.
+   For this reason, clients and servers MUST discard any knowledge
+   obtained prior to the start of the SASL negotiation upon completion
+   of a SASL negotiation which results in a security layer.
+
+   This mechanism does not protect the TCP port, so an active attacker
+   may redirect a relay connection attempt to the submission port
+   [SUBMIT].  The AUTH=<> parameter prevents such an attack from causing
+   an relayed message without an envelope authentication to pick up the
+   authentication of the relay client.
+
+   A message submission client may require the user to authenticate
+   whenever a suitable SASL mechanism is advertised.  Therefore, it may
+   not be desirable for a submission server [SUBMIT] to advertise a SASL
+   mechanism when use of that mechanism grants the client no benefits
+   over anonymous submission.
+
+   This extension is not intended to replace or be used instead of end-
+   to-end message signature and encryption systems such as S/MIME or
+   PGP.  This extension addresses a different problem than end-to-end
+   systems; it has the following key differences:
+
+      (1) it is generally useful only within a trusted enclave
+
+      (2) it protects the entire envelope of a message, not just the
+          message's body.
+
+      (3) it authenticates the message submission, not authorship of the
+          message content
+
+      (4) it can give the sender some assurance the message was
+          delivered to the next hop in the case where the sender
+          mutually authenticates with the next hop and negotiates an
+          appropriate security layer.
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                     [Page 9]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+   Additional security considerations are mentioned in the SASL
+   specification [SASL].
+
+
+
+10. Author's Address
+
+   John Gardiner Myers
+   Netscape Communications
+   501 East Middlefield Road
+   Mail Stop MV-029
+   Mountain View, CA 94043
+
+   EMail: jgmyers@netscape.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 10]
+
+RFC 2554                  SMTP Authentication                 March 1999
+
+
+11.  Full Copyright Statement
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1999).  All Rights Reserved.
+
+   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
+   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
+   or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
+   and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
+   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+   included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
+   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
+   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
+   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
+   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
+   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
+   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
+   English.
+
+   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
+   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
+
+   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
+   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
+   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
+   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
+   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Myers                       Standards Track                    [Page 11]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc4505.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                   K. Zeilenga, Ed.
+Request for Comments: 4505                           OpenLDAP Foundation
+Obsoletes: 2245                                                June 2006
+Category: Standards Track
+
+
+  Anonymous Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) Mechanism
+
+Status of This Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Copyright Notice
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2006).
+
+Abstract
+
+   On the Internet, it is common practice to permit anonymous access to
+   various services.  Traditionally, this has been done with a plain-
+   text password mechanism using "anonymous" as the user name and using
+   optional trace information, such as an email address, as the
+   password.  As plain-text login commands are not permitted in new IETF
+   protocols, a new way to provide anonymous login is needed within the
+   context of the Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL)
+   framework.
+
+1.  Introduction
+
+   This document defines an anonymous mechanism for the Simple
+   Authentication and Security Layer ([SASL]) framework.  The name
+   associated with this mechanism is "ANONYMOUS".
+
+   Unlike many other SASL mechanisms, whose purpose is to authenticate
+   and identify the user to a server, the purpose of this SASL mechanism
+   is to allow the user to gain access to services or resources without
+   requiring the user to establish or otherwise disclose their identity
+   to the server.  That is, this mechanism provides an anonymous login
+   method.
+
+   This mechanism does not provide a security layer.
+
+   This document replaces RFC 2245.  Changes since RFC 2245 are detailed
+   in Appendix A.
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 4505                Anonymous SASL Mechanism               June 2006
+
+
+2.  The Anonymous Mechanism
+
+   The mechanism consists of a single message from the client to the
+   server.  The client may include in this message trace information in
+   the form of a string of [UTF-8]-encoded [Unicode] characters prepared
+   in accordance with [StringPrep] and the "trace" stringprep profile
+   defined in Section 3 of this document.  The trace information, which
+   has no semantical value, should take one of two forms: an Internet
+   email address, or an opaque string that does not contain the '@'
+   (U+0040) character and that can be interpreted by the system
+   administrator of the client's domain.  For privacy reasons, an
+   Internet email address or other information identifying the user
+   should only be used with permission from the user.
+
+   A server that permits anonymous access will announce support for the
+   ANONYMOUS mechanism and allow anyone to log in using that mechanism,
+   usually with restricted access.
+
+   A formal grammar for the client message using Augmented BNF [ABNF] is
+   provided below as a tool for understanding this technical
+   specification.
+
+      message     = [ email / token ]
+                    ;; to be prepared in accordance with Section 3
+
+      UTF1        = %x00-3F / %x41-7F ;; less '@' (U+0040)
+      UTF2        = %xC2-DF UTF0
+      UTF3        = %xE0 %xA0-BF UTF0 / %xE1-EC 2(UTF0) /
+                    %xED %x80-9F UTF0 / %xEE-EF 2(UTF0)
+      UTF4        = %xF0 %x90-BF 2(UTF0) / %xF1-F3 3(UTF0) /
+                    %xF4 %x80-8F 2(UTF0)
+      UTF0        = %x80-BF
+
+      TCHAR       = UTF1 / UTF2 / UTF3 / UTF4
+                    ;; any UTF-8 encoded Unicode character
+                    ;; except '@' (U+0040)
+
+      email       = addr-spec
+                    ;; as defined in [IMAIL]
+
+      token       = 1*255TCHAR
+
+   Note to implementors:
+      The <token> production is restricted to 255 UTF-8-encoded Unicode
+      characters.  As the encoding of a characters uses a sequence of 1
+      to 4 octets, a token may be as long as 1020 octets.
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 4505                Anonymous SASL Mechanism               June 2006
+
+
+3.  The "trace" Profile of "Stringprep"
+
+   This section defines the "trace" profile of [StringPrep].  This
+   profile is designed for use with the SASL ANONYMOUS Mechanism.
+   Specifically, the client is to prepare the <message> production in
+   accordance with this profile.
+
+   The character repertoire of this profile is Unicode 3.2 [Unicode].
+
+   No mapping is required by this profile.
+
+   No Unicode normalization is required by this profile.
+
+   The list of unassigned code points for this profile is that provided
+   in Appendix A of [StringPrep].  Unassigned code points are not
+   prohibited.
+
+   Characters from the following tables of [StringPrep] are prohibited:
+
+      - C.2.1 (ASCII control characters)
+      - C.2.2 (Non-ASCII control characters)
+      - C.3 (Private use characters)
+      - C.4 (Non-character code points)
+      - C.5 (Surrogate codes)
+      - C.6 (Inappropriate for plain text)
+      - C.8 (Change display properties are deprecated)
+      - C.9 (Tagging characters)
+
+   No additional characters are prohibited.
+
+   This profile requires bidirectional character checking per Section 6
+   of [StringPrep].
+
+4.  Example
+
+   Here is a sample ANONYMOUS login between an IMAP client and server.
+   In this example, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client and
+   server, respectively.  If such lines are wrapped without a new "C:"
+   or "S:" label, then the wrapping is for editorial clarity and is not
+   part of the command.
+
+   Note that this example uses the IMAP profile [IMAP4] of SASL.  The
+   base64 encoding of challenges and responses as well as the "+ "
+   preceding the responses are part of the IMAP4 profile, not part of
+   SASL itself.  Additionally, protocols with SASL profiles permitting
+   an initial client response will be able to avoid the extra round trip
+   below (the server response with an empty "+ ").
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 4505                Anonymous SASL Mechanism               June 2006
+
+
+   In this example, the trace information is "sirhc".
+
+      S: * OK IMAP4 server ready
+      C: A001 CAPABILITY
+      S: * CAPABILITY IMAP4 IMAP4rev1 AUTH=DIGEST-MD5 AUTH=ANONYMOUS
+      S: A001 OK done
+      C: A002 AUTHENTICATE ANONYMOUS
+      S: +
+      C: c2lyaGM=
+      S: A003 OK Welcome, trace information has been logged.
+
+5.  Security Considerations
+
+   The ANONYMOUS mechanism grants access to services and/or resources by
+   anyone.  For this reason, it should be disabled by default so that
+   the administrator can make an explicit decision to enable it.
+
+   If the anonymous user has any write privileges, a denial-of-service
+   attack is possible by filling up all available space.  This can be
+   prevented by disabling all write access by anonymous users.
+
+   If anonymous users have read and write access to the same area, the
+   server can be used as a communication mechanism to exchange
+   information anonymously.  Servers that accept anonymous submissions
+   should implement the common "drop box" model, which forbids anonymous
+   read access to the area where anonymous submissions are accepted.
+
+   If the anonymous user can run many expensive operations (e.g., an
+   IMAP SEARCH BODY command), this could enable a denial-of-service
+   attack.  Servers are encouraged to reduce the priority of anonymous
+   users or limit their resource usage.
+
+   While servers may impose a limit on the number of anonymous users,
+   note that such limits enable denial-of-service attacks and should be
+   used with caution.
+
+   The trace information is not authenticated, so it can be falsified.
+   This can be used as an attempt to get someone else in trouble for
+   access to questionable information.  Administrators investigating
+   abuse need to realize that this trace information may be falsified.
+
+   A client that uses the user's correct email address as trace
+   information without explicit permission may violate that user's
+   privacy.  Anyone who accesses an anonymous archive on a sensitive
+   subject (e.g., sexual abuse) likely has strong privacy needs.
+   Clients should not send the email address without the explicit
+   permission of the user and should offer the option of supplying no
+   trace information, thus only exposing the source IP address and time.
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 4505                Anonymous SASL Mechanism               June 2006
+
+
+   Anonymous proxy servers could enhance this privacy but would have to
+   consider the resulting potential denial-of-service attacks.
+
+   Anonymous connections are susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks
+   that view or alter the data transferred.  Clients and servers are
+   encouraged to support external data security services.
+
+   Protocols that fail to require an explicit anonymous login are more
+   susceptible to break-ins given certain common implementation
+   techniques.  Specifically, Unix servers that offer user login may
+   initially start up as root and switch to the appropriate user id
+   after an explicit login command.  Normally, such servers refuse all
+   data access commands prior to explicit login and may enter a
+   restricted security environment (e.g., the Unix chroot(2) function)
+   for anonymous users.  If anonymous access is not explicitly
+   requested, the entire data access machinery is exposed to external
+   security attacks without the chance for explicit protective measures.
+   Protocols that offer restricted data access should not allow
+   anonymous data access without an explicit login step.
+
+   General [SASL] security considerations apply to this mechanism.
+
+   [StringPrep] security considerations and [Unicode] security
+   considerations discussed in [StringPrep] apply to this mechanism.
+   [UTF-8] security considerations also apply.
+
+6.  IANA Considerations
+
+   The SASL Mechanism registry [IANA-SASL] entry for the ANONYMOUS
+   mechanism has been updated by the IANA to reflect that this document
+   now provides its technical specification.
+
+      To: iana@iana.org
+      Subject: Updated Registration of SASL mechanism ANONYMOUS
+
+      SASL mechanism name: ANONYMOUS
+      Security considerations: See RFC 4505.
+      Published specification (optional, recommended): RFC 4505
+      Person & email address to contact for further information:
+           Kurt Zeilenga <Kurt@OpenLDAP.org>
+           Chris Newman <Chris.Newman@sun.com>
+      Intended usage: COMMON
+      Author/Change controller: IESG <iesg@ietf.org>
+      Note: Updates existing entry for ANONYMOUS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 4505                Anonymous SASL Mechanism               June 2006
+
+
+   The [StringPrep] profile "trace", first defined in this RFC, has been
+   registered:
+
+      To: iana@iana.org
+      Subject: Initial Registration of Stringprep "trace" profile
+
+      Stringprep profile: trace
+      Published specification: RFC 4505
+      Person & email address to contact for further information:
+          Kurt Zeilenga <kurt@openldap.org>
+
+7.  Acknowledgement
+
+   This document is a revision of RFC 2245 by Chris Newman.  Portions of
+   the grammar defined in Section 1 were borrowed from RFC 3629 by
+   Francois Yergeau.
+
+   This document is a product of the IETF SASL WG.
+
+8.  Normative References
+
+   [ABNF]       Crocker, D. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax
+                Specifications: ABNF", RFC 4234, October 2005.
+
+   [IMAIL]      Resnick, P., "Internet Message Format", RFC 2822, April
+                2001.
+
+   [SASL]       Melnikov, A., Ed. and K. Zeilenga, Ed., "Simple
+                Authentication and Security Layer (SASL)", RFC 4422,
+                June 2006.
+
+   [StringPrep] Hoffman, P. and M. Blanchet, "Preparation of
+                Internationalized Strings ('stringprep')", RFC 3454,
+                December 2002.
+
+   [Unicode]    The Unicode Consortium, "The Unicode Standard, Version
+                3.2.0" is defined by "The Unicode Standard, Version 3.0"
+                (Reading, MA, Addison-Wesley, 2000. ISBN 0-201-61633-5),
+                as amended by the "Unicode Standard Annex #27: Unicode
+                3.1" (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr27/) and by the
+                "Unicode Standard Annex #28: Unicode 3.2"
+                (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr28/).
+
+   [UTF-8]      Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO
+                10646", RFC 3629 (also STD 63), November 2003.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 4505                Anonymous SASL Mechanism               June 2006
+
+
+9.  Informative References
+
+   [IMAP4]      Crispin, M., "INTERNET MESSAGE ACCESS PROTOCOL - VERSION
+                4rev1", RFC 3501, March 2003.
+
+   [IANA-SASL]  IANA, "SIMPLE AUTHENTICATION AND SECURITY LAYER (SASL)
+                MECHANISMS", <http://www.iana.org/assignments/sasl-
+                mechanisms>.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 4505                Anonymous SASL Mechanism               June 2006
+
+
+Appendix A.  Changes since RFC 2245
+
+   This appendix is non-normative.
+
+   RFC 2245 allows the client to include optional trace information in
+   the form of a human readable string.  RFC 2245 restricted this string
+   to US-ASCII.  As the Internet is international, this document uses a
+   string restricted to UTF-8 encoded Unicode characters.  A
+   "stringprep" profile is defined to precisely define which Unicode
+   characters are allowed in this string.  While the string remains
+   restricted to 255 characters, the encoded length of each character
+   may now range from 1 to 4 octets.
+
+   Additionally, a number of editorial changes were made.
+
+Editor's Address
+
+   Kurt D. Zeilenga
+   OpenLDAP Foundation
+
+   EMail: Kurt@OpenLDAP.org
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+
+RFC 4505                Anonymous SASL Mechanism               June 2006
+
+
+Full Copyright Statement
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2006).
+
+   This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions
+   contained in BCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors
+   retain all their rights.
+
+   This document and the information contained herein are provided on an
+   "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
+   OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET
+   ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
+   INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE
+   INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED
+   WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Intellectual Property
+
+   The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
+   Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to
+   pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in
+   this document or the extent to which any license under such rights
+   might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has
+   made any independent effort to identify any such rights.  Information
+   on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be
+   found in BCP 78 and BCP 79.
+
+   Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
+   assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an
+   attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of
+   such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this
+   specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at
+   http://www.ietf.org/ipr.
+
+   The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any
+   copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary
+   rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement
+   this standard.  Please address the information to the IETF at
+   ietf-ipr@ietf.org.
+
+Acknowledgement
+
+   Funding for the RFC Editor function is provided by the IETF
+   Administrative Support Activity (IASA).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 9]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/rfc4616.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group                                   K. Zeilenga, Ed.
+Request for Comments: 4616                           OpenLDAP Foundation
+Updates: 2595                                                August 2006
+Category: Standards Track
+
+
+  The PLAIN Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) Mechanism
+
+Status of This Memo
+
+   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
+   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
+   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
+   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
+   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
+
+Copyright Notice
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2006).
+
+Abstract
+
+   This document defines a simple clear-text user/password Simple
+   Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) mechanism called the PLAIN
+   mechanism.  The PLAIN mechanism is intended to be used, in
+   combination with data confidentiality services provided by a lower
+   layer, in protocols that lack a simple password authentication
+   command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 1]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+1.  Introduction
+
+   Clear-text, multiple-use passwords are simple, interoperate with
+   almost all existing operating system authentication databases, and
+   are useful for a smooth transition to a more secure password-based
+   authentication mechanism.  The drawback is that they are unacceptable
+   for use over network connections where data confidentiality is not
+   ensured.
+
+   This document defines the PLAIN Simple Authentication and Security
+   Layer ([SASL]) mechanism for use in protocols with no clear-text
+   login command (e.g., [ACAP] or [SMTP-AUTH]).  This document updates
+   RFC 2595, replacing Section 6.  Changes since RFC 2595 are detailed
+   in Appendix A.
+
+   The name associated with this mechanism is "PLAIN".
+
+   The PLAIN SASL mechanism does not provide a security layer.
+
+   The PLAIN mechanism should not be used without adequate data security
+   protection as this mechanism affords no integrity or confidentiality
+   protections itself.  The mechanism is intended to be used with data
+   security protections provided by application-layer protocol,
+   generally through its use of Transport Layer Security ([TLS])
+   services.
+
+   By default, implementations SHOULD advertise and make use of the
+   PLAIN mechanism only when adequate data security services are in
+   place.  Specifications for IETF protocols that indicate that this
+   mechanism is an applicable authentication mechanism MUST mandate that
+   implementations support an strong data security service, such as TLS.
+
+   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
+   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
+   document are to be interpreted as described in [Keywords].
+
+2.  PLAIN SASL Mechanism
+
+   The mechanism consists of a single message, a string of [UTF-8]
+   encoded [Unicode] characters, from the client to the server.  The
+   client presents the authorization identity (identity to act as),
+   followed by a NUL (U+0000) character, followed by the authentication
+   identity (identity whose password will be used), followed by a NUL
+   (U+0000) character, followed by the clear-text password.  As with
+   other SASL mechanisms, the client does not provide an authorization
+   identity when it wishes the server to derive an identity from the
+   credentials and use that as the authorization identity.
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 2]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+   The formal grammar for the client message using Augmented BNF [ABNF]
+   follows.
+
+   message   = [authzid] UTF8NUL authcid UTF8NUL passwd
+   authcid   = 1*SAFE ; MUST accept up to 255 octets
+   authzid   = 1*SAFE ; MUST accept up to 255 octets
+   passwd    = 1*SAFE ; MUST accept up to 255 octets
+   UTF8NUL   = %x00 ; UTF-8 encoded NUL character
+
+   SAFE      = UTF1 / UTF2 / UTF3 / UTF4
+               ;; any UTF-8 encoded Unicode character except NUL
+
+   UTF1      = %x01-7F ;; except NUL
+   UTF2      = %xC2-DF UTF0
+   UTF3      = %xE0 %xA0-BF UTF0 / %xE1-EC 2(UTF0) /
+               %xED %x80-9F UTF0 / %xEE-EF 2(UTF0)
+   UTF4      = %xF0 %x90-BF 2(UTF0) / %xF1-F3 3(UTF0) /
+               %xF4 %x80-8F 2(UTF0)
+   UTF0      = %x80-BF
+
+   The authorization identity (authzid), authentication identity
+   (authcid), password (passwd), and NUL character deliminators SHALL be
+   transferred as [UTF-8] encoded strings of [Unicode] characters.  As
+   the NUL (U+0000) character is used as a deliminator, the NUL (U+0000)
+   character MUST NOT appear in authzid, authcid, or passwd productions.
+
+   The form of the authzid production is specific to the application-
+   level protocol's SASL profile [SASL].  The authcid and passwd
+   productions are form-free.  Use of non-visible characters or
+   characters that a user may be unable to enter on some keyboards is
+   discouraged.
+
+   Servers MUST be capable of accepting authzid, authcid, and passwd
+   productions up to and including 255 octets.  It is noted that the
+   UTF-8 encoding of a Unicode character may be as long as 4 octets.
+
+   Upon receipt of the message, the server will verify the presented (in
+   the message) authentication identity (authcid) and password (passwd)
+   with the system authentication database, and it will verify that the
+   authentication credentials permit the client to act as the (presented
+   or derived) authorization identity (authzid).  If both steps succeed,
+   the user is authenticated.
+
+   The presented authentication identity and password strings, as well
+   as the database authentication identity and password strings, are to
+   be prepared before being used in the verification process.  The
+   [SASLPrep] profile of the [StringPrep] algorithm is the RECOMMENDED
+   preparation algorithm.  The SASLprep preparation algorithm is
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 3]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+   recommended to improve the likelihood that comparisons behave in an
+   expected manner.  The SASLprep preparation algorithm is not mandatory
+   so as to allow the server to employ other preparation algorithms
+   (including none) when appropriate.  For instance, use of a different
+   preparation algorithm may be necessary for the server to interoperate
+   with an external system.
+
+   When preparing the presented strings using [SASLPrep], the presented
+   strings are to be treated as "query" strings (Section 7 of
+   [StringPrep]) and hence unassigned code points are allowed to appear
+   in their prepared output.  When preparing the database strings using
+   [SASLPrep], the database strings are to be treated as "stored"
+   strings (Section 7 of [StringPrep]) and hence unassigned code points
+   are prohibited from appearing in their prepared output.
+
+   Regardless of the preparation algorithm used, if the output of a
+   non-invertible function (e.g., hash) of the expected string is
+   stored, the string MUST be prepared before input to that function.
+
+   Regardless of the preparation algorithm used, if preparation fails or
+   results in an empty string, verification SHALL fail.
+
+   When no authorization identity is provided, the server derives an
+   authorization identity from the prepared representation of the
+   provided authentication identity string.  This ensures that the
+   derivation of different representations of the authentication
+   identity produces the same authorization identity.
+
+   The server MAY use the credentials to initialize any new
+   authentication database, such as one suitable for [CRAM-MD5] or
+   [DIGEST-MD5].
+
+3.  Pseudo-Code
+
+   This section provides pseudo-code illustrating the verification
+   process (using hashed passwords and the SASLprep preparation
+   function) discussed above.  This section is not definitive.
+
+   boolean Verify(string authzid, string authcid, string passwd) {
+     string pAuthcid = SASLprep(authcid, true); # prepare authcid
+     string pPasswd = SASLprep(passwd, true);   # prepare passwd
+     if (pAuthcid == NULL || pPasswd == NULL) {
+       return false;     # preparation failed
+     }
+     if (pAuthcid == "" || pPasswd == "") {
+       return false;     # empty prepared string
+     }
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 4]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+     storedHash = FetchPasswordHash(pAuthcid);
+     if (storedHash == NULL || storedHash == "") {
+       return false;     # error or unknown authcid
+     }
+
+     if (!Compare(storedHash, Hash(pPasswd))) {
+       return false;     # incorrect password
+     }
+
+     if (authzid == NULL ) {
+       authzid = DeriveAuthzid(pAuthcid);
+       if (authzid == NULL || authzid == "") {
+           return false; # could not derive authzid
+       }
+     }
+
+     if (!Authorize(pAuthcid, authzid)) {
+       return false;     # not authorized
+     }
+
+     return true;
+   }
+
+   The second parameter of the SASLprep function, when true, indicates
+   that unassigned code points are allowed in the input.  When the
+   SASLprep function is called to prepare the password prior to
+   computing the stored hash, the second parameter would be false.
+
+   The second parameter provided to the Authorize function is not
+   prepared by this code.  The application-level SASL profile should be
+   consulted to determine what, if any, preparation is necessary.
+
+   Note that the DeriveAuthzid and Authorize functions (whether
+   implemented as one function or two, whether designed in a manner in
+   which these functions or whether the mechanism implementation can be
+   reused elsewhere) require knowledge and understanding of mechanism
+   and the application-level protocol specification and/or
+   implementation details to implement.
+
+   Note that the Authorize function outcome is clearly dependent on
+   details of the local authorization model and policy.  Both functions
+   may be dependent on other factors as well.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 5]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+4.  Examples
+
+   This section provides examples of PLAIN authentication exchanges.
+   The examples are intended to help the readers understand the above
+   text.  The examples are not definitive.
+
+   "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client and server,
+   respectively.  "<NUL>" represents a single NUL (U+0000) character.
+   The Application Configuration Access Protocol ([ACAP]) is used in the
+   examples.
+
+   The first example shows how the PLAIN mechanism might be used for
+   user authentication.
+
+   S: * ACAP (SASL "CRAM-MD5") (STARTTLS)
+   C: a001 STARTTLS
+   S: a001 OK "Begin TLS negotiation now"
+   <TLS negotiation, further commands are under TLS layer>
+   S: * ACAP (SASL "CRAM-MD5" "PLAIN")
+   C: a002 AUTHENTICATE "PLAIN"
+   S: + ""
+   C: {21}
+   C: <NUL>tim<NUL>tanstaaftanstaaf
+   S: a002 OK "Authenticated"
+
+   The second example shows how the PLAIN mechanism might be used to
+   attempt to assume the identity of another user.  In this example, the
+   server rejects the request.  Also, this example makes use of the
+   protocol optional initial response capability to eliminate a round-
+   trip.
+
+   S: * ACAP (SASL "CRAM-MD5") (STARTTLS)
+   C: a001 STARTTLS
+   S: a001 OK "Begin TLS negotiation now"
+   <TLS negotiation, further commands are under TLS layer>
+   S: * ACAP (SASL "CRAM-MD5" "PLAIN")
+   C: a002 AUTHENTICATE "PLAIN" {20+}
+   C: Ursel<NUL>Kurt<NUL>xipj3plmq
+   S: a002 NO "Not authorized to requested authorization identity"
+
+5.  Security Considerations
+
+   As the PLAIN mechanism itself provided no integrity or
+   confidentiality protections, it should not be used without adequate
+   external data security protection, such as TLS services provided by
+   many application-layer protocols.  By default, implementations SHOULD
+   NOT advertise and SHOULD NOT make use of the PLAIN mechanism unless
+   adequate data security services are in place.
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 6]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+   When the PLAIN mechanism is used, the server gains the ability to
+   impersonate the user to all services with the same password
+   regardless of any encryption provided by TLS or other confidentiality
+   protection mechanisms.  Whereas many other authentication mechanisms
+   have similar weaknesses, stronger SASL mechanisms address this issue.
+   Clients are encouraged to have an operational mode where all
+   mechanisms that are likely to reveal the user's password to the
+   server are disabled.
+
+   General [SASL] security considerations apply to this mechanism.
+
+   Unicode, [UTF-8], and [StringPrep] security considerations also
+   apply.
+
+6.  IANA Considerations
+
+   The SASL Mechanism registry [IANA-SASL] entry for the PLAIN mechanism
+   has been updated by the IANA to reflect that this document now
+   provides its technical specification.
+
+   To: iana@iana.org
+   Subject: Updated Registration of SASL mechanism PLAIN
+
+   SASL mechanism name: PLAIN
+   Security considerations: See RFC 4616.
+   Published specification (optional, recommended): RFC 4616
+   Person & email address to contact for further information:
+        Kurt Zeilenga <kurt@openldap.org>
+        IETF SASL WG <ietf-sasl@imc.org>
+   Intended usage: COMMON
+   Author/Change controller: IESG <iesg@ietf.org>
+   Note: Updates existing entry for PLAIN
+
+7.  Acknowledgements
+
+   This document is a revision of RFC 2595 by Chris Newman.  Portions of
+   the grammar defined in Section 2 were borrowed from [UTF-8] by
+   Francois Yergeau.
+
+   This document is a product of the IETF Simple Authentication and
+   Security Layer (SASL) Working Group.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 7]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+8.  Normative References
+
+   [ABNF]        Crocker, D., Ed. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for
+                 Syntax Specifications: ABNF", RFC 4234, October 2005.
+
+   [Keywords]    Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
+                 Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.
+
+   [SASL]        Melnikov, A., Ed., and K. Zeilenga, Ed., "Simple
+                 Authentication and Security Layer (SASL)", RFC 4422,
+                 June 2006.
+
+   [SASLPrep]    Zeilenga, K., "SASLprep: Stringprep Profile for User
+                 Names and Passwords", RFC 4013, February 2005.
+
+   [StringPrep]  Hoffman, P. and M. Blanchet, "Preparation of
+                 Internationalized Strings ("stringprep")", RFC 3454,
+                 December 2002.
+
+   [Unicode]     The Unicode Consortium, "The Unicode Standard, Version
+                 3.2.0" is defined by "The Unicode Standard, Version
+                 3.0" (Reading, MA, Addison-Wesley, 2000. ISBN 0-201-
+                 61633-5), as amended by the "Unicode Standard Annex
+                 #27: Unicode 3.1"
+                 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr27/) and by the
+                 "Unicode Standard Annex #28: Unicode 3.2"
+                 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr28/).
+
+   [UTF-8]       Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO
+                 10646", STD 63, RFC 3629, November 2003.
+
+   [TLS]         Dierks, T. and E. Rescorla, "The Transport Layer
+                 Security (TLS) Protocol Version 1.1", RFC 4346, April
+                 2006.
+
+9.  Informative References
+
+   [ACAP]        Newman, C. and J. Myers, "ACAP -- Application
+                 Configuration Access Protocol", RFC 2244, November
+                 1997.
+
+   [CRAM-MD5]    Nerenberg, L., Ed., "The CRAM-MD5 SASL Mechanism", Work
+                 in Progress, June 2006.
+
+   [DIGEST-MD5]  Melnikov, A., Ed., "Using Digest Authentication as a
+                 SASL Mechanism", Work in Progress, June 2006.
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 8]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+   [IANA-SASL]   IANA, "SIMPLE AUTHENTICATION AND SECURITY LAYER (SASL)
+                 MECHANISMS",
+                 <http://www.iana.org/assignments/sasl-mechanisms>.
+
+   [SMTP-AUTH]   Myers, J., "SMTP Service Extension for Authentication",
+                 RFC 2554, March 1999.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                     [Page 9]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+Appendix A.  Changes since RFC 2595
+
+   This appendix is non-normative.
+
+   This document replaces Section 6 of RFC 2595.
+
+   The specification details how the server is to compare client-
+   provided character strings with stored character strings.
+
+   The ABNF grammar was updated.  In particular, the grammar now allows
+   LINE FEED (U+000A) and CARRIAGE RETURN (U+000D) characters in the
+   authzid, authcid, passwd productions.  However, whether these control
+   characters may be used depends on the string preparation rules
+   applicable to the production.  For passwd and authcid productions,
+   control characters are prohibited.  For authzid, one must consult the
+   application-level SASL profile.  This change allows PLAIN to carry
+   all possible authorization identity strings allowed in SASL.
+
+   Pseudo-code was added.
+
+   The example section was expanded to illustrate more features of the
+   PLAIN mechanism.
+
+Editor's Address
+
+   Kurt D. Zeilenga
+   OpenLDAP Foundation
+
+   EMail: Kurt@OpenLDAP.org
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                    [Page 10]
+
+RFC 4616                The PLAIN SASL Mechanism             August 2006
+
+
+Full Copyright Statement
+
+   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2006).
+
+   This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions
+   contained in BCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors
+   retain all their rights.
+
+   This document and the information contained herein are provided on an
+   "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
+   OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET
+   ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
+   INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE
+   INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED
+   WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Intellectual Property
+
+   The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
+   Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to
+   pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in
+   this document or the extent to which any license under such rights
+   might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has
+   made any independent effort to identify any such rights.  Information
+   on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be
+   found in BCP 78 and BCP 79.
+
+   Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
+   assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an
+   attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of
+   such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this
+   specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at
+   http://www.ietf.org/ipr.
+
+   The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any
+   copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary
+   rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement
+   this standard.  Please address the information to the IETF at
+   ietf-ipr@ietf.org.
+
+Acknowledgement
+
+   Funding for the RFC Editor function is provided by the IETF
+   Administrative Support Activity (IASA).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Zeilenga                    Standards Track                    [Page 11]
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/rfc/whats_where.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+RFC 1854:
+---------
+PIPELINING extension
+
+RFC 2222:
+---------
+SASL
+
+RFC 4505:
+---------
+ANYNONYMOUS SASL
+
+RFC 4616:
+---------
+PLAIN SASL
+
+RFC 2487:
+---------
+STARTTLS extension
+
+RFC 2554 & 4954:
+----------------
+AUTH extension
+
+RFC 2821:
+---------
+SMTP protocol
+
+RFC 2822:
+---------
+General message structure (focusing on important headers)
+
+RFC 2045:
+---------
+Quoted Printable Encoding
+Base 64 Encoding
+Detailed message structure
+
+RFC 2046:
+---------
+Media types (for subparts)
+
+RFC 2047:
+---------
+Header Encoding
+
+RFC 2183:
+---------
+The Content-Disposition header
+
+RFC 2231:
+---------
+Encoded Text header/attribute extensions
+
+RFC 2234:
+---------
+ABNF definitions
+
+RFC 3676:
+---------
+Flowed formatting/delsp parameters

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/notes/smtp.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+General Notes
+--------------
+ * MX is NOT required, but an A record, or CNAME to a MX MUST be present at the least.
+ * EHLO should be tried, then fall back to HELO
+ * The 250 return code from RCPT TO is not actually clear-cut. A 251 may be
+   returned if the message was forwarded to another address.  This could be a
+   useful indicator to end-users that an address should be updated.
+ * RCPT TO can accpet just "postmaster" without a domain name
+ * Server MUST not close connection before:
+   - QUIT and returning 221 response
+   - Forced requirement, and only after returning a 421 response
+   - Clients expriencing a forced connection closure, without prior warning should
+     just treat it like a 451 closure regardless
+ * ALWAYS use blocking sockets for the initial connection (this should prevent
+   Exim4's whining about sync).
+
+Response codes
+--------------
+ * From RFC2821, 4.2.
+   - In particular, the 220, 221, 251, 421, and 551 reply codes
+     are associated with message text that must be parsed and interpreted
+     by machines.
+    
+Error Codes
+------------
+ * Numeric 5yz = Error
+   - 550/RCPT TO = Relay denied
+   - 500 = Unknown command
+ * Numeric 2yz = Normal
+ * Numeric 4yz = Temporary failure??
+
+<?php
+
+class EsmtpTransport implements Transport, EsmtpCommandWriter {
+}
+
+interface EsmtpCommandWriter {
+  public function getBuffer();   
+  public function executeCommand($command, $expectedCodes);
+}
+
+interface Extension {
+  public function getKeyword();
+  public function afterEhlo($commandWriter);                
+  public function getRcptParams();
+  public function getMailParams();
+  public function atCommand($commandWriter, $command, $expectedResponse) throws CommandSentException;
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/package.xml.tpl

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<package packagerversion="1.8.0" version="2.0" xmlns="http://pear.php.net/dtd/package-2.0" xmlns:tasks="http://pear.php.net/dtd/tasks-1.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://pear.php.net/dtd/tasks-1.0
+    http://pear.php.net/dtd/tasks-1.0.xsd
+    http://pear.php.net/dtd/package-2.0
+    http://pear.php.net/dtd/package-2.0.xsd">
+ <name>Swift</name>
+ <channel>pear.swiftmailer.org</channel>
+ <summary>Free Feature-rich PHP Mailer.</summary>
+ <description>
+   Swift Mailer integrates into any web app written in PHP 5, offering a flexible and elegant object-oriented approach to sending emails with a multitude of features. 
+ </description>
+ <lead>
+  <name>Fabien Potencier</name>
+  <user>fabpot</user>
+  <email>fabien.potencier@symfony-project.org</email>
+  <active>yes</active>
+ </lead>
+ <lead>
+  <name>Chris Corbyn</name>
+  <user>d11wtq</user>
+  <email></email>
+  <active>no</active>
+ </lead>
+ <date>{{ date }}</date>
+ <time>{{ time }}</time>
+ <version>
+  <release>{{ version }}</release>
+  <api>{{ api_version }}</api>
+ </version>
+ <stability>
+  <release>{{ stability }}</release>
+  <api>{{ stability }}</api>
+ </stability>
+ <license uri="http://www.opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.html">LGPL</license>
+ <notes>-</notes>
+ <contents>
+   <dir name="/">
+     <file name="CHANGES" role="doc" />
+     <file name="LICENSE" role="doc" />
+     <file name="README" role="doc" />
+     <file name="VERSION" role="doc" />
+     <dir name="lib">
+       <file install-as="mime_types.php" name="mime_types.php" role="php" />
+       <file install-as="preferences.php" name="preferences.php" role="php" />
+       <file install-as="swift_init.php" name="swift_init.php" role="php" />
+       <file install-as="swift_required.php" name="swift_required_pear.php" role="php" />
+       <dir name="dependency_maps">
+         <file install-as="dependency_maps/cache_deps.php" name="cache_deps.php" role="php" />
+         <file install-as="dependency_maps/mime_deps.php" name="mime_deps.php" role="php" />
+         <file install-as="dependency_maps/transport_deps.php" name="transport_deps.php" role="php" />
+         <file install-as="dependency_maps/message_deps.php" name="message_deps.php" role="php" />
+       </dir>
+       <dir name="classes">
+         <file install-as="Swift.php" name="Swift.php" role="php" />
+         <dir name="Swift">
+{{ files }}
+         </dir>
+       </dir>
+     </dir>
+   </dir>
+ </contents>
+ <dependencies>
+  <required>
+   <php>
+    <min>5.2.4</min>
+   </php>
+   <pearinstaller>
+    <min>1.4.0</min>
+   </pearinstaller>
+  </required>
+ </dependencies>
+ <phprelease />
+</package>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/CHANGES

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Sweety SimpleTest Front-end, Version 0.1 - beta
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+17th November 2007, 0.1b:
+  Finished initial draft, giving up on dealing with invalid XML for now since
+  $test->dump() should be used for output where needed.  Will address this again
+  later.

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+		   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+  0. Additional Definitions. 
+
+  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+   this License applicable to that copy.
+
+  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+  4. Combined Works.
+
+  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+   d) Do one of the following:
+
+       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+       Corresponding Source.
+
+       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+       Version. 
+
+   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+   for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+  5. Combined Libraries.
+
+  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+   conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/README

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+Sweety SimpleTest Suite
+-----------------------
+
+Sweety is a wrapper around SimpleTest's XML reporting capabilities which
+makes unit tests easier to manage and friendlier to run.
+
+Tests are run in a grouped fashion, but each individual test runs in its own
+environment and own memory space either via forking new PHP processes, or by
+making new HTTP requests.
+
+Sweety works with any vanilla version of SimpleTest since the XmlReporter was
+added.
+
+Tests can be run on command line, in an AJAX equipped web browser*, or in a 
+web browser with javascript turned off.
+
+ * Sweety has been tested with success in the following browsers:
+
+   - Mozilla Firefox 2.0
+   - Safari 3-beta
+   - Internet Explorer 7
+   - Opera 9
+
+
+Configuring Sweety:
+--------------------
+
+All Sweety configuration is contained inside the config.php file, defined as
+constants for the mostpart.
+
+Make sure you at least indicate a path to a directory containing SimpleTest,
+and also change the SWEETY_INCLUDE_PATH and SWEETY_TEST_PATH to fit your needs.
+
+Paths are provided using the directory separator for your OS.  Use the PHP
+constant PATH_SEPARATOR if you need to run in different environments.
+
+If you have test cases in directories /webdev/tests/unit and
+/webdev/tests/integration your SWEETY_TEST_PATH should look like:
+
+define('SWEETY_TEST_PATH', '/webdev/tests/unit' . PATH_SEPARATOR .
+  '/webdev/tests/integration');
+  
+If you want to run Sweety on the command line you'll need to specify the path
+to your PHP executable (typically /usr/bin/php).  Sweety needs to be able to
+fork new processes using this executable.
+
+
+What to do if your naming scheme doesn't use PEAR conventions:
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+By default Sweety looks for classes using PEAR naming conventions.  If you use
+some other naming convention you need to tell Sweety how to find your test cases.
+
+This is a two step process:
+
+1)  Write a new Sweety_TestLocator -- don't worry, it's easy!
+
+   Refer to the interface in lib/Sweety/TestLocator.php for guidance on what
+   your TestLocator needs to include (just two methods for searching and including).
+   
+2) Add it to your config.php.
+
+  Once you've written a new TestLocator which works for your naming scheme,
+  change the config value SWEETY_TEST_LOCATOR to the name of your new class, then
+  include the class file somewhere inside the config.php.  If you use multiple class
+  naming conventions, list your TestLocators as a comma separated string.
+
+
+Making tests appear in Sweety's interface:
+-------------------------------------------
+
+No really, you just edit the configuration and they'll show up if a TestLocator
+can find them ;)
+
+
+Running sweety on the command line:
+-----------------------------------
+
+Interacting with Sweety on the command line you'll get almost as much detail
+as you do in a web browser, although the formatting obviously isn't so pretty!
+
+All operations are handled by the file named run.php in the sweety installation
+directory.
+
+ -bash$  php run.php  #runs all tests
+ -bash$  php run.php Name_Of_TestClass  #runs a single test case
+ -bash$  php run.php Name_Of_TestClass  xml  #runs a single test case in XML
+
+ 
+
+Runing Sweety with AJAX:
+-------------------------
+
+Open up an AJAX equipped web browsers (preferably supporting DOM 3 XPath, but at
+least support basic DOM).  Navigate to the index.php file at the installation
+directory of Sweety.  You'll see the screen is divided into two sections, left
+and right.  On the left there's a list of test cases which you can click to run.
+On the right you get all the verbose output from running the tests.
+
+Clicking the "Run Tests" button will run all tests you can currently see in
+the list.  As each test runs, a request is sent to the web server to get
+SimpleTest to run your test case.  If the test passes the test case will turn
+green, if it fails it will turn red.  Tests go yellow until a final conclusion
+is drawn.
+
+If you need to stop the tests at any time just click the button again (it
+should say "Stop Tests" whilst the tests run).
+
+Whilst the tests run, the large bar to the right of the screen will tally
+up aggregated results and will eventually go either green or red indicating
+a pass or failure.  Failed assertion messages will appear in the page just like
+they do with the HtmlReporter of SimpleTest.
+
+Clicking a single test case will run just that test in isolation.  If you want
+(or need?) to run the test with SimpleTest's HtmlReporter just click the
+HTML Icon (little world image) next to the test case.  Tests can also be run in
+XML if needed.
+
+Above the list of tests there's a filter box which can be directly typed into.
+Typing in here narrows down the list of testcases to show only the ones which
+match the search query.
+
+Refreshing the page with your browser's refresh button will reset the test suite.
+
+When you change your code, you DO NOT need to refesh your browser window.  Just
+click the "Run Tests" button, or click the individual test to refresh the results.
+
+If you add a new test case you will need to refresh your browser window however.
+
+
+Running Sweety without JavaScript:
+----------------------------------
+
+If your web browser has JavaScript disabled you can still use the HTML version
+of the test suite.  Open up the index.php file in your web browser.
+
+You'll see the screen is divided into two sections, left
+and right.  On the left there's a list of test cases with checkboxes next to them
+which you can check to run.  On the right you get all the verbose output from
+running the tests.
+
+Clicking the "Run Tests" button will run all the currently selected test cases.
+This could take a long time depending upon how many tests you have to run,
+but once complete you'll see the page again where the tests you selected will
+either be red or green indicating a pass or failure.  The bar at the right of
+the screen will contain aggregate results for all the tests and will be either
+red or green to indicate an overall pass or failure.
+
+Assertion messages appear in the page just like with SimpleTest's HtmlReporter.
+
+If you want to run just a single test case, click the "Run" icon at the right
+of the test (little running man image).
+
+You can run tests with SimpleTest's HtmlReporter by clicking the HTML icon
+(little world image) next to the test case.  Tests can be run in XML if needed
+too.
+
+Enjoy!
+

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/config.php

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?php
+
+//Error reporting settings
+error_reporting(E_ALL | E_STRICT); ini_set('display_errors', true);
+
+if (defined('E_DEPRECATED'))
+{
+  error_reporting(error_reporting() | E_DEPRECATED);
+}
+
+//E_STRICT compliance -- If you change this timezone some tests may fail -
+// This only affects the tests, you need to ensure PHP is correctly set up in
+// your own code
+date_default_timezone_set('Australia/ACT');
+
+//Time limit to process all tests
+set_time_limit(30);
+
+//The path to the PHP command line executable (auto-detected if none set)
+define('SWEETY_PHP_EXE', '');
+//The path to this file
+define('SWEETY_HOME', dirname(__FILE__));
+//The path to the libs being tested
+define('SWEETY_INCLUDE_PATH',
+  SWEETY_HOME . '/../lib/classes' . PATH_SEPARATOR .
+  SWEETY_HOME . '/../lib' . PATH_SEPARATOR .
+  SWEETY_HOME . '/../tests/helpers'
+  );
+//The path to the main test suite
+define('SWEETY_LIB_PATH', SWEETY_HOME . '/lib');
+//The path to simpletest
+define('SWEETY_SIMPLETEST_PATH', SWEETY_LIB_PATH . '/simpletest');
+//The path to any testing directories
+define('SWEETY_TEST_PATH',
+  SWEETY_HOME . '/../tests/unit' .
+  PATH_SEPARATOR . SWEETY_HOME . '/../tests/acceptance' .
+  PATH_SEPARATOR . SWEETY_HOME . '/../tests/smoke' .
+  PATH_SEPARATOR . SWEETY_HOME . '/../tests/bug'
+  );
+//Test locator strategies, separated by commas
+define('SWEETY_TEST_LOCATOR', 'Sweety_TestLocator_PearStyleLocator');
+//A pattern used for filtering out certain class names expected to be tests
+define('SWEETY_IGNORED_CLASSES', '/(^|_)Abstract/');
+//The name which appears at the top of the test suite
+define('SWEETY_SUITE_NAME', 'Swift Mailer 4 Test Suite');
+//The path to the template which renders the view
+define('SWEETY_UI_TEMPLATE', SWEETY_HOME . '/templates/sweety/suite-ui.tpl.php');
+
+//Most likely you won't want to modify the include_path
+set_include_path(
+  dirname(__FILE__) . '/../lib' . PATH_SEPARATOR .
+  SWEETY_LIB_PATH . PATH_SEPARATOR .
+  SWEETY_INCLUDE_PATH . PATH_SEPARATOR .
+  SWEETY_TEST_PATH
+);
+
+//Load in any dependencies
+require_once 'Sweety/TestLocator/PearStyleLocator.php';
+require_once 'swift_required.php';
+
+//Force init to be required
+require_once 'swift_init.php';
+
+//Load in some swift specific testig config
+require_once SWEETY_HOME . '/../tests/acceptance.conf.php';
+require_once SWEETY_HOME . '/../tests/smoke.conf.php';
+require_once SWEETY_HOME . '/lib/yaymock/yay_mock.php';
+require_once SWEETY_HOME . '/lib/yaymock/yay_convenience.php';

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/index.php

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once dirname(__FILE__) . '/config.php';
+
+require_once SWEETY_SIMPLETEST_PATH . '/unit_tester.php';
+require_once SWEETY_SIMPLETEST_PATH . '/mock_objects.php';
+require_once SWEETY_SIMPLETEST_PATH . '/reporter.php';
+require_once SWEETY_SIMPLETEST_PATH . '/xml.php';
+
+require_once 'Sweety/Runner.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/Runner/HtmlRunner.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter/HtmlReporter.php';
+
+$runner = new Sweety_Runner_HtmlRunner(
+  explode(PATH_SEPARATOR, SWEETY_TEST_PATH),
+  SWEETY_UI_TEMPLATE,
+  SWEETY_SUITE_NAME
+);
+
+$runner->setReporter(new Sweety_Reporter_HtmlReporter());
+
+$runner->setIgnoredClassRegex(SWEETY_IGNORED_CLASSES);
+
+$locators = preg_split('/\s*,\s*/', SWEETY_TEST_LOCATOR);
+foreach ($locators as $locator)
+{
+  $runner->registerTestLocator(new $locator());
+}
+
+if (isset($_GET['test']))
+{
+  $testName = $_GET['test'];
+  $format = isset($_GET['format']) ? $_GET['format'] : Sweety_Runner::REPORT_HTML;
+  
+  $runner->runTestCase($testName, $format);
+}
+else
+{
+  $runner->runAllTests();
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Reporter.php

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?php
+
+/**
+ * Interface for sending output to the client.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+interface Sweety_Reporter
+{
+  
+  /**
+   * Get the reporter used to report on this specific test case.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   * @return Sweety_Reporter
+   */
+  public function getReporterFor($testCase);
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns true if start() has been invoked.
+   * @return boolean
+   */
+  public function isStarted();
+  
+  /**
+   * Start reporting.
+   */
+  public function start();
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a skipped test case.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportSkip($message, $path);
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a passing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportPass($message, $path);
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a failing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportFail($message, $path);
+  
+  /**
+   * Report an unexpected exception.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportException($message, $path);
+  
+  /**
+   * Report output from something like a dump().
+   * @param string $output
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportOutput($output, $path);
+  
+  /**
+   * End reporting.
+   */
+  public function finish();
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Reporter/CliReporter.php

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter/CliTestCaseReporter.php';
+
+/**
+ * The reporter used in command line reporting.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+class Sweety_Reporter_CliReporter implements Sweety_Reporter
+{
+  
+  /**
+   * True if this repoter is running.
+   * @var boolean
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_started = false;
+  
+  /**
+   * The name to show this report as.
+   * @var string
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_name;
+  
+  /**
+   * Aggregate scores from tests run.
+   * @var int[]
+   */
+  private $_aggregates = array();
+  
+  /**
+   * Creates a new CliReporter.
+   */
+  public function __construct($name)
+  {
+    $this->_name = $name;
+    $this->_aggregates = array(
+      'cases' => 0,
+      'run' => 0,
+      'passes' => 0,
+      'fails' => 0,
+      'exceptions' => 0
+      );
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Used so test case reporters can notify this reporter when they've completed.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   */
+  public function notifyEnded($testCase)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['run']++;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Get the reporter used to report on this specific test case.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   * @return Sweety_Reporter
+   */
+  public function getReporterFor($testCase)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['cases']++;
+    
+    $reporter = new Sweety_Reporter_CliTestCaseReporter($testCase, $this);
+    return $reporter;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns true if start() has been invoked.
+   * @return boolean
+   */
+  public function isStarted()
+  {
+    return $this->_started;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Start reporting.
+   */
+  public function start()
+  {
+    $this->_started = true;
+    echo $this->_name . PHP_EOL;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a skipped test case.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportSkip($message, $path)
+  {
+    echo "  \033[34m\033[1m\033[4mSkip\033[0m:";
+    $messageLines = explode(PHP_EOL, wordwrap($message, 74, PHP_EOL));
+    foreach ($messageLines as $line)
+    {
+      echo '  ' . $line . PHP_EOL;
+    }
+    echo '    in: ' . $path . PHP_EOL;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a passing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportPass($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['passes']++;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a failing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportFail($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['fails']++;
+    
+    echo "\033[31m" . $this->_aggregates['fails'] . ') ';
+    echo $message . "\033[0m" . PHP_EOL;
+    echo '    in: ' . $path . PHP_EOL;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report an unexpected exception.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportException($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['exceptions']++;
+    
+    echo "\033[31m\033[1mException" . $this->_aggregates['exceptions'] . "\033[0m!" . PHP_EOL;
+    echo "\033[1m" . $message . "\033[0m" . PHP_EOL;
+    echo '    in ' . $path . PHP_EOL;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report output from something like a dump().
+   * @param string $output
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportOutput($output, $path)
+  {
+    if (preg_match('/^\{image @ (.*?)\}$/D', $output, $matches))
+    {
+      echo "  \033[33mSmoke Test\033[0m" . PHP_EOL;
+      echo '  Compare email sent with image @ ' . $matches[1] . PHP_EOL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      echo '--------------------' . PHP_EOL;
+      echo $output . PHP_EOL;
+      echo '--------------------' . PHP_EOL;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * End reporting.
+   */
+  public function finish()
+  {
+    $this->_started = false;
+    
+    $incomplete = $this->_aggregates['cases'] - $this->_aggregates['run'];
+    
+    if ($incomplete)
+    {
+      echo '**********************' . PHP_EOL;
+      echo $incomplete . ' test case(s) did not complete.' . PHP_EOL .
+        'This may be because invalid XML was output during the test run' . PHP_EOL .
+        'and/or because an error occured.' . PHP_EOL .
+        'Try running the tests separately for more detail.' . PHP_EOL;
+      echo '**********************' . PHP_EOL;
+    }
+    
+    $success = (!$this->_aggregates['fails'] && !$this->_aggregates['exceptions']
+      && $this->_aggregates['cases'] == $this->_aggregates['run']);
+    
+    if ($success)
+    {
+      echo "\033[32m\033[1mOK\033[0m" . PHP_EOL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      echo "\033[31m\033[1mFAILURES!!!\033[0m" . PHP_EOL;
+    }
+    
+    echo 'Test cases run: ';
+    echo $this->_aggregates['run'] . '/' . $this->_aggregates['cases'] . ', ';
+    echo 'Passes: ' . $this->_aggregates['passes'] . ', ';
+    echo 'Failures: ' . $this->_aggregates['fails'] . ', ';
+    echo 'Exceptions: '. $this->_aggregates['exceptions'] . PHP_EOL;
+    
+    exit((int) !$success);
+  }
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Reporter/CliTestCaseReporter.php

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter/CliReporter.php';
+
+/**
+ * A command line reporter for an individual test case.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+class Sweety_Reporter_CliTestCaseReporter implements Sweety_Reporter
+{
+  
+  /**
+   * True if this reporter is running.
+   * @var boolean
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_started = false;
+  
+  /**
+   * The name of the test case being reported on.
+   * @var string
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_testCase;
+  
+  /**
+   * The parent reporter this was spawned from.
+   * @var Sweety_Reporter_CliReporter
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_parent;
+  
+  /**
+   * Aggregate totals for this test case.
+   * @var int[]
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_aggregates = array();
+  
+  /**
+   * Creates a new CliTestCaseReporter.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   * @param Sweety_Reporter_CliReporter The parent reporter this was spawned from.
+   */
+  public function __construct($testCase, Sweety_Reporter_CliReporter $parent)
+  {
+    $this->_parent = $parent;
+    $this->_testCase = $testCase;
+    $this->_aggregates = array(
+      'passes' => 0,
+      'fails' => 0,
+      'exceptions' => 0
+      );
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Get the reporter used to report on this specific test case.
+   * This method is stubbed only to return itself.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   * @return Sweety_Reporter
+   */
+  public function getReporterFor($testCase)
+  {
+    return $this;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns true if start() has been invoked.
+   * @return boolean
+   */
+  public function isStarted()
+  {
+    return $this->_started;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Start reporting.
+   */
+  public function start()
+  {
+    $this->_started = true;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a skipped test case.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportSkip($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_parent->reportSkip($message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a passing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportPass($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['passes']++;
+    $this->_parent->reportPass($message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a failing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportFail($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['fails']++;
+    $this->_parent->reportFail($message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report an unexpected exception.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportException($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['exceptions']++;
+    $this->_parent->reportException($message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report output from something like a dump().
+   * @param string $output
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportOutput($output, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_parent->reportOutput($output, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * End reporting.
+   */
+  public function finish()
+  {
+    $this->_started = false;
+    
+    if (!$this->_aggregates['fails'] && !$this->_aggregates['exceptions'])
+    {
+      echo '  >> ' . $this->_testCase . ' ';
+      echo "\033[32mOK\033[0m" . PHP_EOL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      echo '  !! ' . $this->_testCase . ' ';
+      echo "\033[31mFAILED\033[0m" . PHP_EOL;
+    }
+    
+    $this->_parent->notifyEnded($this->_testCase);
+  }
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Reporter/HtmlReporter.php

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter/HtmlTestCaseReporter.php';
+
+/**
+ * The reporter used for the Html (non JS) backend.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+class Sweety_Reporter_HtmlReporter implements Sweety_Reporter
+{
+  
+  /**
+   * Template data.
+   * @var mixed[]
+   */
+  public $_tplVars;
+  
+  /**
+   * True if this repoter is running.
+   * @var boolean
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_started = false;
+  
+  /**
+   * Set template vars.
+   * @param mixed[]
+   */
+  public function setTemplateVars(&$vars)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars =& $vars;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Used so test case reporters can notify this reporter when they've completed.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   */
+  public function notifyEnded($testCase)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars['runTests'][] = $testCase;
+    $this->_tplVars['runCount']++;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Get the reporter used to report on this specific test case.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   * @return Sweety_Reporter
+   */
+  public function getReporterFor($testCase)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars['caseCount']++;
+    
+    $reporter = new Sweety_Reporter_HtmlTestCaseReporter($testCase, $this);
+    $reporter->setTemplateVars($this->_tplVars);
+    return $reporter;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns true if start() has been invoked.
+   * @return boolean
+   */
+  public function isStarted()
+  {
+    return $this->_started;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Start reporting.
+   */
+  public function start()
+  {
+    $this->_started = true;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a skipped test case.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportSkip($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars['messages'][] = array(
+      'type' => 'skip',
+      'path' => $path,
+      'text' => $message);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a passing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportPass($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars['passCount']++;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a failing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportFail($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars['failCount']++;
+    $this->_tplVars['messages'][] = array(
+      'type' => 'fail',
+      'path' => $path,
+      'text' => $message);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report an unexpected exception.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportException($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars['exceptionCount']++;
+    $this->_tplVars['messages'][] = array(
+      'type' => 'exception',
+      'path' => $path,
+      'text' => $message);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report output from something like a dump().
+   * @param string $output
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportOutput($output, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars['messages'][] = array(
+      'type' => 'output',
+      'path' => $path,
+      'text' => $output);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * End reporting.
+   */
+  public function finish()
+  {
+    $this->_started = false;
+    
+    if (!$this->_tplVars['failCount'] && !$this->_tplVars['exceptionCount']
+      && $this->_tplVars['caseCount'] == $this->_tplVars['runCount'])
+    {
+      $this->_tplVars['result'] = 'pass';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      $this->_tplVars['result'] = 'fail';
+    }
+    
+    $incomplete = $this->_tplVars['caseCount'] - $this->_tplVars['runCount'];
+    
+    if (0 < $incomplete)
+    {
+      $this->_tplVars['messages'][] = array(
+        'type' => 'internal',
+        'path' => '',
+        'text' => $incomplete . ' test case(s) did not complete.' .
+        ' This may be because invalid XML was output during the test run' .
+        ' and/or because an error occured.' .
+        ' Incomplete test cases are shown in yellow.  Click the HTML link ' .
+        'next to the test for more detail.'
+        );
+    }
+  }
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Reporter/HtmlTestCaseReporter.php

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter/HtmlReporter.php';
+
+/**
+ * A command line reporter for an individual test case.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+class Sweety_Reporter_HtmlTestCaseReporter implements Sweety_Reporter
+{
+  
+  /**
+   * Template variables.
+   * @var mixed[]
+   */
+  public $_tplVars;
+  
+  /**
+   * True if this reporter is running.
+   * @var boolean
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_started = false;
+  
+  /**
+   * The name of the test case being reported on.
+   * @var string
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_testCase;
+  
+  /**
+   * The parent reporter this was spawned from.
+   * @var Sweety_Reporter_HtmlReporter
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_parent;
+  
+  /**
+   * Aggregate totals for this test case.
+   * @var int[]
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_aggregates = array();
+  
+  /**
+   * Creates a new CliTestCaseReporter.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   * @param Sweety_Reporter_CliReporter The parent reporter this was spawned from.
+   */
+  public function __construct($testCase, Sweety_Reporter_HtmlReporter $parent)
+  {
+    $this->_parent = $parent;
+    $this->_testCase = $testCase;
+    $this->_aggregates = array(
+      'passes' => 0,
+      'fails' => 0,
+      'exceptions' => 0
+      );
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Set template data.
+   * @param mixed[]
+   */
+  public function setTemplateVars(&$vars)
+  {
+    $this->_tplVars =& $vars;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Get the reporter used to report on this specific test case.
+   * This method is stubbed only to return itself.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   * @return Sweety_Reporter
+   */
+  public function getReporterFor($testCase)
+  {
+    return $this;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns true if start() has been invoked.
+   * @return boolean
+   */
+  public function isStarted()
+  {
+    return $this->_started;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Start reporting.
+   */
+  public function start()
+  {
+    $this->_started = true;
+    $this->_tplVars['runTests'][$this->_testCase] = 'running';
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a skipped test case.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportSkip($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_parent->reportSkip($message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a passing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportPass($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['passes']++;
+    $this->_parent->reportPass($message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report a failing assertion.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportFail($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['fails']++;
+    $this->_parent->reportFail($message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report an unexpected exception.
+   * @param string $message
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportException($message, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_aggregates['exceptions']++;
+    $this->_parent->reportException($message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Report output from something like a dump().
+   * @param string $output
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function reportOutput($output, $path)
+  {
+    $this->_parent->reportOutput($output, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * End reporting.
+   */
+  public function finish()
+  {
+    $this->_started = false;
+    
+    if (!$this->_aggregates['fails'] && !$this->_aggregates['exceptions'])
+    {
+      $this->_tplVars['runTests'][$this->_testCase] = 'pass';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      $this->_tplVars['runTests'][$this->_testCase] = 'fail';
+    }
+    
+    $this->_parent->notifyEnded($this->_testCase);
+  }
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Runner.php

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/TestLocator.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter.php';
+
+/**
+ * Provides the interface for a remote test runner.
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ * @package Sweety
+ */
+interface Sweety_Runner
+{
+  
+  /** Format for reporting in text mode */
+  const REPORT_TEXT = 'text';
+  
+  /** Format for reporting in XML mode */
+  const REPORT_XML = 'xml';
+  
+  /** Format for reporting in HTML mode */
+  const REPORT_HTML = 'html';
+  
+  /**
+   * Provide a regular expression to filter away some classes.
+   * @param string $ignoredClassRegex
+   */
+  public function setIgnoredClassRegex($ignoredClassRegex);
+  
+  /**
+   * Set the reporter used for showing results/progress.
+   * @param Sweety_Reporter $reporter
+   */
+  public function setReporter(Sweety_Reporter $reporter);
+  
+  /**
+   * Register a new test locator instance.
+   * @param Sweety_TestLocator $locator
+   */
+  public function registerTestLocator(Sweety_TestLocator $locator);
+  
+  /**
+   * Run all tests in the provided directories.
+   * @param string[] $directories
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function runAllTests($dirs = array());
+  
+  /**
+   * Run a single test case in isolation using the provided report format.
+   * @param string $testCase name
+   * @param string Report format
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function runTestCase($testName, $format = self::REPORT_TEXT);
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Runner/AbstractTestRunner.php

@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/Runner.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/TestLocator.php';
+require_once 'Sweety/Reporter.php';
+
+/**
+ * Base functionality for the Sweety_Runner.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+abstract class Sweety_Runner_AbstractTestRunner implements Sweety_Runner
+{
+ 
+ /**
+  * The reporter used for showing progress.
+  * @var Sweety_Reporter
+  * @access private
+  */
+ private $_reporter;
+ 
+  /**
+   * TestLocator strategies.
+   * @var Sweety_TestLocator[]
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_testLocators = array();
+   
+  /**
+   * Regular expression for classes which should be ignored.
+   * @var string
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_ignoredClassRegex = '/^$/D';
+  
+  /**
+   * Set the reporter used for showing results.
+   * @param Sweety_Reporter $reporter
+   */
+  public function setReporter(Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    $this->_reporter = $reporter;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Get the reporter used for showing results.
+   * @return Sweety_Reporter
+   */
+  public function getReporter()
+  {
+    return $this->_reporter;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Register a test locator instance.
+   * @param Sweety_TestLocator $locator
+   */
+  public function registerTestLocator(Sweety_TestLocator $locator)
+  {
+    $this->_testLocators[] = $locator;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Set the regular expression used to filter out certain class names.
+   * @param string $ignoredClassRegex
+   */
+  public function setIgnoredClassRegex($ignoredClassRegex)
+  {
+    $this->_ignoredClassRegex = $ignoredClassRegex;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Get the filtering regular expression for ignoring certain classes.
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getIgnoredClassRegex()
+  {
+    return $this->_ignoredClassRegex;
+  }
+   
+  /**
+   * Run a single test case with the given name, using the provided output format.
+   * @param string $testName
+   * @param string $format (xml, text or html)
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function runTestCase($testName, $format = Sweety_Runner::REPORT_TEXT)
+  {
+    foreach ($this->_testLocators as $locator)
+    {
+      if ($locator->includeTest($testName))
+      {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    $testClass = new ReflectionClass($testName);
+    if ($testClass->getConstructor())
+    {
+      //We don't want test output to be cached
+      if (!SimpleReporter::inCli())
+      {
+        header("Cache-Control: no-cache, must-revalidate");
+        header("Pragma: no-cache");
+        header("Expires: Mon, 26 Jul 1997 05:00:00 GMT");
+      }
+      
+      switch ($format)
+      {
+        case Sweety_Runner::REPORT_HTML:
+          $reporter = new HtmlReporter();
+          break;
+        case Sweety_Runner::REPORT_XML:
+          if (!SimpleReporter::inCli())
+          {
+            header("Content-Type: text/xml"); //Sigh! SimpleTest (skip() issues).
+          }
+          $reporter = new XmlReporter();
+          break;
+        case Sweety_Runner::REPORT_TEXT:
+        default:
+          $reporter = new TextReporter();
+          break;
+      }
+      $test = $testClass->newInstance();
+      return $test->run($reporter) ? 0 : 1;
+    }
+    
+    return 1;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Use strategies to find tests which are runnable.
+   * @param string[] $dirs
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  protected function findTests($dirs = array())
+  {
+    $tests = array();
+    foreach ($this->_testLocators as $locator)
+    {
+      $tests += $locator->getTests($dirs);
+    }
+    return $tests;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse an XML response from a test case an report to the reporter.
+   * @param string $xml
+   * @param string $testCase
+   */
+  protected function parseXml($xml, $testCase)
+  {
+    $reporter = $this->_reporter->getReporterFor($testCase);
+    if (!$reporter->isStarted())
+    {
+      $reporter->start();
+    }
+    
+    $xml = str_replace("\0", '?', trim($xml));
+    $xml = preg_replace('/[^\x01-\x7F]/e', 'sprintf("&#%d;", ord("$0"));', $xml); //Do something better?
+    if (!empty($xml))
+    {
+      $document = @simplexml_load_string($xml);
+      if ($document)
+      {
+        $this->_parseDocument($document, $testCase, $reporter);
+        $reporter->finish();
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    $reporter->reportException(
+      'Invalid XML response: ' .
+      trim(strip_tags(
+        preg_replace('/^\s*<\?xml.+<\/(?:name|pass|fail|exception)>/s', '', $xml)
+        )),
+      $testCase
+      );
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse formatted test output.
+   * @param SimpleXMLElement The node containing the output
+   * @param string $path to this test method
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private function _parseFormatted(SimpleXMLElement $formatted, $path = '',
+    Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    $reporter->reportOutput((string)$formatted, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse test output.
+   * @param SimpleXMLElement The node containing the output
+   * @param string $path to this test method
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private function _parseMessage(SimpleXMLElement $message, $path = '',
+    Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    $reporter->reportOutput((string)$message, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse a test failure.
+   * @param SimpleXMLElement The node containing the fail
+   * @param string $path to this test method
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private function _parseFailure(SimpleXMLElement $failure, $path = '',
+    Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    $reporter->reportFail((string)$failure, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse an exception.
+   * @param SimpleXMLElement The node containing the exception
+   * @param string $path to this test method
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private function _parseException(SimpleXMLElement $exception, $path = '',
+    Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    $reporter->reportException((string)$exception, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse a pass.
+   * @param SimpleXMLElement The node containing this pass.
+   * @param string $path to this test method
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private function _parsePass(SimpleXMLElement $pass, $path = '',
+    Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    $reporter->reportPass((string)$pass, $path);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse a single test case.
+   * @param SimpleXMLElement The node containing the test case
+   * @param string $path to this test case
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private function _parseTestCase(SimpleXMLElement $testCase, $path = '',
+    Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  { 
+    foreach ($testCase->xpath('./test') as $testMethod)
+    {
+      $testMethodName = (string) $this->_firstNodeValue($testMethod->xpath('./name'));
+      
+      foreach ($testMethod->xpath('./formatted') as $formatted)
+      {
+        $this->_parseFormatted(
+          $formatted, $path . ' -> ' . $testMethodName, $reporter);
+      }
+      
+      foreach ($testMethod->xpath('./message') as $message)
+      {
+        $this->_parseMessage(
+          $message, $path . ' -> ' . $testMethodName, $reporter);
+      }
+      
+      foreach ($testMethod->xpath('./fail') as $failure)
+      {
+        $this->_parseFailure(
+          $failure, $path . ' -> ' . $testMethodName, $reporter);
+      }
+      
+      foreach ($testMethod->xpath('./exception') as $exception)
+      {
+        $this->_parseException(
+          $exception, $path . ' -> ' . $testMethodName, $reporter);
+      }
+      
+      foreach ($testMethod->xpath('./pass') as $pass)
+      {
+        $this->_parsePass($pass, $path . ' -> ' . $testMethodName, $reporter);
+      }
+      
+      $stdout = trim((string) $testMethod);
+      if ($stdout)
+      {
+        $reporter->reportOutput($stdout, $path . ' -> ' . $testMethodName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse the results of all tests.
+   * @param SimpleXMLElement The node containing the tests
+   * @param string $path to the tests
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private function _parseResults(SimpleXMLElement $document, $path = '',
+    Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    $groups = $document->xpath('./group');
+    if (!empty($groups))
+    { 
+      foreach ($groups as $group)
+      { 
+        $groupName = (string) $this->_firstNodeValue($group->xpath('./name'));
+        $this->_parseResults($group, $path . ' -> ' . $groupName, $reporter);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      foreach ($document->xpath('./case') as $testCase)
+      {
+        $this->_parseTestCase($testCase, $path, $reporter);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Parse the entire SimpleTest XML document from a test case.
+   * @param SimpleXMLElement $document to parse
+   * @param string $path to the test
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private function _parseDocument(SimpleXMLElement $document, $path = '',
+    Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    if ($everything = $this->_firstNodeValue($document->xpath('/run')))
+    {
+      $this->_parseResults($everything, $path, $reporter);
+    }
+    elseif ($skip = $this->_firstNodeValue($document->xpath('/skip')))
+    {
+      $reporter->reportSkip((string) $skip, $path);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  protected function _sort($a, $b)
+  {
+    $apkg = preg_replace('/_[^_]+$/D', '', $a);
+    $bpkg = preg_replace('/_[^_]+$/D', '', $b);
+    if ($apkg == $bpkg)
+    {
+      if ($a == $b)
+      {
+        return 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return ($a > $b) ? 1 : -1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return ($apkg > $bpkg) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  private function _firstNodeValue($nodeSet)
+  {
+    $first = array_shift($nodeSet);
+    return $first;
+  }
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Runner/CliRunner.php

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/Runner/AbstractTestRunner.php';
+
+/**
+ * Runs SimpleTest cases as a group via the command line.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+class Sweety_Runner_CliRunner extends Sweety_Runner_AbstractTestRunner
+{
+  
+  /**
+   * Directories to scan for test cases.
+   * @var string[]
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_dirs = array();
+  
+  /**
+   * The command to invoke when running test cases.
+   * @var string
+   * @access private
+   */
+  private $_command;
+  
+  /**
+   * Creates a new CliRunner scanning the given directories, using the given
+   * command and having the given name.
+   * @param string[] $dirs
+   * @param string $command
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function __construct(array $dirs, $command)
+  {
+    $this->_dirs = $dirs;
+    $this->_command = $command;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Runs all test cases found under the given directories.
+   * @param string[] $directories to scan for test cases
+   * @param string To be prepended to class names
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function runAllTests($dirs = array())
+  {
+    if (empty($dirs))
+    {
+      $dirs = $this->_dirs;
+    }
+    
+    $reporter = $this->getReporter();
+    
+    if (!$reporter->isStarted())
+    {
+      $reporter->start();
+    }
+    
+    $tests = $this->findTests($dirs);
+    usort($tests, array($this, '_sort'));
+    
+    global $argv;
+    
+    if (!empty($argv[1]))
+    {
+      if (substr($argv[1], 0, 1) == '!')
+      {
+        $argv[1] = substr($argv[1], 1);
+        foreach ($tests as $index => $name)
+        {
+          if (@preg_match($argv[1] . 'i', $name))
+          {
+            unset($tests[$index]);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        foreach ($tests as $index => $name)
+        {
+          if (!@preg_match($argv[1] . 'i', $name))
+          {
+            unset($tests[$index]);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    
+    $ret = $this->_runTestList($tests);
+    
+    $reporter->finish();
+    
+    return $ret;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Run all possible tests from the given list.
+   * @param string[] $tests
+   * @return int
+   */
+  protected function _runTestList(array $tests)
+  {
+    foreach ($tests as $testCase)
+    {     
+      if (preg_match($this->getIgnoredClassRegex(), $testCase))
+      {
+        continue;
+      }
+      
+      $command = $this->_command;
+      $command .= ' ' . $testCase;
+      $command .= ' ' . Sweety_Runner::REPORT_XML;
+      
+      exec($command, $output, $status);
+      
+      $xml = implode(PHP_EOL, $output);
+      
+      $this->parseXml($xml, $testCase);
+      
+      unset($status);
+      unset($output);
+    }
+    
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/Runner/HtmlRunner.php

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/Runner/AbstractTestRunner.php';
+
+/**
+ * Runs SimpleTest cases as a group through a JS enabled browser.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+class Sweety_Runner_HtmlRunner extends Sweety_Runner_AbstractTestRunner
+{
+  
+  /**
+   * The path to a valid template file.
+   * @var string
+   */
+  private $_template;
+  
+  /**
+   * The name of the test suite.
+   * @var string
+   */
+  private $_name;
+  
+  /**
+   * Creates a new HtmlRunner scanning the given directories.
+   * @param string[] $dirs
+   * @param string $template to load
+   * @param string $name of the test suite
+   */
+  public function __construct(array $dirs, $template, $name)
+  {
+      $this->_dirs = $dirs;
+      $this->_template = $template;
+      $this->_name = $name;
+  }
+  
+   /**
+   * Runs all test cases found under the given directories.
+   * @param string[] $directories to scan for test cases
+   * @param string To be prepended to class names
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function runAllTests($dirs = array())
+  {
+    //We don't want test output to be cached
+    header("Cache-Control: no-cache, must-revalidate");
+    header("Pragma: no-cache");
+    header("Expires: Mon, 26 Jul 1997 05:00:00 GMT");
+      
+    if (empty($dirs))
+    {
+      $dirs = $this->_dirs;
+    }
+    
+    $testCases = $this->findTests($dirs);
+    foreach ($testCases as $k => $testCase)
+    {
+      if (preg_match($this->getIgnoredClassRegex(), $testCase))
+      {
+        unset($testCases[$k]);
+      }
+    }
+    
+    usort($testCases, array($this, '_sort'));
+    
+    $vars = array(
+      //String
+      'testCases' => $testCases,
+      //String
+      'suiteName' => $this->_name,
+       // testCase => pass | fail | running
+      'runTests' => array(),
+      //Integer
+      'caseCount' => 0,
+      //Integer
+      'runCount' => 0,
+      //Integer
+      'passCount' => 0,
+      //Integer
+      'failCount' => 0,
+      //Integer
+      'exceptionCount' => 0,
+      // type => pass | fail | exception | output | internal, path => testCase, text => ...
+      'messages' => array(),
+      // pass | fail
+      'result' => 'idle'
+    );
+    
+    if (isset($_REQUEST['runtests']))
+    {
+      $reporter = $this->getReporter();
+      $reporter->setTemplateVars($vars);
+      
+      if (!$reporter->isStarted())
+      {
+        $reporter->start();
+      }
+      
+      $this->_runTestList((array)$_REQUEST['runtests'], $reporter);
+      
+      $reporter->finish();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      foreach ($testCases as $testCase)
+      {
+        $vars['runTests'][$testCase] = 'idle'; //Show all checked by default
+      }
+    }
+    
+    $this->_render($vars);
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Run tests in the given array using the REST API (kind of).
+   * @param string[] $tests
+   * @param Sweety_Reporter $reporter
+   * @return int
+   */
+  protected function _runTestList(array $tests, Sweety_Reporter $reporter)
+  {
+    $protocol = !empty($_SERVER['HTTPS']) ? 'https://' : 'http://';
+    
+    //Most likely a HTTP/1.0 server not supporting HOST header
+    $server = !empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME']) ? $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'] : '127.0.0.1';
+    
+    $path = '/';
+    if (!empty($_SERVER['REQUEST_URI']))
+    {
+      $path = preg_replace('/\?.*$/sD', '', $_SERVER['REQUEST_URI']);
+    }
+    
+    $baseUrl = $protocol . $server . $path;
+    
+    foreach ($tests as $testCase)
+    {
+      $url = $baseUrl . '?test=' . $testCase . '&format=xml';
+      $xml = file_get_contents($url);
+      $this->parseXml($xml, $testCase);
+    }
+    
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  /**
+   * Renders the view for the suite.
+   * @param string[] $templateVars
+   */
+  protected function _render($vars = array())
+  {
+    foreach ($vars as $k => $v)
+    {
+      $$k = $v;
+    }
+    
+    require_once $this->_template;
+  }
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/TestLocator.php

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?php
+
+/**
+ * Interface for any strategy for finding test cases.
+ * @package Sweety
+ * @author Chris Corbyn
+ */
+interface Sweety_TestLocator
+{
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns an array of all test cases found under the given directories.
+   * @param string[] $dirs
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getTests($dirs = array());
+  
+  /**
+   * Loads the test case of the given name.
+   * @param string $testCase
+   * @return boolean
+   */
+  public function includeTest($testCase);
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/Sweety/TestLocator/PearStyleLocator.php

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?php
+
+require_once 'Sweety/TestLocator.php';
+
+class Sweety_TestLocator_PearStyleLocator implements Sweety_TestLocator
+{
+  
+  private $_testCache = array();
+  
+  public function getTests($dirs = array())
+  {
+    return $this->_findTestCases($dirs);
+  }
+  
+  public function includeTest($testCase)
+  {
+    $file = str_replace('_', '/', $testCase) . '.php';
+    foreach (explode(PATH_SEPARATOR, get_include_path()) as $dir)
+    {
+      if (is_file($dir . '/' . $file))
+      {
+        require_once $dir . '/' . $file;
+        return true;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  protected function _findTestCases($dirs = array(), $prepend = '')
+  {
+    $ret = array();
+    
+    foreach ($dirs as $dir)
+    {
+      if (array_key_exists($dir, $this->_testCache))
+      {
+        $ret += $this->_testCache[$dir];
+        continue;
+      }
+      
+      $this->_testCache[$dir] = array();
+      
+      $handle = opendir($dir);
+      while (false !== $file = readdir($handle))
+      {
+        if (substr($file, 0, 1) != '.' && is_dir($dir . '/' . $file))
+        {
+          foreach ($this->_findTestCases(
+            array($dir . '/' . $file), $prepend . $file . '_') as $add)
+          {
+            $this->_testCache[$dir][] = $add;
+            $ret[] = $add;
+          }
+        }
+        elseif (substr($file, -4) == '.php')
+        { 
+          $className = $prepend . basename($file, '.php');
+          $this->_testCache[$dir][] = $className;
+          $ret[] = $className;
+        }
+      }
+      closedir($handle);
+    }
+    
+    sort($ret);
+    
+    return $ret;
+  }
+  
+}

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/HELP_MY_TESTS_DONT_WORK_ANYMORE

@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+Simple Test interface changes
+=============================
+Because the SimpleTest tool set is still evolving it is likely that tests
+written with earlier versions will fail with the newest ones. The most
+dramatic changes are in the alpha releases. Here is a list of possible
+problems and their fixes...
+
+Fatal error: Call to undefined method Classname::classname()
+------------------------------------------------------------
+SimpleTest renamed all of its constructors from 
+Classname to __construct; derived classes invoking
+their parent constructors should replace parent::Classname()
+with parent::__construct().
+
+Custom CSS in HtmlReporter not being applied
+--------------------------------------------
+Batch rename of protected and private methods 
+means that _getCss() was renamed to getCss();
+replace your function definition accordingly.
+
+setReturnReference() throws errors in E_STRICT
+----------------------------------------------
+Happens when an object is passed by reference.
+This also happens with setReturnReferenceAt().
+If you want to return objects then replace these
+with calls to returns() and returnsAt() with the
+same arguments. This change was forced in the 1.1
+version for E_STRICT compatibility.
+
+assertReference() throws errors in E_STRICT
+-------------------------------------------
+Due to language restrictions you cannot compare
+both variables and objects in E_STRICT mode. Use
+assertSame() in this mode with objects. This change
+was forced the 1.1 version.
+
+Cannot create GroupTest
+-----------------------
+The GroupTest has been renamed TestSuite (see below).
+It was removed completely in 1.1 in favour of this
+name.
+
+No method getRelativeUrls() or getAbsoluteUrls()
+------------------------------------------------
+These methods were always a bit weird anyway, and
+the new parsing of the base tag makes them more so.
+They have been replaced with getUrls() instead. If
+you want the old functionality then simply chop
+off the current domain from getUrl().
+
+Method setWildcard() removed in mocks
+-------------------------------------
+Even setWildcard() has been removed in 1.0.1beta now.
+If you want to test explicitely for a '*' string, then
+simply pass in new IdenticalExpectation('*') instead.
+
+No method _getTest() on mocks
+-----------------------------
+This has finally been removed. It was a pretty esoteric
+flex point anyway. It was there to allow the mocks to
+work with other test tools, but no one does this.
+
+No method assertError(), assertNoErrors(), swallowErrors()
+----------------------------------------------------------
+These have been deprecated in 1.0.1beta in favour of
+expectError() and expectException(). assertNoErrors() is
+redundant if you use expectError() as failures are now reported
+immediately.
+
+No method TestCase::signal()
+----------------------------
+This has been deprecated in favour of triggering an error or
+throwing an exception. Deprecated as of 1.0.1beta.
+
+No method TestCase::sendMessage()
+---------------------------------
+This has been deprecated as of 1.0.1beta.
+
+Failure to connect now emits failures
+-------------------------------------
+It used to be that you would have to use the
+getTransferError() call on the web tester to see if
+there was a socket level error in a fetch. This check
+is now always carried out by the WebTestCase unless
+the fetch is prefaced with WebTestCase::ignoreErrors().
+The ignore directive only lasts for test case fetching
+action such as get() and click().
+
+No method SimpleTestOptions::ignore()
+-------------------------------------
+This is deprecated in version 1.0.1beta and has been moved
+to SimpleTest::ignore() as that is more readable. In
+addition, parent classes are also ignored automatically.
+If you are using PHP5 you can skip this directive simply
+by marking your test case as abstract.
+
+No method assertCopy()
+----------------------
+This is deprecated in 1.0.1 in favour of assertClone().
+The assertClone() method is slightly different in that
+the objects must be identical, but without being a
+reference. It is thus not a strict inversion of
+assertReference().
+
+Constructor wildcard override has no effect in mocks
+----------------------------------------------------
+As of 1.0.1beta this is now set with setWildcard() instead
+of in the constructor.
+
+No methods setStubBaseClass()/getStubBaseClass()
+------------------------------------------------
+As mocks are now used instead of stubs, these methods
+stopped working and are now removed as of the 1.0.1beta
+release. The mock objects may be freely used instead.
+
+No method addPartialMockCode()
+------------------------------
+The ability to insert arbitrary partial mock code
+has been removed. This was a low value feature
+causing needless complications. It was removed
+in the 1.0.1beta release.
+
+No method setMockBaseClass()
+----------------------------
+The ability to change the mock base class has been
+scheduled for removal and is deprecated since the
+1.0.1beta version. This was a rarely used feature
+except as a workaround for PHP5 limitations. As
+these limitations are being resolved it's hoped
+that the bundled mocks can be used directly.
+
+No class Stub
+-------------
+Server stubs are deprecated from 1.0.1 as the mocks now
+have exactly the same interface. Just use mock objects
+instead.
+
+No class SimpleTestOptions
+--------------------------
+This was replced by the shorter SimpleTest in 1.0.1beta1
+and is since deprecated.
+
+No file simple_test.php
+-----------------------
+This was renamed test_case.php in 1.0.1beta to more accurately
+reflect it's purpose. This file should never be directly
+included in test suites though, as it's part of the
+underlying mechanics and has a tendency to be refactored.
+
+No class WantedPatternExpectation
+---------------------------------
+This was deprecated in 1.0.1alpha in favour of the simpler
+name PatternExpectation.
+
+No class NoUnwantedPatternExpectation
+-------------------------------------
+This was deprecated in 1.0.1alpha in favour of the simpler
+name NoPatternExpectation.
+
+No method assertNoUnwantedPattern()
+-----------------------------------
+This has been renamed to assertNoPattern() in 1.0.1alpha and
+the old form is deprecated.
+
+No method assertWantedPattern()
+-------------------------------
+This has been renamed to assertPattern() in 1.0.1alpha and
+the old form is deprecated.
+
+No method assertExpectation()
+-----------------------------
+This was renamed as assert() in 1.0.1alpha and the old form
+has been deprecated.
+
+No class WildcardExpectation
+----------------------------
+This was a mostly internal class for the mock objects. It was
+renamed AnythingExpectation to bring it closer to JMock and
+NMock in version 1.0.1alpha.
+
+Missing UnitTestCase::assertErrorPattern()
+------------------------------------------
+This method is deprecated for version 1.0.1 onwards.
+This method has been subsumed by assertError() that can now
+take an expectation. Simply pass a PatternExpectation
+into assertError() to simulate the old behaviour.
+
+No HTML when matching page elements
+-----------------------------------
+This behaviour has been switched to using plain text as if it
+were seen by the user of the browser. This means that HTML tags
+are suppressed, entities are converted and whitespace is
+normalised. This should make it easier to match items in forms.
+Also images are replaced with their "alt" text so that they
+can be matched as well.
+
+No method SimpleRunner::_getTestCase()
+--------------------------------------
+This was made public as getTestCase() in 1.0RC2.
+
+No method restartSession()
+--------------------------
+This was renamed to restart() in the WebTestCase, SimpleBrowser
+and the underlying SimpleUserAgent in 1.0RC2. Because it was
+undocumented anyway, no attempt was made at backward
+compatibility.
+
+My custom test case ignored by tally()
+--------------------------------------
+The _assertTrue method has had it's signature changed due to a bug
+in the PHP 5.0.1 release. You must now use getTest() from within
+that method to get the test case. Mock compatibility with other
+unit testers is now deprecated as of 1.0.1alpha as PEAR::PHPUnit2
+should soon have mock support of it's own.
+
+Broken code extending SimpleRunner
+----------------------------------
+This was replaced with SimpleScorer so that I could use the runner
+name in another class. This happened in RC1 development and there
+is no easy backward compatibility fix. The solution is simply to
+extend SimpleScorer instead.
+
+Missing method getBaseCookieValue()
+-----------------------------------
+This was renamed getCurrentCookieValue() in RC1.
+
+Missing files from the SimpleTest suite
+---------------------------------------
+Versions of SimpleTest prior to Beta6 required a SIMPLE_TEST constant
+to point at the SimpleTest folder location before any of the toolset
+was loaded. This is no longer documented as it is now unnecessary
+for later versions. If you are using an earlier version you may
+need this constant. Consult the documentation that was bundled with
+the release that you are using or upgrade to Beta6 or later.
+
+No method SimpleBrowser::getCurrentUrl()
+--------------------------------------
+This is replaced with the more versatile showRequest() for
+debugging. It only existed in this context for version Beta5.
+Later versions will have SimpleBrowser::getHistory() for tracking
+paths through pages. It is renamed as getUrl() since 1.0RC1.
+
+No method Stub::setStubBaseClass()
+----------------------------------
+This method has finally been removed in 1.0RC1. Use
+SimpleTestOptions::setStubBaseClass() instead.
+
+No class CommandLineReporter
+----------------------------
+This was renamed to TextReporter in Beta3 and the deprecated version
+was removed in 1.0RC1.
+
+No method requireReturn()
+-------------------------
+This was deprecated in Beta3 and is now removed.
+
+No method expectCookie()
+------------------------
+This method was abruptly removed in Beta4 so as to simplify the internals
+until another mechanism can replace it. As a workaround it is necessary
+to assert that the cookie has changed by setting it before the page
+fetch and then assert the desired value.
+
+No method clickSubmitByFormId()
+-------------------------------
+This method had an incorrect name as no button was involved. It was
+renamed to submitByFormId() in Beta4 and the old version deprecated.
+Now removed.
+
+No method paintStart() or paintEnd()
+------------------------------------
+You should only get this error if you have subclassed the lower level
+reporting and test runner machinery. These methods have been broken
+down into events for test methods, events for test cases and events
+for group tests. The new methods are...
+
+paintStart() --> paintMethodStart(), paintCaseStart(), paintGroupStart()
+paintEnd() --> paintMethodEnd(), paintCaseEnd(), paintGroupEnd()
+
+This change was made in Beta3, ironically to make it easier to subclass
+the inner machinery. Simply duplicating the code you had in the previous
+methods should provide a temporary fix.
+
+No class TestDisplay
+--------------------
+This has been folded into SimpleReporter in Beta3 and is now deprecated.
+It was removed in RC1.
+
+No method WebTestCase::fetch()
+------------------------------
+This was renamed get() in Alpha8. It is removed in Beta3.
+
+No method submit()
+------------------
+This has been renamed clickSubmit() in Beta1. The old method was
+removed in Beta2.
+
+No method clearHistory()
+------------------------
+This method is deprecated in Beta2 and removed in RC1.
+
+No method getCallCount()
+------------------------
+This method has been deprecated since Beta1 and has now been
+removed. There are now more ways to set expectations on counts
+and so this method should be unecessery. Removed in RC1.
+
+Cannot find file *
+------------------
+The following public name changes have occoured...
+
+simple_html_test.php --> reporter.php
+simple_mock.php --> mock_objects.php
+simple_unit.php --> unit_tester.php
+simple_web.php --> web_tester.php
+
+The old names were deprecated in Alpha8 and removed in Beta1.
+
+No method attachObserver()
+--------------------------
+Prior to the Alpha8 release the old internal observer pattern was
+gutted and replaced with a visitor. This is to trade flexibility of
+test case expansion against the ease of writing user interfaces.
+
+Code such as...
+
+$test = &new MyTestCase();
+$test->attachObserver(new TestHtmlDisplay());
+$test->run();
+
+...should be rewritten as...
+
+$test = &new MyTestCase();
+$test->run(new HtmlReporter());
+
+If you previously attached multiple observers then the workaround
+is to run the tests twice, once with each, until they can be combined.
+For one observer the old method is simulated in Alpha 8, but is
+removed in Beta1.
+
+No class TestHtmlDisplay
+------------------------
+This class has been renamed to HtmlReporter in Alpha8. It is supported,
+but deprecated in Beta1 and removed in Beta2. If you have subclassed
+the display for your own design, then you will have to extend this
+class (HtmlReporter) instead.
+
+If you have accessed the event queue by overriding the notify() method
+then I am afraid you are in big trouble :(. The reporter is now
+carried around the test suite by the runner classes and the methods
+called directly. In the unlikely event that this is a problem and
+you don't want to upgrade the test tool then simplest is to write your
+own runner class and invoke the tests with...
+
+$test->accept(new MyRunner(new MyReporter()));
+
+...rather than the run method. This should be easier to extend
+anyway and gives much more control. Even this method is overhauled
+in Beta3 where the runner class can be set within the test case. Really
+the best thing to do is to upgrade to this version as whatever you were
+trying to achieve before should now be very much easier.
+
+Missing set options method
+--------------------------
+All test suite options are now in one class called SimpleTestOptions.
+This means that options are set differently...
+
+GroupTest::ignore() --> SimpleTestOptions::ignore()
+Mock::setMockBaseClass() --> SimpleTestOptions::setMockBaseClass()
+
+These changed in Alpha8 and the old versions are now removed in RC1.
+
+No method setExpected*()
+------------------------
+The mock expectations changed their names in Alpha4 and the old names
+ceased to be supported in Alpha8. The changes are...
+
+setExpectedArguments() --> expectArguments()
+setExpectedArgumentsSequence() --> expectArgumentsAt()
+setExpectedCallCount() --> expectCallCount()
+setMaximumCallCount() --> expectMaximumCallCount()
+
+The parameters remained the same.

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+		  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+  We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+		  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+  
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+    Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+    copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+    rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+    will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+    the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+    interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+    c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/README

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+SimpleTest
+==========
+You probably got this package from...
+http://simpletest.sourceforge.net/projects/simpletest/
+
+If there is no licence agreement with this package please download
+a version from the location above. You must read and accept that
+licence to use this software. The file is titled simply LICENSE.
+
+What is it? It's a framework for unit testing, web site testing and
+mock objects for PHP 5.0.5+.
+
+If you have used JUnit, you will find this PHP unit testing version very
+similar. Also included is a mock objects and server stubs generator.
+The stubs can have return values set for different arguments, can have
+sequences set also by arguments and can return items by reference.
+The mocks inherit all of this functionality and can also have
+expectations set, again in sequences and for different arguments.
+
+A web tester similar in concept to JWebUnit is also included. There is no
+JavaScript or tables support, but forms, authentication, cookies and
+frames are handled.
+
+You can see a release schedule at http://simpletest.org/en/overview.html
+which is also copied to the documentation folder with this release.
+A full PHPDocumenter API documentation exists at
+http://simpletest.org/api/.
+
+The user interface is minimal
+in the extreme, but a lot of information flows from the test suite.
+After version 1.0 we will release a better web UI, but we are leaving XUL
+and GTk versions to volunteers as everybody has their own opinion
+on a good GUI, and we don't want to discourage development by shipping
+one with the toolkit. You can download an Eclipse plug-in separately.
+
+You are looking at a second full release. The unit tests for SimpleTest
+itself can be run here...
+
+simpletest/test/unit_tests.php
+
+And tests involving live network connections as well are here...
+
+simpletest/test/all_tests.php
+
+The full tests will typically overrun the 8Mb limit often allowed
+to a PHP process. A workaround is to run the tests on the command
+with a custom php.ini file if you do not have access to your server
+version.
+
+You will have to edit the all_tests.php file if you are accesssing
+the internet through a proxy server. See the comments in all_tests.php
+for instructions.
+
+The full tests read some test data from the LastCraft site. If the site
+is down or has been modified for a later version then you will get
+spurious errors. A unit_tests.php failure on the other hand would be
+very serious. As far as we know we haven't yet managed to check in any
+unit test failures, so please correct us if you find one.
+
+Even if all of the tests run please verify that your existing test suites
+also function as expected. If they don't see the file...
+
+HELP_MY_TESTS_DONT_WORK_ANYMORE
+
+This contains information on interface changes. It also points out
+deprecated interfaces, so you should read this even if all of
+your current tests appear to run.
+
+There is a documentation folder which contains the core reference information
+in English and French, although this information is fairly basic.
+You can find a tutorial on...
+
+http://simpletest.org/en/first_test_tutorial.html
+
+...to get you started and this material will eventually become included
+with the project documentation. A French translation exists at...
+
+http://simpletest.org/fr/first_test_tutorial.html
+
+If you download and use, and possibly even extend this tool, please let us
+know. Any feedback, even bad, is always welcome and we will work to get
+your suggestions into the next release. Ideally please send your
+comments to...
+
+simpletest-support@lists.sourceforge.net
+
+...so that others can read them too. We usually try to respond within 48
+hours.
+
+There is no change log except at Sourceforge. You can visit the
+release notes to see the completed TODO list after each cycle and also the
+status of any bugs, but if the bug is recent then it will be fixed in SVN only.
+The SVN check-ins always have all the tests passing and so SVN snapshots should
+be pretty usable, although the code may not look so good internally.
+
+Oh, yes. It is called "Simple" because it should be simple to
+use. We intend to add a complete set of tools for a test first
+and "test as you code" type of development. "Simple" does not
+mean "Lite" in this context.
+
+Thanks to everyone who has sent comments and offered suggestions. They
+really are invaluable, but sadly you are too many to mention in full.
+Thanks to all on the advanced PHP forum on SitePoint, especially Harry
+Fuecks. Early adopters are always an inspiration.
+
+Marcus Baker, Jason Sweat, Travis Swicegood, Perrick Penet and Edward Z. Yang.
+-- 
+marcus@lastcraft.com

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/TODO.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<page title="TODO tasks for the current iteration" here="TODO">
+    <long_title>TODO tasks for the current iteration</long_title>
+    <content>
+        <section name="release-process" title="Release process">
+            <p>
+                The following is the approximate plan for the next full point release.
+            </p>
+            <p>
+                Before each release we hope to have the following done.
+                More may get done, depending on the interest of the volunteers,
+                but this is the current minimum.
+            </p>
+            <p>
+                The aim of this release cycle is to produce a functionally
+                identical version to the 1.0.1 release, but bug-fixed and
+                fully compatible with PHP 5.0.5+ under E_STRICT.
+                We are also hoping to flush out issues and use cases
+                caused by people hacking against unpublished flex points
+                in SimpleTest.
+                We want to break people's code now, not while we are developing
+                features down the line.
+            </p>
+            <p>
+                With the website move to a new server, and more developers,
+                we are able and need to improve the test automation and developer
+                cooperation.
+                This release is a deep drawing of breath before going forward.
+            </p>
+        </section>
+        <section name="plan" title="Release plan" version="1.1">
+            <milestone version="1.1beta">
+                <concern name="unit-tester">
+                    <bug tracker="1896582">Undefined property $_reporter + fatal error</bug>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="reporter"/>
+                <concern name="mock-objects"/>
+                <concern name="parser"/>
+                <concern name="browser"/>
+                <concern name="web-tester"/>
+                <concern name="documentation">
+                    <task>
+                        The HELP_MY_TESTS_DONT_WORK_ANYMORE needs to be updated.
+                    </task>
+                    <task>README needs to be updated.</task>
+                    <task status="done">
+                        Write XSLT code for this file so Perrick doesn't strangle me
+                    </task>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="extensions">
+                	<task>Ensure extensions are compatible with PHP5 constructor renaming in the current trunk.</task>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="build">
+                	<task>Update PEAR package task to be compatible with latest PEAR installer.</task>
+                    <task status="done">PHP 5.3 compatible under E_STRICT</task>
+                    <task>PHP 5.2.0-5 compatible under E_STRICT</task>
+                    <task>PHP 5.1.0-6 compatible under E_STRICT</task>
+                    <bug tracker="1884013">continuous integration</bug>
+                    <bug tracker="1853765">error_reporting(E_ALL|E_STRICT)gives lots of warning</bug>
+                    <task>Remove all deprecated methods</task>
+                    <task status="done">
+                        Drop underscores from protected methods and
+                        private variables.
+                        Make all variables private and add protected
+                        accessors where we use them internally.
+                        <note>
+                            That way people will start complaining.
+                            Upon each complaint we'll add an accessor and
+                            capture the use case from them.
+                        </note>
+                        <note>We'll stick the use cases in the feature request tracker for now</note>
+                    </task>
+                    <task status="done">Move web site to new server</task>
+                </concern>
+            </milestone>
+            <milestone version="1.1beta2">
+                <concern name="unit-tester"/>
+                <concern name="reporter">
+                    <task>
+                        Deprecate all mentions of GroupTest without breaking
+                        existing code.
+                        <note>
+                            Need to swap the terminology for TestSuite
+                            in method names, etc.
+                        </note>
+                    </task>
+                    <bug tracker="1864974">XmlReporter generating invalid XML</bug>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="mock-objects">
+                    <task>Remove reflection facade for PHP4</task>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="parser"/>
+                <concern name="browser">
+                    <bug tracker="1913229">label not assigned to radio and checkbox</bug>
+                    <bug tracker="1706283">incorrect proxy requests</bug>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="web-tester"/>
+                <concern name="documentation">
+                    <task>Docblocks need to be cut back to a minimum</task>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="extensions"/>
+                <concern name="build">
+                    <task>PHP 5.0.5 compatible under E_STRICT</task>
+                    <task>Move acceptance tests sample pages to new server</task>
+                </concern>
+            </milestone>
+            <milestone version="1.1RC1">
+                <concern name="unit-tester"/>
+                <concern name="reporter"/>
+                <concern name="mock-objects">
+                    <task>Remove reflection facade for PHP4</task>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="parser"/>
+                <concern name="browser"/>
+                <concern name="web-tester"/>
+                <concern name="documentation">
+                    <task>Throw away old tutorial</task>
+                </concern>
+                <concern name="extensions"/>
+                <concern name="build">
+                    <task>PHP 6 compatible under E_STRICT</task>
+                    <task>
+                        Automated nightly test script that runs tests on all
+                        targeted PHP versions.
+                    </task>
+                </concern>
+            </milestone>
+        </section>
+    </content>
+    <internal>
+        <link>
+            <a href="#plan">Current iteration</a> is 1.1beta.
+        </link>
+        <link>
+            Upcoming tasks for
+            <a href="#unit-tester">Unit tester</a>,
+            <a href="#reporter">Reporter</a>,
+            <a href="#mock-objects">Mock objects</a>,
+            <a href="#parser">Parser</a>,
+            <a href="#browser">Browser</a>,
+            <a href="#web-tester">Web tester</a>,
+            <a href="#documentation">Documentation</a>,
+            <a href="#extensions">Extensions</a> and
+            <a href="#build">Build</a>.
+        </link>
+    </internal>
+    <external>
+        <link>
+            Trackers for :
+            <a href="https://sourceforge.net/tracker/?group_id=76550&amp;atid=547458">feature requests</a>,
+            <a href="https://sourceforge.net/tracker/?group_id=76550&amp;atid=547455">bugs</a> and
+            <a href="https://sourceforge.net/tracker/?group_id=76550&amp;atid=547457">patches</a>.
+        </link>
+    </external>
+    <meta>
+        <keywords>
+            software development,
+            computer programmer,
+            php programming,
+            programming php,
+            software development company,
+            software development uk,
+            php tutorial,
+            bespoke software development uk,
+            corporate web development,
+            architecture,
+            freelancer,
+            php resources,
+            wordtracker,
+            web marketing,
+            serach engines,
+            web positioning,
+            internet marketing
+        </keywords>
+    </meta>
+</page>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/VERSION

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+1.1beta

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/authentication.php

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+<?php
+/**
+ *  Base include file for SimpleTest
+ *  @package    SimpleTest
+ *  @subpackage WebTester
+ *  @version    $Id: authentication.php 1784 2008-04-26 13:07:14Z pp11 $
+ */
+/**
+ *  include http class
+ */
+require_once(dirname(__FILE__) . '/http.php');
+
+/**
+ *    Represents a single security realm's identity.
+ *    @package SimpleTest
+ *    @subpackage WebTester
+ */
+class SimpleRealm {
+    private $type;
+    private $root;
+    private $username;
+    private $password;
+    
+    /**
+     *    Starts with the initial entry directory.
+     *    @param string $type      Authentication type for this
+     *                             realm. Only Basic authentication
+     *                             is currently supported.
+     *    @param SimpleUrl $url    Somewhere in realm.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function SimpleRealm($type, $url) {
+        $this->type = $type;
+        $this->root = $url->getBasePath();
+        $this->username = false;
+        $this->password = false;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Adds another location to the realm.
+     *    @param SimpleUrl $url    Somewhere in realm.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function stretch($url) {
+        $this->root = $this->getCommonPath($this->root, $url->getPath());
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Finds the common starting path.
+     *    @param string $first        Path to compare.
+     *    @param string $second       Path to compare.
+     *    @return string              Common directories.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected function getCommonPath($first, $second) {
+        $first = explode('/', $first);
+        $second = explode('/', $second);
+        for ($i = 0; $i < min(count($first), count($second)); $i++) {
+            if ($first[$i] != $second[$i]) {
+                return implode('/', array_slice($first, 0, $i)) . '/';
+            }
+        }
+        return implode('/', $first) . '/';
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Sets the identity to try within this realm.
+     *    @param string $username    Username in authentication dialog.
+     *    @param string $username    Password in authentication dialog.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function setIdentity($username, $password) {
+        $this->username = $username;
+        $this->password = $password;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Accessor for current identity.
+     *    @return string        Last succesful username.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function getUsername() {
+        return $this->username;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Accessor for current identity.
+     *    @return string        Last succesful password.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function getPassword() {
+        return $this->password;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Test to see if the URL is within the directory
+     *    tree of the realm.
+     *    @param SimpleUrl $url    URL to test.
+     *    @return boolean          True if subpath.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function isWithin($url) {
+        if ($this->isIn($this->root, $url->getBasePath())) {
+            return true;
+        }
+        if ($this->isIn($this->root, $url->getBasePath() . $url->getPage() . '/')) {
+            return true;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Tests to see if one string is a substring of
+     *    another.
+     *    @param string $part        Small bit.
+     *    @param string $whole       Big bit.
+     *    @return boolean            True if the small bit is
+     *                               in the big bit.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected function isIn($part, $whole) {
+        return strpos($whole, $part) === 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ *    Manages security realms.
+ *    @package SimpleTest
+ *    @subpackage WebTester
+ */
+class SimpleAuthenticator {
+    private $realms;
+    
+    /**
+     *    Clears the realms.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function SimpleAuthenticator() {
+        $this->restartSession();
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Starts with no realms set up.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function restartSession() {
+        $this->realms = array();
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Adds a new realm centered the current URL.
+     *    Browsers privatey wildly on their behaviour in this
+     *    regard. Mozilla ignores the realm and presents
+     *    only when challenged, wasting bandwidth. IE
+     *    just carries on presenting until a new challenge
+     *    occours. SimpleTest tries to follow the spirit of
+     *    the original standards committee and treats the
+     *    base URL as the root of a file tree shaped realm.
+     *    @param SimpleUrl $url    Base of realm.
+     *    @param string $type      Authentication type for this
+     *                             realm. Only Basic authentication
+     *                             is currently supported.
+     *    @param string $realm     Name of realm.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function addRealm($url, $type, $realm) {
+        $this->realms[$url->getHost()][$realm] = new SimpleRealm($type, $url);
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Sets the current identity to be presented
+     *    against that realm.
+     *    @param string $host        Server hosting realm.
+     *    @param string $realm       Name of realm.
+     *    @param string $username    Username for realm.
+     *    @param string $password    Password for realm.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function setIdentityForRealm($host, $realm, $username, $password) {
+        if (isset($this->realms[$host][$realm])) {
+            $this->realms[$host][$realm]->setIdentity($username, $password);
+        }
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Finds the name of the realm by comparing URLs.
+     *    @param SimpleUrl $url        URL to test.
+     *    @return SimpleRealm          Name of realm.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected function findRealmFromUrl($url) {
+        if (! isset($this->realms[$url->getHost()])) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        foreach ($this->realms[$url->getHost()] as $name => $realm) {
+            if ($realm->isWithin($url)) {
+                return $realm;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Presents the appropriate headers for this location.
+     *    @param SimpleHttpRequest $request  Request to modify.
+     *    @param SimpleUrl $url              Base of realm.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function addHeaders(&$request, $url) {
+        if ($url->getUsername() && $url->getPassword()) {
+            $username = $url->getUsername();
+            $password = $url->getPassword();
+        } elseif ($realm = $this->findRealmFromUrl($url)) {
+            $username = $realm->getUsername();
+            $password = $realm->getPassword();
+        } else {
+            return;
+        }
+        $this->addBasicHeaders($request, $username, $password);
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Presents the appropriate headers for this
+     *    location for basic authentication.
+     *    @param SimpleHttpRequest $request  Request to modify.
+     *    @param string $username            Username for realm.
+     *    @param string $password            Password for realm.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    static function addBasicHeaders(&$request, $username, $password) {
+        if ($username && $password) {
+            $request->addHeaderLine(
+                'Authorization: Basic ' . base64_encode("$username:$password"));
+        }
+    }
+}
+?>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/autorun.php

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<?php
+/**
+ *  Autorunner which runs all tests cases found in a file
+ *  that includes this module.
+ *  @package    SimpleTest
+ *  @version    $Id: autorun.php 1809 2008-09-12 00:46:55Z lastcraft $
+ */
+require_once dirname(__FILE__) . '/unit_tester.php';
+require_once dirname(__FILE__) . '/mock_objects.php';
+require_once dirname(__FILE__) . '/collector.php';
+require_once dirname(__FILE__) . '/default_reporter.php';
+
+$GLOBALS['SIMPLETEST_AUTORUNNER_INITIAL_CLASSES'] = get_declared_classes();
+register_shutdown_function('simpletest_autorun');
+
+/**
+ *    Exit handler to run all recent test cases if no test has
+ *    so far been run. Uses the DefaultReporter which can have
+ *    it's output controlled with SimpleTest::prefer().
+ */
+function simpletest_autorun() {
+    try {
+        if (tests_have_run()) {
+            return;
+        }
+        $candidates = array_intersect(
+                capture_new_classes(),
+                classes_defined_in_initial_file());
+        $loader = new SimpleFileLoader();
+        $suite = $loader->createSuiteFromClasses(
+                basename(initial_file()),
+                $loader->selectRunnableTests($candidates));
+        $result = $suite->run(new DefaultReporter());
+    } catch (Exception $stack_frame_fix) {
+        print $stack_frame_fix->getMessage();
+        $result = false;
+    }
+    if (SimpleReporter::inCli()) {
+        exit($result ? 0 : 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ *    Checks the current test context to see if a test has
+ *    ever been run.
+ *    @return boolean        True if tests have run.
+ */
+function tests_have_run() {
+    if ($context = SimpleTest::getContext()) {
+        return (boolean)$context->getTest();
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ *    The first autorun file.
+ *    @return string        Filename of first autorun script.
+ */
+function initial_file() {
+    static $file = false;
+    if (! $file) {
+        if (isset($_SERVER, $_SERVER['SCRIPT_FILENAME'])) {
+            $file = $_SERVER['SCRIPT_FILENAME'];
+        } else {
+	        $included_files = get_included_files();
+	        $file = reset($included_files);
+        }
+    }
+    return $file;
+}
+
+/**
+ *    Just the classes from the first autorun script. May
+ *    get a few false positives, as it just does a regex based
+ *    on following the word "class".
+ *    @return array        List of all possible classes in first
+ *                         autorun script.
+ */
+function classes_defined_in_initial_file() {
+    if (preg_match_all('/\bclass\s+(\w+)/i', file_get_contents(initial_file()), $matches)) {
+        return array_map('strtolower', $matches[1]);
+    }
+    return array();
+}
+
+/**
+ *    Every class since the first autorun include. This
+ *    is safe enough if require_once() is alwyas used.
+ *    @return array        Class names.
+ */
+function capture_new_classes() {
+    global $SIMPLETEST_AUTORUNNER_INITIAL_CLASSES;
+    return array_map('strtolower', array_diff(get_declared_classes(),
+                            $SIMPLETEST_AUTORUNNER_INITIAL_CLASSES ?
+                            $SIMPLETEST_AUTORUNNER_INITIAL_CLASSES : array()));
+}
+?>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/collector.php

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<?php
+/**
+ * This file contains the following classes: {@link SimpleCollector},
+ * {@link SimplePatternCollector}.
+ *
+ * @author Travis Swicegood <development@domain51.com>
+ * @package SimpleTest
+ * @subpackage UnitTester
+ * @version $Id: collector.php 1784 2008-04-26 13:07:14Z pp11 $
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The basic collector for {@link GroupTest}
+ *
+ * @see collect(), GroupTest::collect()
+ * @package SimpleTest
+ * @subpackage UnitTester
+ */
+class SimpleCollector {
+
+    /**
+     * Strips off any kind of slash at the end so as to normalise the path.
+     * @param string $path    Path to normalise.
+     * @return string         Path without trailing slash.
+     */
+    protected function removeTrailingSlash($path) {
+        if (substr($path, -1) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) {
+            return substr($path, 0, -1);
+        } elseif (substr($path, -1) == '/') {
+            return substr($path, 0, -1);
+        } else {
+            return $path;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Scans the directory and adds what it can.
+     * @param object $test    Group test with {@link GroupTest::addTestFile()} method.
+     * @param string $path    Directory to scan.
+     * @see _attemptToAdd()
+     */
+    function collect(&$test, $path) {
+        $path = $this->removeTrailingSlash($path);
+        if ($handle = opendir($path)) {
+            while (($entry = readdir($handle)) !== false) {
+                if ($this->isHidden($entry)) {
+                    continue;
+                }
+                $this->handle($test, $path . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $entry);
+            }
+            closedir($handle);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This method determines what should be done with a given file and adds
+     * it via {@link GroupTest::addTestFile()} if necessary.
+     *
+     * This method should be overriden to provide custom matching criteria,
+     * such as pattern matching, recursive matching, etc.  For an example, see
+     * {@link SimplePatternCollector::_handle()}.
+     *
+     * @param object $test      Group test with {@link GroupTest::addTestFile()} method.
+     * @param string $filename  A filename as generated by {@link collect()}
+     * @see collect()
+     * @access protected
+     */
+    protected function handle(&$test, $file) {
+        if (is_dir($file)) {
+            return;
+        }
+        $test->addFile($file);
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *  Tests for hidden files so as to skip them. Currently
+     *  only tests for Unix hidden files.
+     *  @param string $filename        Plain filename.
+     *  @return boolean                True if hidden file.
+     *  @access private
+     */
+    protected function isHidden($filename) {
+        return strncmp($filename, '.', 1) == 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * An extension to {@link SimpleCollector} that only adds files matching a
+ * given pattern.
+ *
+ * @package SimpleTest
+ * @subpackage UnitTester
+ * @see SimpleCollector
+ */
+class SimplePatternCollector extends SimpleCollector {
+    private $pattern;
+
+    /**
+     *
+     * @param string $pattern   Perl compatible regex to test name against
+     *  See {@link http://us4.php.net/manual/en/reference.pcre.pattern.syntax.php PHP's PCRE}
+     *  for full documentation of valid pattern.s
+     */
+    function __construct($pattern = '/php$/i') {
+        $this->pattern = $pattern;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Attempts to add files that match a given pattern.
+     *
+     * @see SimpleCollector::_handle()
+     * @param object $test    Group test with {@link GroupTest::addTestFile()} method.
+     * @param string $path    Directory to scan.
+     * @access protected
+     */
+    protected function handle(&$test, $filename) {
+        if (preg_match($this->pattern, $filename)) {
+            parent::handle($test, $filename);
+        }
+    }
+}
+?>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/compatibility.php

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+<?php
+/**
+ *  base include file for SimpleTest
+ *  @package    SimpleTest
+ *  @version    $Id: compatibility.php 1747 2008-04-13 18:26:47Z pp11 $
+ */
+
+/**
+ *  Static methods for compatibility between different
+ *  PHP versions.
+ *  @package    SimpleTest
+ */
+class SimpleTestCompatibility {
+    
+    /**
+     *    Creates a copy whether in PHP5 or PHP4.
+     *    @param object $object     Thing to copy.
+     *    @return object            A copy.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    static function copy($object) {
+        if (version_compare(phpversion(), '5') >= 0) {
+            eval('$copy = clone $object;');
+            return $copy;
+        }
+        return $object;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Identity test. Drops back to equality + types for PHP5
+     *    objects as the === operator counts as the
+     *    stronger reference constraint.
+     *    @param mixed $first    Test subject.
+     *    @param mixed $second   Comparison object.
+     *    @return boolean        True if identical.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    static function isIdentical($first, $second) {
+        if (version_compare(phpversion(), '5') >= 0) {
+            return SimpleTestCompatibility::isIdenticalType($first, $second);
+        }
+        if ($first != $second) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        return ($first === $second);
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Recursive type test.
+     *    @param mixed $first    Test subject.
+     *    @param mixed $second   Comparison object.
+     *    @return boolean        True if same type.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected static function isIdenticalType($first, $second) {
+        if (gettype($first) != gettype($second)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (is_object($first) && is_object($second)) {
+            if (get_class($first) != get_class($second)) {
+                return false;
+            }
+            return SimpleTestCompatibility::isArrayOfIdenticalTypes(
+                    get_object_vars($first),
+                    get_object_vars($second));
+        }
+        if (is_array($first) && is_array($second)) {
+            return SimpleTestCompatibility::isArrayOfIdenticalTypes($first, $second);
+        }
+        if ($first !== $second) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Recursive type test for each element of an array.
+     *    @param mixed $first    Test subject.
+     *    @param mixed $second   Comparison object.
+     *    @return boolean        True if identical.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected static function isArrayOfIdenticalTypes($first, $second) {
+        if (array_keys($first) != array_keys($second)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        foreach (array_keys($first) as $key) {
+            $is_identical = SimpleTestCompatibility::isIdenticalType(
+                    $first[$key],
+                    $second[$key]);
+            if (! $is_identical) {
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Test for two variables being aliases.
+     *    @param mixed $first    Test subject.
+     *    @param mixed $second   Comparison object.
+     *    @return boolean        True if same.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    static function isReference(&$first, &$second) {
+        if (version_compare(phpversion(), '5', '>=') && is_object($first)) {
+            return ($first === $second);
+        }
+        if (is_object($first) && is_object($second)) {
+            $id = uniqid("test");
+            $first->$id = true;
+            $is_ref = isset($second->$id);
+            unset($first->$id);
+            return $is_ref;
+        }
+        $temp = $first;
+        $first = uniqid("test");
+        $is_ref = ($first === $second);
+        $first = $temp;
+        return $is_ref;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Test to see if an object is a member of a
+     *    class hiearchy.
+     *    @param object $object    Object to test.
+     *    @param string $class     Root name of hiearchy.
+     *    @return boolean         True if class in hiearchy.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    static function isA($object, $class) {
+        if (version_compare(phpversion(), '5') >= 0) {
+            if (! class_exists($class, false)) {
+                if (function_exists('interface_exists')) {
+                    if (! interface_exists($class, false))  {
+                        return false;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            eval("\$is_a = \$object instanceof $class;");
+            return $is_a;
+        }
+        if (function_exists('is_a')) {
+            return is_a($object, $class);
+        }
+        return ((strtolower($class) == get_class($object))
+                or (is_subclass_of($object, $class)));
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Sets a socket timeout for each chunk.
+     *    @param resource $handle    Socket handle.
+     *    @param integer $timeout    Limit in seconds.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    static function setTimeout($handle, $timeout) {
+        if (function_exists('stream_set_timeout')) {
+            stream_set_timeout($handle, $timeout, 0);
+        } elseif (function_exists('socket_set_timeout')) {
+            socket_set_timeout($handle, $timeout, 0);
+        } elseif (function_exists('set_socket_timeout')) {
+            set_socket_timeout($handle, $timeout, 0);
+        }
+    }
+}
+?>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/cookies.php

@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+<?php
+/**
+ *  Base include file for SimpleTest
+ *  @package    SimpleTest
+ *  @subpackage WebTester
+ *  @version    $Id: cookies.php 1784 2008-04-26 13:07:14Z pp11 $
+ */
+
+/**#@+
+ *  include other SimpleTest class files
+ */
+require_once(dirname(__FILE__) . '/url.php');
+/**#@-*/
+
+/**
+ *    Cookie data holder. Cookie rules are full of pretty
+ *    arbitary stuff. I have used...
+ *    http://wp.netscape.com/newsref/std/cookie_spec.html
+ *    http://www.cookiecentral.com/faq/
+ *    @package SimpleTest
+ *    @subpackage WebTester
+ */
+class SimpleCookie {
+    private $host;
+    private $name;
+    private $value;
+    private $path;
+    private $expiry;
+    private $is_secure;
+    
+    /**
+     *    Constructor. Sets the stored values.
+     *    @param string $name            Cookie key.
+     *    @param string $value           Value of cookie.
+     *    @param string $path            Cookie path if not host wide.
+     *    @param string $expiry          Expiry date as string.
+     *    @param boolean $is_secure      Currently ignored.
+     */
+    function __construct($name, $value = false, $path = false, $expiry = false, $is_secure = false) {
+        $this->host = false;
+        $this->name = $name;
+        $this->value = $value;
+        $this->path = ($path ? $this->fixPath($path) : "/");
+        $this->expiry = false;
+        if (is_string($expiry)) {
+            $this->expiry = strtotime($expiry);
+        } elseif (is_integer($expiry)) {
+            $this->expiry = $expiry;
+        }
+        $this->is_secure = $is_secure;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Sets the host. The cookie rules determine
+     *    that the first two parts are taken for
+     *    certain TLDs and three for others. If the
+     *    new host does not match these rules then the
+     *    call will fail.
+     *    @param string $host       New hostname.
+     *    @return boolean           True if hostname is valid.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function setHost($host) {
+        if ($host = $this->truncateHost($host)) {
+            $this->host = $host;
+            return true;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Accessor for the truncated host to which this
+     *    cookie applies.
+     *    @return string       Truncated hostname.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function getHost() {
+        return $this->host;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Test for a cookie being valid for a host name.
+     *    @param string $host    Host to test against.
+     *    @return boolean        True if the cookie would be valid
+     *                           here.
+     */
+    function isValidHost($host) {
+        return ($this->truncateHost($host) === $this->getHost());
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Extracts just the domain part that determines a
+     *    cookie's host validity.
+     *    @param string $host    Host name to truncate.
+     *    @return string        Domain or false on a bad host.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected function truncateHost($host) {
+        $tlds = SimpleUrl::getAllTopLevelDomains();
+        if (preg_match('/[a-z\-]+\.(' . $tlds . ')$/i', $host, $matches)) {
+            return $matches[0];
+        } elseif (preg_match('/[a-z\-]+\.[a-z\-]+\.[a-z\-]+$/i', $host, $matches)) {
+            return $matches[0];
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Accessor for name.
+     *    @return string       Cookie key.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function getName() {
+        return $this->name;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Accessor for value. A deleted cookie will
+     *    have an empty string for this.
+     *    @return string       Cookie value.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function getValue() {
+        return $this->value;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Accessor for path.
+     *    @return string       Valid cookie path.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function getPath() {
+        return $this->path;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Tests a path to see if the cookie applies
+     *    there. The test path must be longer or
+     *    equal to the cookie path.
+     *    @param string $path       Path to test against.
+     *    @return boolean           True if cookie valid here.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function isValidPath($path) {
+        return (strncmp(
+                $this->fixPath($path),
+                $this->getPath(),
+                strlen($this->getPath())) == 0);
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Accessor for expiry.
+     *    @return string       Expiry string.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function getExpiry() {
+        if (! $this->expiry) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        return gmdate("D, d M Y H:i:s", $this->expiry) . " GMT";
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Test to see if cookie is expired against
+     *    the cookie format time or timestamp.
+     *    Will give true for a session cookie.
+     *    @param integer/string $now  Time to test against. Result
+     *                                will be false if this time
+     *                                is later than the cookie expiry.
+     *                                Can be either a timestamp integer
+     *                                or a cookie format date.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function isExpired($now) {
+        if (! $this->expiry) {
+            return true;
+        }
+        if (is_string($now)) {
+            $now = strtotime($now);
+        }
+        return ($this->expiry < $now);
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Ages the cookie by the specified number of
+     *    seconds.
+     *    @param integer $interval   In seconds.
+     *    @public
+     */
+    function agePrematurely($interval) {
+        if ($this->expiry) {
+            $this->expiry -= $interval;
+        }
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Accessor for the secure flag.
+     *    @return boolean       True if cookie needs SSL.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function isSecure() {
+        return $this->is_secure;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Adds a trailing and leading slash to the path
+     *    if missing.
+     *    @param string $path            Path to fix.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected function fixPath($path) {
+        if (substr($path, 0, 1) != '/') {
+            $path = '/' . $path;
+        }
+        if (substr($path, -1, 1) != '/') {
+            $path .= '/';
+        }
+        return $path;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ *    Repository for cookies. This stuff is a
+ *    tiny bit browser dependent.
+ *    @package SimpleTest
+ *    @subpackage WebTester
+ */
+class SimpleCookieJar {
+    private $cookies;
+    
+    /**
+     *    Constructor. Jar starts empty.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function __construct() {
+        $this->cookies = array();
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Removes expired and temporary cookies as if
+     *    the browser was closed and re-opened.
+     *    @param string/integer $now   Time to test expiry against.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function restartSession($date = false) {
+        $surviving_cookies = array();
+        for ($i = 0; $i < count($this->cookies); $i++) {
+            if (! $this->cookies[$i]->getValue()) {
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (! $this->cookies[$i]->getExpiry()) {
+                continue;
+            }
+            if ($date && $this->cookies[$i]->isExpired($date)) {
+                continue;
+            }
+            $surviving_cookies[] = $this->cookies[$i];
+        }
+        $this->cookies = $surviving_cookies;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Ages all cookies in the cookie jar.
+     *    @param integer $interval     The old session is moved
+     *                                 into the past by this number
+     *                                 of seconds. Cookies now over
+     *                                 age will be removed.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function agePrematurely($interval) {
+        for ($i = 0; $i < count($this->cookies); $i++) {
+            $this->cookies[$i]->agePrematurely($interval);
+        }
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Sets an additional cookie. If a cookie has
+     *    the same name and path it is replaced.
+     *    @param string $name       Cookie key.
+     *    @param string $value      Value of cookie.
+     *    @param string $host       Host upon which the cookie is valid.
+     *    @param string $path       Cookie path if not host wide.
+     *    @param string $expiry     Expiry date.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function setCookie($name, $value, $host = false, $path = '/', $expiry = false) {
+        $cookie = new SimpleCookie($name, $value, $path, $expiry);
+        if ($host) {
+            $cookie->setHost($host);
+        }
+        $this->cookies[$this->findFirstMatch($cookie)] = $cookie;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Finds a matching cookie to write over or the
+     *    first empty slot if none.
+     *    @param SimpleCookie $cookie    Cookie to write into jar.
+     *    @return integer                Available slot.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected function findFirstMatch($cookie) {
+        for ($i = 0; $i < count($this->cookies); $i++) {
+            $is_match = $this->isMatch(
+                    $cookie,
+                    $this->cookies[$i]->getHost(),
+                    $this->cookies[$i]->getPath(),
+                    $this->cookies[$i]->getName());
+            if ($is_match) {
+                return $i;
+            }
+        }
+        return count($this->cookies);
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Reads the most specific cookie value from the
+     *    browser cookies. Looks for the longest path that
+     *    matches.
+     *    @param string $host        Host to search.
+     *    @param string $path        Applicable path.
+     *    @param string $name        Name of cookie to read.
+     *    @return string             False if not present, else the
+     *                               value as a string.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function getCookieValue($host, $path, $name) {
+        $longest_path = '';
+        foreach ($this->cookies as $cookie) {
+            if ($this->isMatch($cookie, $host, $path, $name)) {
+                if (strlen($cookie->getPath()) > strlen($longest_path)) {
+                    $value = $cookie->getValue();
+                    $longest_path = $cookie->getPath();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return (isset($value) ? $value : false);
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Tests cookie for matching against search
+     *    criteria.
+     *    @param SimpleTest $cookie    Cookie to test.
+     *    @param string $host          Host must match.
+     *    @param string $path          Cookie path must be shorter than
+     *                                 this path.
+     *    @param string $name          Name must match.
+     *    @return boolean              True if matched.
+     *    @access private
+     */
+    protected function isMatch($cookie, $host, $path, $name) {
+        if ($cookie->getName() != $name) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        if ($host && $cookie->getHost() && ! $cookie->isValidHost($host)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (! $cookie->isValidPath($path)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Uses a URL to sift relevant cookies by host and
+     *    path. Results are list of strings of form "name=value".
+     *    @param SimpleUrl $url       Url to select by.
+     *    @return array               Valid name and value pairs.
+     *    @access public
+     */
+    function selectAsPairs($url) {
+        $pairs = array();
+        foreach ($this->cookies as $cookie) {
+            if ($this->isMatch($cookie, $url->getHost(), $url->getPath(), $cookie->getName())) {
+                $pairs[] = $cookie->getName() . '=' . $cookie->getValue();
+            }
+        }
+        return $pairs;
+    }
+}
+?>

vendor/swiftmailer/swiftmailer/test-suite/lib/simpletest/default_reporter.php

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+<?php
+/**
+ *  Optional include file for SimpleTest
+ *  @package    SimpleTest
+ *  @subpackage UnitTester
+ *  @version    $Id: default_reporter.php 1784 2008-04-26 13:07:14Z pp11 $
+ */
+
+/**#@+
+ *  include other SimpleTest class files
+ */
+require_once(dirname(__FILE__) . '/simpletest.php');
+require_once(dirname(__FILE__) . '/scorer.php');
+require_once(dirname(__FILE__) . '/reporter.php');
+require_once(dirname(__FILE__) . '/xml.php');
+/**#@-*/
+
+/**
+ *    Parser for command line arguments. Extracts
+ *    the a specific test to run and engages XML
+ *    reporting when necessary.
+ *    @package SimpleTest
+ *    @subpackage UnitTester
+ */
+class SimpleCommandLineParser {
+    private $to_property = array(
+            'case' => 'case', 'c' => 'case',
+            'test' => 'test', 't' => 'test',
+    );
+    private $case = '';
+    private $test = '';
+    private $xml = false;
+    private $help = false;
+    private $no_skips = false;
+
+    /**
+     *    Parses raw command line arguments into object properties.
+     *    @param string $arguments        Raw commend line arguments.
+     */
+    function __construct($arguments) {
+        if (! is_array($arguments)) {
+            return;
+        }
+        foreach ($arguments as $i => $argument) {
+            if (preg_match('/^--?(test|case|t|c)=(.+)$/', $argument, $matches)) {
+                $property = $this->to_property[$matches[1]];
+                $this->$property = $matches[2];
+            } elseif (preg_match('/^--?(test|case|t|c)$/', $argument, $matches)) {
+                $property = $this->to_property[$matches[1]];
+                if (isset($arguments[$i + 1])) {
+                    $this->$property = $arguments[$i + 1];
+                }
+            } elseif (preg_match('/^--?(xml|x)$/', $argument)) {
+                $this->xml = true;
+            } elseif (preg_match('/^--?(no-skip|no-skips|s)$/', $argument)) {
+                $this->no_skips = true;
+            } elseif (preg_match('/^--?(help|h)$/', $argument)) {
+                $this->help = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Run only this test.
+     *    @return string        Test name to run.
+     */
+    function getTest() {
+        return $this->test;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Run only this test suite.
+     *    @return string        Test class name to run.
+     */
+    function getTestCase() {
+        return $this->case;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Output should be XML or not.
+     *    @return boolean        True if XML desired.
+     */
+    function isXml() {
+        return $this->xml;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Output should suppress skip messages.
+     *    @return boolean        True for no skips.
+     */
+    function noSkips() {
+        return $this->no_skips;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Output should be a help message. Disabled during XML mode.
+     *    @return boolean        True if help message desired.
+     */
+    function help() {
+        return $this->help && !$this->xml;
+    }
+    
+    /**
+     *    Returns plain-text help message for command line runner.
+     *    @return string         String help message
+     */
+    function getHelpText() {
+        return <<<HELP
+SimpleTest command line default reporter (autorun)
+Usage: php <test_file> [args...]
+
+    -c <class>      Run only the test-case <class>
+    -t <method>     Run only the test method <method>
+    -s              Suppress skip messages
+    -x              Return test results in XML
+    -h              Display this help message
+
+HELP;
+    }
+    
+}
+
+/**
+ *    The default reporter used by SimpleTest's autorun
+ *    feature. The actual reporters used are dependency
+ *    injected and can be overridden.
+ *    @package SimpleTest
+ *    @subpackage UnitTester
+ */
+class DefaultReporter extends SimpleReporterDecorator {
+    
+    /**
+     *  Assembles the appopriate reporter for the environment.
+     */
+    function __construct() {
+        if (SimpleReporter::inCli()) {
+            $parser = new SimpleCommandLineParser($_SERVER['argv']);
+            $interfaces = $parser->isXml() ? array('XmlReporter') : array('TextReporter');
+            if ($parser->help()) {
+                // I'm not sure if we should do the echo'ing here -- ezyang
+                echo $parser->getHelpText();
+                exit(1);
+            }
+            $reporter = new SelectiveReporter(
+                    SimpleTest::preferred($interfaces),
+                    $parser->getTestCase(),
+                    $parser->getTest());
+            if ($parser->noSkips()) {
+                $reporter = new NoSkipsReporter($reporter);
+            }
+        } else {
+            $reporter = new SelectiveReporter(
+                    SimpleTest::preferred('HtmlReporter'),
+                    @$_GET['c'],
+                    @$_GET['t']);
+            if (@$_GET['skips'] == 'no' || @$_GET['show-skips'] == 'no') {
+                $reporter = new NoSkipsReporter($reporter);
+            }
+        }
+        parent::__construct($reporter);
+    }
+}
+?>